Fluids Mechanic Theoretical

 ‫א‬‫א‬
‫א‬‫א‬
[1] ‫ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬
 
 ‫א‬‫א‬
      ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
Éöaì¾a@ÙîãbØîß
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ‬
 W
< <VŒ‚ßã¹]<…çjÒ‚Ö]< << <VŒ‚ßã¹]<…çjÒ‚Ö] 

‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
< <íéÃÚ^¢]<l^ÂçfŞ¹]æ<gjÓÖ]<íè†è‚Ú
< <2009I2008<êÃÚ^¢]<Ý^Ã×Ö
 ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫א‪ ‬‬
‫‪11 ................................... ................................. .‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪NÉöaì¾a@ÙîãbØîß@¶g@Ý‚‡ß -‬‬
‫‪ -1.1‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻭﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪15 ........................................ ..... .‬‬
‫‪ -1.2‬ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺋﻊ‪22 ........................... ............ .‬‬
‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪ -1.2.1‬ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ‪........................... ............ ..............‬‬
‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪ -1.2.2‬ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ‪........................... ............ .........‬‬
‫‪26‬‬ ‫‪ -1.2.3‬ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ‪........................... ............ ........‬‬
‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪ -1.2.4‬ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ‪........................... ............ ..............‬‬
‫‪45‬‬ ‫‪ -1.2.5‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ‪........................... ............ .......‬‬
‫‪47‬‬ ‫‪ -1.2.6‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪........................... ............ ..........‬‬
‫‪54‬‬ ‫‪ -1.2.7‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻲ ‪........................... ............ .......‬‬
‫‪57‬‬ ‫‪ -1.2.8‬ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﻳﺔ ‪........................... ............ .......‬‬
‫‪@ @NHÙîmbnëŠ‡îçI@Éöaì¾a@æìØ‬‬ ‫א‪‬א‪-‬‬

‫‪ -2.1‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ‪61 ........................ .........‬‬
‫‪ -2.2‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ‪64 ......................... .... .‬‬
‫‪ -2.3‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻮﱐ ﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‪69 ........................ ..... .‬‬
‫‪ -2.4‬ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺎﺋﻊ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﳜﻀﻊ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫‪71 ........................................ ...........................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2.4.1‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ‪71 ............................... ............ ...‬‬
‫‪ -2.4.2‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ‪74 ........................... ........... .‬‬
‫‪ -2.5‬ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ‪77 ................................... .................... ...... .‬‬
‫א‪‬ــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ ]‪[5‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪ -2.6‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪80 ........................................ ....... .‬‬

‫‪ -2.7‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪82 .......................... .‬‬
‫‪ -2.7.1‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ‪89 ........................‬‬
‫‪ -2.7.2‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‪92 ............................... .‬‬
‫‪ -2.8‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻮﱐ‪93 ................. .‬‬
‫‪ -2.9‬ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﱯ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ‪97 ................................... ... .‬‬
‫‪ -2.10‬ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‪102 ................ .‬‬
‫‪ -2.10.1‬ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻣﺎﺋﻞ‪102 .............................. .‬‬
‫‪ -2.10.2‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻭﺷﺎﻗﻮﱄ‪107 ............................ .‬‬
‫‪ -2.10.3‬ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺔ‪110 .............. .‬‬
‫‪ -2.11‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺃﺭﲬﻴﺪﺱ‪117 ................... .‬‬
‫‪ -2.12‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺗﻪ‪123 ...................................... . .‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪NHÙîßbäí†ëŠ‡îç@MÙmbàîäî×ëŠ‡îçI@ÝöaìÛa@Ùí‹¥ë@ò×‹y -‬‬
‫‪ -3.1‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ‪127 ..................‬‬
‫‪ -3.1.1‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻻﻏﺮﺍﻧﺞ ﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ‪127 ......................... .‬‬
‫‪ -3.1.2‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻭﻳﻠﺮ‪129 .......................... ............ .......... .‬‬
‫‪ -3.2‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺃﻭﻳﻠﺮ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪130 ............................. .‬‬
‫‪ -3.3‬ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓ‪132 ........................... ..........‬‬
‫‪ -3.4‬ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪134 ....................... .......... .... .‬‬
‫ﻲ( ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪136 ......................... ......... .‬‬
‫‪ -3.5‬ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ )ﺍﳊ ‪‬‬
‫‪ -3.6‬ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ‪138 ......................... .......... .. .‬‬
‫‪ -3.6.1‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ‪140 ....................... .‬‬
‫‪ -3.6.2‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ )ﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ(‪141 ..... .‬‬
‫‪ -3.7‬ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ‪143 ....... .‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪ -3.7.1‬ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ‪143 ......................... ............ ...... .‬‬

‫‪ -3.7.2‬ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ‪145 ......................... ............ .. .‬‬
‫‪ -3.8‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ‪146 ......................... ............ ............... .‬‬
‫‪ -3.8.1‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ ﻛﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻻﳓﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ‪146 ........... .‬‬
‫‪ -3.8.2‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ ﻛﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺃﻭﻳﻠﺮ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ‪151 ................... .‬‬
‫‪ -3.8.3‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ )ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ ﺍﳌﻄﻮﺭﺓ ﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫‪152 ......................... ............ .......................‬‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3.9‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ‪154 ........... .‬‬
‫‪ -3.10‬ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪160 ......................... ............ ..... .‬‬
‫‪ -3.11‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‪166 ......................... .‬‬
‫‪ -3.12‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ ‪170 ......................... .......... . ...‬‬
‫‪ -3.12.1‬ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﭬﻳﻨﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ‪170 ......................... ... .‬‬
‫‪ -3.12.2‬ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻟﺔ‪173 ......... .‬‬
‫‪ -3.12.3‬ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺯﺍﺋﺪ‪176 .... .‬‬
‫‪ -3.13‬ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ‪176 ...................... .......... .....‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪@ @NHÂbÌ›ãýÛ@òÜibÔÛa@ÉöaìàÜÛ@‡ÈjÛa@ð†byc@æbí‹§a) paŒbÌÛa@òî×‹y -‬‬

‫‪ -4.1‬ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ ﲤﻬﻴﺪﻳﺔ‪181 ......................... .......... .......... .‬‬
‫‪181‬‬ ‫‪ -4.1.1‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪......................... ............ .............. .‬‬
‫‪182‬‬ ‫‪ -4.1.2‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ‪......................... .‬‬
‫‪186‬‬ ‫‪ -4.1.3‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ‪......................... ............ ... .‬‬
‫‪192‬‬ ‫‪ -4.1.4‬ﳐﺮﻭﻁ ﻣﺎﺥ‪......................... ............ ......... .‬‬
‫‪195‬‬ ‫‪ -4.1.5‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ‪.. .‬‬
‫‪ -4.2‬ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﺘﻐﲑﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪196 ............... .‬‬
‫‪ -4.2.1‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ‪196 ..... .‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪199‬‬ ‫‪ -4.2.2‬ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﰊ‪............................ . .‬‬

‫‪202‬‬ ‫‪ -4.2.3‬ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻔﻮﻕ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ‪.....‬‬
‫‪205‬‬ ‫‪ -4.2.4‬ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﰊ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ‪............................ ..... .‬‬
‫‪208‬‬ ‫‪ -4.2.5‬ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﱪ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‪............... .‬‬
‫‪ -4.3‬ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪211 ......................... ............ ............ .‬‬
‫‪ -4.3.1‬ﺧﻄﺎ ﻓﺎﻧﻮ ﻭﺭﻳﻠﻴﻎ‪212 ......................... ............ ......‬‬
‫‪ -4.3.2‬ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪216 ......................... .......... .‬‬
‫‪ -4.3.3‬ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪218 ................‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪@ @NÝöaìÛa@ò×‹y@‡äÇ@ÁÌ›Ûa@Êbîš -‬‬

‫‪ -5.1‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ )ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ(‪224 ......................... ............ ................ ..‬‬
‫‪ -5.2‬ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ) ‪ -( hL‬ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ‪228 ......................... ............ ................ .‬‬
‫‪ -5.2.1‬ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ‪228 ......................... .‬‬
‫‪ -5.2.2‬ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ‪230 ................. .‬‬
‫‪ -5.2.3‬ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ‪233 ...................... .‬‬
‫‪ -5.3‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ‪236 ......................... ............ ............... .‬‬
‫‪ -5.3.1‬ﳕﻮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ )ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﰲ‬
‫‪238 ......................... ............ ....................... ......‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5.4‬ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ) ‪ ( hL‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ‪239 ... .‬‬
‫‪ -5.5‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( λ‬ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
‫)ﻣﺴﺘﺪﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻌﺔ(‪245 ......................... ............ ............... .‬‬
‫‪ -5.5.1‬ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ‪245 ......... .‬‬
‫‪ -5.5.2‬ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﺴﺎﺀ‪249 ......................... . .‬‬
‫‪ -5.6‬ﳑﻴﺰ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺷﻴﺰﻱ(‪250 ......................... ......‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪ -5.6.1‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺷﻴﺰﻱ‪251 ......................... . .‬‬

‫‪ -5.6.2‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪252 ......................... ............ .( Wo‬‬
‫‪ -5.6.3‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻴﺰﻱ‪253 ........................ .‬‬
‫‪ -5.7‬ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪256 .......................... ............ ...... .‬‬
‫‪ -5.7.1‬ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﻪ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪256 ......................... .‬‬
‫‪ -5.7.2‬ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﻪ‪257 ......................... ........... .‬‬
‫‪ -5.7.3‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪264 ..... .‬‬
‫‪ -5.7.4‬ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ )ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ(‪268 ........................ .‬‬
‫‪ -5.7.5‬ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪270 ............... .‬‬
‫‪ -5.8‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪273 ......................... ...... .‬‬
‫‪ -5.8.1‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻞ‪274 ......................... ............ .... .‬‬
‫‪ -5.8.2‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺝ‪276 ......................... ............ .....‬‬
‫‪ -5.8.3‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪277 ......................... ............ .‬‬
‫‪ -5.9‬ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ‪280 ......................... ............ ...................‬‬
‫‪ -5.9.1‬ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﻳﺔ‪280 ......................... ............ .. .‬‬
‫‪ -5.9.2‬ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﻴﺔ‪280 ......................... ............ ... .‬‬
‫‪ -5.9.3‬ﺻﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ‪281 ......................... ............ .‬‬
‫‪ -5.10‬ﺍﻷﻛﻮﺍﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ‪282 ......................... ............ .......‬‬
‫‪ -5.11‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪284 ......................... ........... .‬‬
‫‪ -5.12‬ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ(‪287 ......................... .......... .‬‬
‫‪287‬‬ ‫‪ -5.12.1‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪......................... ........ .‬‬
‫‪290‬‬ ‫‪ -5.12.2‬ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑﺓ‪......................... ............ ... .‬‬
‫‪293‬‬ ‫‪ -5.12.3‬ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑﺓ‪........................ .‬‬
‫‪300‬‬ ‫‪ -5.12.4‬ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪......................... ............ ... .‬‬
‫‪304‬‬ ‫‪ -5.12.5‬ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ‪......................... ......... .‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪Npbƒ›¾a -‬‬
‫‪ -6.1‬ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ‪308 ......................... .‬‬
‫‪309‬‬ ‫‪ -6.1.1‬ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻟﺒﻴﺔ‪......................... ............ .... .‬‬
‫‪310‬‬ ‫‪ -6.1.2‬ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﻨﻴﺔ‪......................... ............ .... .‬‬
‫‪311‬‬ ‫‪ -6.1.3‬ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻘﺎﺕ‪......................... ........... .‬‬
‫‪312‬‬ ‫‪ -6.1.4‬ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺋﺤﻴﺔ‪......................... ............ . .‬‬
‫‪313‬‬ ‫‪ -6.1.5‬ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺴﻴﺔ‪......................... ............ ... .‬‬
‫‪ -6.2‬ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ‪316 ................. .‬‬
‫‪317‬‬ ‫‪ -6.2.1‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻐﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﺤﺐ‪......................... ........ .‬‬
‫‪319‬‬ ‫‪ -6.2.2‬ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪......................... ............ ......... .‬‬
‫‪321‬‬ ‫‪ -6.2.3‬ﺍﻷﻏﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪......................... ........ .‬‬
‫‪322‬‬ ‫‪ -6.2.4‬ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪......................... ............ ........ .‬‬
‫‪324‬‬ ‫‪ -6.2.5‬ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪......................... ............ .‬‬
‫‪325‬‬ ‫‪ -6.2.6‬ﺍﳌﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ‪......................... .......... .‬‬
‫‪326‬‬ ‫‪ -6.2.7‬ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪......................... ............ ....... .‬‬
‫‪ -6.3‬ﻣﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻱ‪326 ......................... ............ ... .‬‬
‫‪330‬‬ ‫‪ -6.3.1‬ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻱ‪........................ .‬‬
‫‪331‬‬ ‫‪ -6.3.2‬ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻬﻒ‪......................... ............ ............ .‬‬
‫‪332‬‬ ‫‪ -6.3.3‬ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﰲ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ‪......................... .... .‬‬
‫‪333‬‬ ‫‪ -6.3.4‬ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﰲ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮ‪....................... .‬‬
‫‪ -6.4‬ﻗﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ‪335 ......................... ............ .............. .‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪337 @NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN@ @NNNNNNNNNNNN@@NNNNNNNNNNNN@@‬‬
‫‪351 ......................... ............ ....................‬‬ ‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬
‫א‬ 
‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬،‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬ ‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬  ‫א‬‫א‬   ،‫א‬‫א‬  ‫א‬‫א‬ ‫א‬
 K‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
        ‫א‬‫א‬   ‫א‬  
‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬،‫א‬‫א‬
، ،F ‫א‬ ‫א‬    ‫א‬
‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬E‫א‬KKKK،‫א‬
 K‫א‬
 
   ‫א‬ ‫א‬   ،   ‫א‬  
‫א‬،‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
 K‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
  ‫א‬ ‫א‬ ،‫א‬‫א‬ ‫א‬  ‫א‬ ‫א‬  
‫א‬‫א‬  ‫א‬  ‫א‬‫א‬ ‫א‬  ‫א‬‫א‬  
 ‫א‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬     ‫א‬
‫א‬  ‫א‬ ‫א‬   ‫א‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬  ‫א‬
 K‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
‫א‬ ‫א‬  ‫א‬   ‫א‬ ‫א‬  ‫א‬  
 ‫א‬  ‫א‬    ‫א‬ ‫א‬‫א‬  
  E‫א‬ ‫א‬‫א‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬ F 
    ‫א‬   ‫א‬‫א‬   ‫א‬
 K‫א‬
[11] ‫ ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬
‫א‬      ‫א‬    ‫א‬  
‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
‫א‬   ، ‫א‬  ‫א‬  ‫א‬‫א‬ 
‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
 K‫א‬
‫?א‬ ‫א‬     ‫א‬ ‫א‬    
‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬?‫א‬
 K‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬K‫א‬
       
[12] ‫ ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪@ @Éöaì¾a@ÙîãbØîß@¶g@Ý‚‡ß‬‬
‫‪Zòî²Šbm@ò -‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻔﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻉ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﰲ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻤﺖ ﺃﲝﺎﺙ ﻭﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺪﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻨﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﺈﳚﺎﺯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﱪ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﺮﺕ ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﳉﺴﻢ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﰲ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻤﺖ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻧﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻱ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ )‪ (I. Newton‬ﰲ ﺃﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮ ‪-‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﲡﺎﺭﺏ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﻛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ -‬ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﺮﺩﹰﺍ ﻣﻊ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﻊ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﻠﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺆﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺘﻠﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺮﻧﺔ ﺗﻔﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺻﻄﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳉﺴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻄﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺭﺩﺍ )‪ (J.C. Borda‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﻛﺪ‬
‫ﺻﺤﺔ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺭﻓﺾ ﺗﻔﺴﲑﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﺳﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺆﻛﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻠﻘﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻐﻤﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻭﻗﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪.‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[13] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻭﻳﻠﺮ )‪ ،(L. Euler‬ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ‬
‫)‪ (D. Bernoulli‬ﻭﻻﻏﺮﺍﻧﺞ )‪ (J.L. Lagrange‬ﺃﺳﺲ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ ﰒ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﻭﻳﻠﺮ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺝ ﲟﺴﺎﻋﺪ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺃﻭﻳﻠﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﺘﻼﺷﺖ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻡ ﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﹰﺎ ﻳﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﱐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺻﺎﻍ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻻﻏﺮﺍﻧﺞ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻳﻮﻛﻔﺴﻜﻲ )‪ ،(N.E. Jukovski‬ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﻝ‬
‫)‪ ،(L. Prandtl‬ﺩﺍﺭﺳﻲ )‪ ،(H. Ph. Darcy‬ﻧﺎﻓﲑ )‪ (L.M. Navier‬ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﳌﻌﺖ‬
‫ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺯﻳﻞ )‪ ،(J. L. Poiseuille‬ﺑﻼﺯﻳﻮﺱ ) ‪P.R.‬‬
‫‪ (Blasius‬ﻭﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ )‪ (O. Reynolds‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﻔﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ﻭﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺃﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻭﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﳉﻮﻫﺮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﳍﺪﻑ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ )) ‪(Hydrodynamics (Completely theoretical‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ))‪ (Hydraulics (Purely experimental‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻧﺸﻄﺮ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﲔ ﰒ ﻋﺎﺩﺍ ﻭﺗﻮﺣ‪‬ﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﻝ ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫)‪ (1904‬ﺑﺎﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ )‪.(Boundary-layer theory‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ )‪ (Mechanics of Fluids‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﲝﺴﺐ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :ò§bÈ¾a@òÔí‹ ë@Êìšì¾a .I‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﳕﻴﺰ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﲔ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Þëþa‬ﻳﻬﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺴﻂ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﲟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :ïãbrÛa‬ﻳﻬﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻭﲟﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﳊﻠﻮﻝ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[14] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺃﻭ ﻏﺎﺯﹰﺍ ﰲ‬
‫‪ :énî×ìÜë@ïÈöb¾a@ÁìÛa .II‬ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻌﻲ ﺳﺎﺋ ﹰ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :ÝöaìÛa@æŒaìm‬ﻭﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪ :ÝöaìÛa@ò×‹y‬ﻭﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫• ‪ :ÝöaìÛa@Ùí‹¥‬ﻭﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺑﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ :ÙîÛëŠ‡îa‬ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻢ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻭﻳﻌﺎﰿ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺣﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :õaìa@æŒaìm‬ﻭﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪ :õaìa@ò×‹y‬ﻭﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫• ‪ :õaìa@Ùí‹¥‬ﻭﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺣﱴ ﺳﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﹰﺎ ﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﲑﺍﻥ ﻭﺁﻻﺕ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ :paŒbÌÛa@Ùí‹¥‬ﻭﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﹰﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻵﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪Dimension and Units of ) ‘bîÔÛa@ pa‡yaëë@ ‡ÈjÛa -1.1‬‬

‫‪:(Measurement‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻫﻲ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ )ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ( ﺍﳌﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ﻛﺄﺳﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﻴﺔ )ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﺘﻤﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻏﺮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻏﺮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.....‬ﺍﱁ(‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺷﺎﻉ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫)‪ (Units‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﻔﺎﻅ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[15] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﹰﺎ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭ‬
:(SI ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ )ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫( ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‬Centimeter-Gram-Second) òîrÌÛa@ òÜà§a (1
:‫ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬:(C.G.S)
‫ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬ (‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ‬
cm Centimeter -L-(Length) ‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‬
g Gram -M-(Mass) ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ‬
s Second -T-(Time) ‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬

Degree, Celsius, (Temperature) ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
o
C , K ، deg
Kelvin
(M.K.S) ‫( ﺃﻭﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‬Meter-Kilogram-Second) òîrØ¾a@ òÜà§a (2

:‫ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
m Meter -L-(Length) ‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‬
Kg Kilogram -M-(Mass) ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ‬

Degree, Celsius, (Temperature) ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
o
C , K ، deg
Kelvin
:‫ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬:(M.Kf.S) òîØîäØnÛa@òÜà§a (3

Kp Kilo pound -F-(Force) ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬

deg Degree (Temperature) ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
[16] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
‫( ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‬International System of Units) òîÛë‡Ûa@ òÜà§a (4

‫ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬:(SI)
.‫ﲢﺪﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬
Kg Kilogram -M-(Mass) ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ‬

K , deg Kelvin, Degree (Temperature) ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
A Ampere (Current) ‫ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‬
cd Candela (Luminous Intensity) ‫ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﺀﺓ‬

mol Mole (Number of particles) ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ‬
.‫ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ )ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬،(1.1) ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬
‫ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬:(U.S. Customary Units) HòíŠbvnÛaI@ òîØí‹ßþa@ òÜà§a (5

:‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
ft Foot -L-(Length) ‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‬
lb Pound -F-(Force) ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
Fo Fahrenheit (Temperature) ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
Ro Rankine ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ‬
:ñŠa‹ä@pbuŠ†@µi@pbÓýÈÛa •
R o = F o + 460
F o = 1.8 oC + 32
R o = 1.8 K o
K o = C o + 273
[17] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
ZòîÛë‡Ûa@òÜà§aë@òîØí‹ßþa@òÜà§a@µi@áîÔÛa@ÈjÛ@òãŠbÔß •
U.S. Customary (‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ‬

SI. Units
Units
0.3048 m 1 ft
1.609 Km 1 mil (Length) ‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‬
2.54 cm 1 in
14.59 Kg 1 slug (Mass) ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ‬
6.452 cm2 1 in2
(Area) ‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬
0.0929 m2 1 ft2
C o = ( F o − 32) / 1.8 F o = 1.8 oC + 32 ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
K o = C o + 273 R o = F o + 460 (Temperature)
4.448 N 1 lbf (Force) ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬

0.3048 m/s 1 ft/s (Velocity) ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
16.39 cm3 1 in3
(Volume) ‫ﺍﳊﺠﻢ‬
0.0283 m3 1 ft3
105 pa=1 bar 14.5 psi (Pressure) ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬،‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﲢﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬
.‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬
(‫ﻟﻨﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ )ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺔ‬
.‫ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬
:‫ﻓﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ‬
F = m⋅a (1.1)
[18] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ ‪. a‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬ ‫‪m‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (1.1‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻜﺘﻠﺔ ‪ m‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ )‪ ،((1.1‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﻋﺘﱪﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﺭﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﻓﻌﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫=‪a‬‬ ‫‪،v = L‬‬ ‫)‪(1.2‬‬
‫‪t‬‬ ‫‪t‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻭ ‪ : L‬ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫‪t‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ‪ : v‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫=‪a‬‬ ‫)‪(1.3‬‬
‫‪t2‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (1.3‬ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ ،(1.1‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪L‬‬
‫⋅‪F = m‬‬ ‫)‪(1.4‬‬
‫‪t2‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪m = 1 Kg ، L = 1 m ، t = 1 s‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‪:‬‬

‫)‪1( Kg ) ⋅ 1 (m‬‬ ‫‪Kg ⋅ m‬‬
‫= ‪1 unit of Force‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫)‪= 1 2 = 1 N ( Newton‬‬
‫) ‪(1 s‬‬ ‫‪s‬‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ‪ 1‬ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﺴﺐ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻪ ) ‪ (1 Kg‬ﺗﺴﺎﺭﻋﹰﺎ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ ) ‪.(1 m / s 2‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻠﺠﺄ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻒ‬
‫א‪‬א‪[19] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
‫ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ‬.‫ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺩ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‬
.(1.2) ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺩﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺩﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬

T 1012 (tera) ‫ﺗﲑﺍ‬
G 10 9 (giga) ‫ﺟﻴﺠﺎ‬
M 10 6 (mega) ‫ﻣﻴﻐﺎ‬
K 10 3 (kilo) ‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮ‬
h 10 2 (hecto) ‫ﻫﻜﺘﻮ‬
da 10 (deca) ‫ﺩﻳﻜﺎ‬
d 10 −1 (deci) ‫ﺩﻳﺴﻲ‬
c 10 −2 (centi) ‫ﺳﻨﱵ‬
m 10 −3 (milli) ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻠﻲ‬
µ 10 −6 (micro) ‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭ‬
n 10 −9 (nano) ‫ﻧﺎﻧﻮ‬
p 10 −12 (pico) ‫ﺑﻴﻜﻮ‬
.‫ ﺒﺎﺩﺌﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﻜﻭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﻋﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺯﺌﻴﺔ‬،(1.2) ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬
( pa ) ‫ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ‬1 ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺻﻄﻠﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬

‫( ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ‬1 N ) ‫ﻭﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ‬
.(1m 2 ) ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺘﻪ‬
N Kg ⋅ m Kg
= 2 2 = = Pa
m 2
m ⋅s m ⋅ s2
‫ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫ ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﻓﺘﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬،‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ‬
.( M Pa ) ‫ ( ﻭﻣﻴﻐﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ‬K Pa ) ‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ‬:‫ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻋﻔﺔ‬
[20] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﻭﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻌﺾ‬

‫ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬.((1.3) ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ )ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫( ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬Centigrade Degree) ‫ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬
.‫ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﺮﻕ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﳍﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬

1000 Kg Ton (Mass) ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ‬
60 s Minute
3600 s Hour (Time) ‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬
86400 s Day
1 ⋅ 10 −3 m 3 Liter (Volume) ‫ﺍﳊﺠﻢ‬
3,6 ⋅ 10 6 J Kilowatt-Hour (Work) ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

3,6 ⋅ 10 6 J Kilowatt-Hour (Energy) ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
1s Hertz (Frequency) ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‬،(1.3) ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬
.‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬
[21] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪:(Physical Properties of Fluid) ÉöaìàÜÛ@òîöbíîÐÛa@˜öb—©a -1.2‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﲝﺎﻻ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻼﲰﺎ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .((1.1‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺻﻠﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﺎﺯﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺛﻠﺠﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻏﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(1.1‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ )‪ (Liquid‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻲ ﻳﺒﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻼ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ )ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻻﻳﻐﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﻤﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﲞﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻟﺔ )ﺍﳌﻴﻮﻋﺔ( ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻳﺘﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﳜﺘﻠﻒ ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﺪﺭﺱ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﰲ ﻭﻋﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(1.2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪(1.2‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[22] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ )‪ (T‬ﻭﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻭﺯ‪‬ﺎ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺬﻧﺎ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﹰﺎ ﻭﳘﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ )‪ ،(nm‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ‪ τ‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﲰﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ )‪.(Shear Stress‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺿﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ )‪ (T‬ﺍﲣﺬﺕ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻭﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻭﺯ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ‪) τ‬ﲟﻌﲎ ﺃﻥ ‪ τ‬ﻣﻬﻤﻞ( ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﻴﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ )‪ .(ABCD‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺋﻊ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﰲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺳﻜﻮﻧﻪ ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﳑﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺒﲑ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﲞﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺫﻭ ﺍﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺪﹰﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺴﺘﺜﲎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﻩ )ﻧﻔﻂ ﺛﻘﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺩﻫﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﻳﻮﺕ ﺗﺸﺤﻴﻢ( ﻓﻬﻲ ﲤﺘﻠﻚ ﰲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺳﻜﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻗﺺ ﻭﻻﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﱐ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﺮﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻻﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﺣﺠﻤﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻋﺪﱘ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﹰﺎ )ﻻﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ )ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ( ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻻﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﳑﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻼﺹ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﻭﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺑﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[23] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ )‪- (Gas‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ‬

‫)‪ -(Kinetic Theory‬ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻏﲑ ﳏﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺳﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﺟﻰﺀ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻣﻬﺎ ﲜﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻮﻳﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ( p‬ﺍﳌﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﻧﺎﺷﻰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻡ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﻋﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﺑﺘﺼﻐﲑ ﺣﺠﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺗﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﲔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1.2.1‬א‪:(Density) ‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ )‪ (Specific Mass‬ﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﺑﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﳍﺎ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑـ ) ‪:( ρ‬‬
‫‪m‬‬
‫=‪ρ‬‬ ‫)‪(1.5‬‬
‫‪V‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪1 Kp ⋅ s 2‬‬
‫‪[ρ ] = Kg3‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫⋅‬
‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪9,81 m 4‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[24] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻊ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﺎﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ) ‪ ،( 4 oC‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ) ‪ .(1000 Kg / m 3‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﲔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﲝﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳘﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ )‪.(1.4‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ )‪ (Specific Volume‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑـ ) ‪ (ν‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪V‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫=‪ν‬‬ ‫= ‪⇒ν‬‬ ‫)‪(1.6‬‬
‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪ρ‬‬
‫‪ -1.2.2‬א‪‬א‪:(Specific Weight) ‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻮﻡ ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ﺑـ ) ‪ ،( γ‬ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬

‫‪w‬‬
‫=‪γ‬‬ ‫)‪(1.7‬‬
‫‪V‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : w‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ‪.( N ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : V‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ‪.( m3 ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : γ‬ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ‪.( N / m 3 ) ،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ (1m 3‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻳﺰﻥ ) ‪ ( 9810 N‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ) ‪ ( + 4 oC‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﺋ ‪‬ﺬ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪:‬‬
‫‪9810‬‬
‫=‪γ‬‬ ‫‪= 9810 N / m 3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[25] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ )ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ‪ ( 0,5 ÷ 4%‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﳚﻲ ﺿﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ] ‪. [30 ÷ 100 oC‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﲝﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﲝﻮﺍﱄ ) ‪ ( 100 bar‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺇﳘﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﰲ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ) ‪.( 4,65%‬‬
‫] ‪ρ [Kg m 3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬ ‫] ‪ρ [Kg m 3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫‪789,3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻳﺘﺎﻧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻲ‬ ‫‪999‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺑﺔ‬

‫‪970‬‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺖ ﺍﳋﺮﻭﻉ‬ ‫‪1020‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺎﳊﺔ‬
‫‪1,188‬‬ ‫ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ‬ ‫‪13595‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﺋﺒﻖ‬
‫‪1,312‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻛﺴﺠﲔ‬ ‫‪780-820‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﲑﻭﺳﲔ‬
‫‪0,614‬‬ ‫ﺍﳍﻠﻴﻮﻡ‬ ‫‪680-740‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﱰﻳﻦ‬
‫‪1,151‬‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺯﻭﺕ‬ ‫‪900‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﱰﻭﻝ‬
‫‪0,739‬‬ ‫ﲞﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬ ‫‪760-900‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ ،(1.4‬ﻗﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺍﺌل ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺩ ‪T = 15 oC‬‬
‫‪ -1.2.3‬א‪‬א‪:(Specific Gravity) ‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ )‪ (Relative Density‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬

‫ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ) ‪ ،( + 4 oC‬ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬
‫= ‪Sg‬‬
‫‪γ w,+4 C‬‬ ‫‪o‬‬
‫‪ (133 KN‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫) ‪m3‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﺰﺋﺒﻖ‬
‫‪133000‬‬
‫= ‪Sg‬‬ ‫‪= 13,6‬‬
‫‪9810‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[26] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
‫( ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬1) ‫ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺳﺒﻖ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
.( + 4 oC ) ‫ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
.‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﳍﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
:ïÇìäÛa@æŒìÛbi@òÏbrØÛa@òÓýÇ •
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺯﻥ )ﺛﻘﻞ( ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺟﺪﺍﺀ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﺑﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ‬
:‫ ﺃﻱ‬،‫ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‬
w = m⋅ g
:‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬

m
V=
ρ
:‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‬
w m⋅ g
γ= = = ρ⋅g
V m ρ
:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
.( 9,81m s2 ) ،‫ ﺗﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‬: g
.( Kg m3 ) ،‫ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ‬: ρ
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ‬
:‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
γ ρ⋅g ρ
Sg = = =
γ w, +4 C o ρ w, +4 C ⋅ g o ρ w, +4 C o
:‫ ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬+ 4 oC ) ‫ﻭﺑﻨﺎ ًﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺳﺒﻖ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ‬
γw 9810 ( N m 3 )
ρ w, +4 C = o = 2
= 1000 Kg m 3
g 9,810 (m s )
[27] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫• ‪:òÏbrØÛa@‘bîÓ‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﻨﻮﻣﺘﺮ )‪ :(Pycnometer‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻮﺟﻠﺔ ﺯﺟﺎﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﺴﻊ ﳊﺠﻢ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ) ‪ ( 50 cm3‬ﺃﻭ ) ‪ .(100 cm3‬ﺗﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﳊﻮﺟﻠﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻠﺌﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﻳﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻧﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻨﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﳌﻜﺜﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻢ )ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻢ‪ :(Precision Hydrometer :‬ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺩﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺃﺭﲬﻴﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻐﻤﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﹰﺎ‬
‫ﰲ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺫﻭ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﲢﺎﻭﻝ ﺭﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﺡ ﻭﺑﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﺡ‬
‫)ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﻐﻤﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ( ﻣﻀﺮﻭﺑﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( F = V ⋅ γ = V ⋅ g ⋅ ρ‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻣﺘﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭﻗﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻧﻐﻤﺎﺱ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻣﺘﺮ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(1.3‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺜﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺌﻡ‬
‫א‪‬א‪[28] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ )ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﻳﺔ‪...‬ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫• †‪:(API degree) òîØí‹ßþa@òÏbrØÛa@òuŠ‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ )ﻣﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ( ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪141.5‬‬
‫= ‪API‬‬ ‫‪− 131.5‬‬
‫‪ρ 6060FF‬‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ) ‪ ( ρ 6060FF‬ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ( ﻟﻠﻨﻔﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫) ‪.( 60 F o = 15.6 oC‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﺍﳋﱪﺍﺀ ﰲ ﻣﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ) ‪ ( 60 F o‬ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ ﻭﻣﺸﺘﻘﺎﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ )‪ (API‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ ﻳﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﱃ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : API > 40 .1‬ﻧﻔﻂ ﺧﻔﻴﻒ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : 30 < API < 40 .2‬ﻧﻔﻂ ﺧﻔﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : 23 < API < 30 .3‬ﻧﻔﻂ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :10 < API < 23 .4‬ﻧﻔﻂ ﺛﻘﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : API < 10 .5‬ﻧﻔﻂ ﺛﻘﻴﻞ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﲝﺴﺐ )‪ (API‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ )‪ (10‬ﻭﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻋﻜﺴﹰﺎ ﻭﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ )‪ (API‬ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻼ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﻐﲑ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( + 4 oC‬ﻭﺣﱴ ) ‪.( + 94 oC‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[29] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪ρ w, +4 C − ρ w, +94 C‬‬

‫‪o‬‬ ‫‪o‬‬ ‫‪1000 − 964‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪= 3.6%‬‬
‫‪ρ w, +4 C‬‬ ‫‪o‬‬ ‫‪1000‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﰲ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟﻢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻼ ﻭﻻﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺃﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻬﻤ ﹰ‬
‫‪ -1.2.4‬א‪:(Viscosity) ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺑﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺗﻐﲑ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﰲ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻳﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺑﺬﻝ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻛﻞ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﳚﺮﻱ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﳜﺴﺮ‬
‫ﺟﺰﺀﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﺳﻨﺄﰐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻳﻀﺎﺣﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﻧﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﲡﺮﺑﺔ ﻛﻮﺋﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺘﲔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺘﲔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﺰﺝ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،((1.4‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺳﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ )‪ (U‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺗﺒﲔ ﺑﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺘﺼﻘﹰﺎ ﺑﻜﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺘﲔ ﺗﺘﻮﺯﻉ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻲ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻗﻮﺓ ﳑﺎﺳﻴﺔ )‪ (F‬ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻤﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ( ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(1.4‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﺯﻭﺠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[30] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺟﺮﻳﺖ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ )‪ (L‬ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ )‪ (Tangential Stresses‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﺒﻠﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﺮﺩﹰﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ )‪ (U‬ﻭﻋﻜﺴﹰﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ )‪ ،(L‬ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪U‬‬
‫=‪τ‬‬ ‫‪=µ‬‬ ‫)‪(1.8‬‬
‫‪S‬‬ ‫‪L‬‬
‫‪ : S‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ‪.( m 2 ).‬‬
‫‪ :τ‬ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻼﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‪ ( N m 2 ) ،‬ﺃﻭ) ‪.( Kp m 2‬‬
‫‪: µ‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺑﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ )‪ ،(Dynamic Viscosity‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪τ ⋅L N m⋅s N ⋅s‬‬ ‫‪dyn ⋅ s‬‬ ‫‪g‬‬
‫=‪µ‬‬ ‫⋅‪= 2‬‬ ‫‪= 2 = pa ⋅ s = 10‬‬ ‫‪= 10‬‬ ‫‪= 10 poise‬‬
‫‪U‬‬ ‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪cm‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪cm ⋅ s‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ‬

‫) ‪ -υ -(Kinematic Viscosity‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻗﺴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪µ‬‬
‫=‪υ‬‬ ‫)‪(1.9‬‬
‫‪ρ‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﹰﺍ ﻫﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻭﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (1.9‬ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪Kg m 3 m 2‬‬
‫=‪υ‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= 10 4 stokes‬‬
‫‪m ⋅ s Kg‬‬ ‫‪s‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (1.8‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﴰﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪∂U‬‬
‫⋅‪τ =µ‬‬ ‫)‪(1.10‬‬
‫‪∂n‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[31] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ )‪ (Newton’s Viscosity Law‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻪ ﰎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ )‪ (Newtonian Fluids‬ﻣﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ ) ‪.(Nonnewtonian Fluids‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (1.10‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﲢﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﻏﲑ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ )ﻻﲢﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ ((1.10‬ﻭﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ )ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ( ﺣﱴ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﺃﻥ ﳍﺎ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻴﺔ )ﺑﻨﻴﻮﻳﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﺪﺙ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻨﺴﺐ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳊﻔﺮ )ﻃﻔﻠﺔ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳊﻔﺮ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻟﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﶈﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪:ÝöaìÛa@òuëÛ@‘bîÓ -1.2.4.1‬‬
‫ﲢﺪﺩ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﲟﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺃﻧﻜﻠﺮ ﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﰲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺣﻴﺔ ] ‪ . [E o‬ﻭﻳﺘﺤﺪﺩ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (1.5‬ﺯﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ‬
‫) ‪ 200 cm 3 ( t f‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﺿﻊ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ) ‪ 200 cm3 ( t w‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ) ‪،( 20 oC‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺣﻴﺔ )ﺃﻧﻜﻠﺮ(‪:‬‬
‫‪tf‬‬
‫= ‪Eo‬‬ ‫)‪(1.11‬‬
‫‪tw‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻨﻤﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ( ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ) ‪ ( Stokes‬ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻓﻮﻥ‪-‬ﻣﻴﺲ‪:‬‬
‫‪0,0631‬‬
‫‪υ = 0,0731⋅ E o −‬‬ ‫)‪(1.12‬‬
‫‪Eo‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[32] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
:‫• ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻓﻮﺟﻞ‬

⎡ 1 ⎤
⎢1− o 3 ⎥
υ = E × 0,076 o ⎢⎣ ( E ) ⎥⎦
(1.13)
.‫ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁﻲ ﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺃﻨﻜﻠﺭ ﻟﻠﺯﻭﺠﺔ‬،(1.5) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬
Ostwald ) ‫ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭﺳﺘﻔﻠﺪ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫( ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺃﻧﻜﻠﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻗﻪ‬Viscometer
.‫ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻗﻪ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬
.‫ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺃﻭﺴﺘﻔﻠﺩ‬،(1.6) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬
:‫ﺪﻑ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻼﻭ ﹰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
:òİÓbÛa@ñ‹ØÛa@ëˆ@òuëÜÛa@‘bîÔß •
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺻﻠﺐ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺳﻴﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ‬
‫ ( ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻮﺓ‬F2 ) ‫ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‬،(Terminal Velocity)
.( F ) ‫ ( ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ‬F1 ) -‫ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮ –ﺩﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺃﺭﲬﻴﺪﺱ‬
[33] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
.‫ ﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻁﺔ‬،(1.7) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬
:‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
∑F = m×a
:‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
weight force − bouyancy force − drag force = 0
:‫ ﺃﻱ‬،‫ ﳛﺴﺐ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻛﺤﺎﺻﻞ ﺟﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﳌﻌﺪﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﲝﺠﻤﻬﺎ‬.1
⎛π ⎞
F = γ b ⎜ ⋅ D3 ⎟
⎝6 ⎠
:‫ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﺡ‬.2

⎛π ⎞
F1 = γ f ⋅ Vb = γ f ⎜ ⋅ D 3 ⎟
⎝6 ⎠
.‫ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬: γ f
:‫ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ‬: Vb
.‫ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ‬: D
‫ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻛﺮﻭﻱ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﺰﺝ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬.3
:‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
F2 = 3πµ ⋅ v ⋅ D
[34] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪ : µ‬ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ : v‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : D‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪⎛π‬‬ ‫⎞‬ ‫‪⎛π‬‬ ‫⎞‬
‫⎜‪γb‬‬ ‫‪⋅ D 3 ⎟ − γ f ⎜ ⋅ D 3 ⎟ − 3πµ ⋅ v ⋅ D = 0‬‬
‫‪⎝6‬‬ ‫⎠‬ ‫‪⎝6‬‬ ‫⎠‬
‫ﲢﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪ ( v‬ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( t‬ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ) ‪ ( L‬ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺣﺪﻳﺔ )‪ (Terminal‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫=‪v‬‬
‫‪t‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫=‪µ‬‬
‫‪(γ‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪- γ f )D 2 ⋅ t‬‬
‫‪18 L‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ) ‪ ( γ b‬ﻭ) ‪ ( γ f‬ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ) ‪ ( N m3‬ﻭ) ‪ ( D‬ﺑـ ) ‪ ( m‬ﻭ) ‪ ( t‬ﺑـ‬

‫) ‪ ( sec‬ﻭ) ‪ ( L‬ﺑـ ) ‪ ( m‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋ ‪‬ﺬ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﻫﻲ ) ‪( pa ⋅ s‬‬
‫• ‪:(Rotating Viscometer) ŠaŞë‡Ûa@òuëÜÛa@Œbèu‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻋﺎﺀ ﺩﻭ‪‬ﺍﺭ )‪ (Rotating Drum‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﳏﺮﻙ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪ ( ω‬ﻭﺑﺪﺍﺧﻠﻪ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻣﺼﻤﺘﺔ )‪ (Stationary Drum‬ﻧﺼﻒ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ ) ‪ ( r‬ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ )‪ (Torque Meter‬ﻭﳝﻸ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺘﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭ‪‬ﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪( ω‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﻣﺲ ﳍﺎ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺮ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﻮ‪‬ﻟﺪ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻗﺺ ) ‪ (τ‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻗﻮﺓ ) ‪ ( F‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﲢﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﺆﺷﺮ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ) ‪ ( Τ‬ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻮﻁ ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ) ‪ ( µ‬ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[35] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
.‫ﺍﺭ‬‫ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁﻲ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻠﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭ‬،(1.8) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

F
‫( ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬Shear Stress) ‫ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ‬ =τ
A
‫ ﻭﻳﻌﱪ ﻣﻴﻞ‬،(‫ﺍﺭﺓ‬‫ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﳐﺎﻟﻒ ﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ )ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭ‬
‫( ﻭﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ‬Velocity Gradient) ‫ﻣﻨﺤﲏ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺘﲔ ﺑﺘﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺎ‬‫ ( ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃ‬y ) ‫ ( ﻭﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬v ) ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺘﲔ‬
:‫ ﺃﻱ‬،‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
Shear Stress τ
η= =
Velocity Gradient v y
:‫ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬،( r ) ‫ ( ﺑﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ‬F ) ‫ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
Τ F Τ
F= ⇒τ = =
r A r×A
.‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ‬ A ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
A = 2π r h
.‫ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ‬: r
.‫ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬: h
:‫ﺬ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋ‬
[36] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
Τ
τ=
2π r 2 h
‫ﺍﺭﺓ‬‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭ‬
:‫ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
v = (r + y ) ⋅ ω
‫ﺃﻭ‬
v ≅ r × ⋅ω
. (r ) ‫ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﹰﺎ ﺑﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ‬: y
.( rad / s ) ،‫ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬: ω
:‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
Τ⋅ y
µ=
2π r 3 h ⋅ ω
( Τ ) ‫ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﺈﻡ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ‬
:‫ﻳﺪﻝ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
Parameter U.S.Customary Units SI Units
µ lb ⋅ s / ft 2
N ⋅ s / mt 2
Τ lb ⋅ ft N ⋅ ft
y ft m
r ft m
h ft m
ω rad / s rad / s
‫ﺍﺭ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭﺓ ﻫﻲ‬‫( ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭ‬1.9) ‫ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﻭﻳﺰﻭﺩ ﻛﻞ‬.‫( ﻭﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﻪ‬Spindle) ‫ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺑﺎﳌﻐﺰﻝ‬
.‫ﺪﻑ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﳎﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺯﻝ‬
[37] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
.‫ﻭﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺩ‬‫ ﻴﻭ‬،(1.9) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬
:(Capillary Tube Viscometer) ð‹È“Ûa@lìjãþa@ëˆ@òuëÜÛa@‘bîÔß •

‫( ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺫﻭ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺻﻐﲑ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﻱ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺇﱃ‬1.10) ‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
.‫ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﳑﺘﻠﺊ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺘﻪ‬
.‫ ﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻷﻨﺒﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺭﻱ‬،(1.10) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺼﻔﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
:‫( ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬Hagen-Poiseuille) ‫ﺑﻮﺍﺯﻳﻞ‬-‫ﻫﺎﺟﻦ‬
πR 4 8⋅ L ⋅ µ
Q= ∆p ⇒ ∆p = Q
8⋅ L ⋅ µ πR 4
:‫ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃ ﱠﻥ‬
Q = v ⋅ A = v ⋅ πR 2
:‫ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺯﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬،‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬
[38] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪8 ⋅ L ⋅ v ⋅ µ 8 ⋅ L ⋅ v ⋅ µ 32 ⋅ L ⋅ v ⋅ µ‬‬
‫= ‪∆p‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬
‫‪R2‬‬ ‫‪(D / 2)2‬‬ ‫‪D2‬‬
‫‪ : v‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪.( m / s ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : L‬ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﱵ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ )‪ (1‬ﻭ)‪.( m ) ،(2‬‬
‫‪ : D‬ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻮﺏ‪.( m ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : µ‬ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪.( pa ⋅ s ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : ∆p = p2 − p1‬ﻫﺒﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻌﲔ )‪ (1‬ﻭ)‪.( pa ) ،(2‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﻛ ﱞﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻉ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻫﺎﺗﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺘﲔ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻛ ﹴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪∆p ⋅ D 2‬‬
‫== ‪µ‬‬
‫‪32 ⋅ L ⋅ v‬‬
‫• ‪:æbí‹§a@pbîäzäß‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ )‪ Q = f (∆p‬ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻮﺿﻊ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻭﺭﺻﺪ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﱵ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ )‪،(L‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻧﻘﻂ ﺗﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻊ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ) ‪ ( Q − ∆p‬ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(1.11‬ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[39] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﻄﻠﻖ ﻣﻨﺤﲏ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺒﺪﺃ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻮﱐ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻓﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺃﺩﱏ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻃﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪du‬‬
‫‪τ =µ‬‬ ‫)‪(1.14‬‬
‫‪dn‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻃﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺯﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪πR 4‬‬
‫=‪Q‬‬ ‫‪∆p‬‬ ‫)‪(1.15‬‬
‫‪8⋅ L ⋅ µ‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻭﲟﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ) ‪ ( Q − ∆p‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﱐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﱐ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺬﻝ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ )ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﱄ( ) ‪ ( ∆p0‬ﺣﱴ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳛﻘﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﻨﻐﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪πR 4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫=‪Q‬‬ ‫) ‪(∆p − ∆p 0‬‬ ‫)‪(1.16‬‬
‫‪8⋅ L ⋅ µ‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪du‬‬
‫‪τ =τ0 + µ‬‬ ‫)‪(1.17‬‬
‫‪dn‬‬
‫‪ : Q‬ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ‪.( m 3 / s ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : R‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪.( m ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : L‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﺎﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﱵ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪.( m ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : µ‬ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.( pa ⋅ s ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : ∆p0‬ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻷﻭﱄ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ ﺍﻷﻭﱄ ) ‪.( pa ) ،(τ 0‬‬
‫‪ : ∆p = p1 − p 2‬ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﱵ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ )‪ (1‬ﻭ)‪.( pa ) ،(2‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻨﺎ ًﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﻨﻐﻬﺎﻡ ﻭﲟﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ) ‪ ( Q − ∆p‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﱐ‪.‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[40] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
‫( ﺇﱃ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺯﻳﻞ‬1.16) ‫∆ ( ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬p0 = 0 ) ‫ﻭﻳﻼﺣﻂ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬

‫( ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ‬τ = τ 0 ) ‫ ( ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬du = 0 ) ‫ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬،‫ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
.‫ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻦ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﳑﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺣﱴ ﰲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ‬
.(1.12) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬
‫ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﻘﻮﺗﲔ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻛﺴﺘﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
:‫ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
:(‫ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺪﺍﺀ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ )ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬.1
F1 = ∆p ⋅ S = π r 2 ⋅ ∆p
‫ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺗﻐﻄﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺃﻱ‬.2
:(‫ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ )ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
F2 = τ ⋅ 2π r L
:‫ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
F1 = F2
πr 2 ⋅ ∆p = τ ⋅ 2π r L
:( ∆p ) ‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬
τ ⋅ 2π rL τ ⋅ 2 L ∆p ⋅ r
∆p = = ⇒τ =
πr 2
r 2L
:‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
∆p0 ⋅ r
τ0 =
2L
πR 4
Q= ∆p (1.18)
8⋅ L ⋅ µ
[41] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺯﻳﻞ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻋﻜﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻤﻊ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،(1.13‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﹰﺍ ﺻﻐﲑﹰﺍ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳘﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(1.13‬ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺒﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ(‬
‫ﻭﻛﺜﲑﹰﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ )ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﳍﺬﺍ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺣﺖ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺄﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ‪-‬ﭬﻴﻠﻮﻧﻮﭬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪υ t = υ ∗ ⋅ e − u ( t −t‬‬ ‫∗‬
‫)‪(1.19‬‬
‫‪ :υ t‬ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ) ‪.( t‬‬
‫∗ ‪ :υ‬ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ) ∗‪ ( t‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : u‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳓﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﺤﲏ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ .(1 o C ) ،‬ﻭﳛﺴﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺪﺭﺟﱵ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ‪ t1‬ﻭ ‪ t 2‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪υ1‬‬
‫‪ln‬‬
‫‪υ2‬‬
‫=‪u‬‬ ‫)‪(1.20‬‬
‫‪t 2 − t1‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ υ 2 ,υ1‬ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﱵ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ‪ t1‬ﻭ ‪ . t 2‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[42] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
.‫( ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ‬1.5) ‫ﻭﻧﻮﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‬
( υ ⋅ 10 −6 , m 2 / s ) ( µ ⋅ 10 −3 , pa ⋅ s )
1,003 1,002 ( T = 20 oC ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻩ ﻋﺬﺑﺔ )ﻋﻨﺪ‬
1,01 1,03 ( T = 20 oC ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻩ ﻣﺎﳊﺔ )ﻋﻨﺪ‬
2-3 1,6-2,5 ( T = 15 oC ‫ﻛﲑﻭﺳﲔ )ﻋﻨﺪ‬
0,83-0,93 0,6-0,65 ( T = 15 oC ‫ﺑﱰﻳﻦ )ﻋﻨﺪ‬
10-50 8,5-40 ( T = 20 oC ‫ﻧﻔﻂ )ﻋﻨﺪ‬
0,111 1,5 ‫ﺯﺋﺒﻖ‬
.‫ ﻤﻌﺎﻤﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺭﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻭﺍﺌل‬،(1.5) ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬
:paŒbÌÛa@òuëÛ@‡í‡¥ -1.2.4.2
(Random movement) ‫ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ‬

‫ ﻭﺧﻼﻓﹰﺎ ﳌﺎﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬،(Molecules) ‫ﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫( ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ‬Temperature) ‫ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
.‫ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
Mono-) ‫ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﺣﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬
:‫( ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﲔ‬Component
:(Sutherland Low) ‫• ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﻮﺫﺭﻻﻧﺪ‬
32
T +S⎛T ⎞
µ = µ0 0 ⎜ ⎟⎟ (1.21)
T + S ⎜⎝ T0 ⎠
:(Power Low) ‫• ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
[43] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
n
⎛T ⎞
µ = µ 0 ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ (1.22)
⎝ T0 ⎠
.( T0 ) ‫ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ )ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ( ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬: µ 0
.‫ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬: n
:‫ ﻭﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬Sutherland ‫ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬: S
N2 O2 CO 2 C3H8 C2H6 CH 4 H2 ‫ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
102 112 270 322 226 164 73 124 S
.(1.6) ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
.‫( ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ‬Molecular Mass) ‫( ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻴﺔ‬Pressure) ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫( ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻌﺾ‬Mixture) ‫ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ‬
:‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ‬
:Herning-Zipperer ‫• ﻋﻼﻗﺔ‬
µ mix =
∑µ y i i Mi
(1.23)
∑y i Mi
:‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃ ﱠﻥ‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬ ‫ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬: µ i
i
.Sutherland
:‫ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬، i ‫ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﱄ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬: yi
ni
yi = (1.24)
n
i ‫ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‬: ni
[44] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪ : n‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻜﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ : M i‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ‪. i‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (1.7‬ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫) ‪.( TN = 0 o C , p N = 1 atm‬‬
‫] ‪µ N [ pa.s‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟ ﻐﺎﺯ‬ ‫] ‪µ N [ pa.s‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟ ﻐﺎﺯ‬

‫‪5,2 10 -6‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﳍﻴﺒﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪10,2 10 -6‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫‪5,0 10 -6‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻛﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪8,5 10 -6‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻳﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫‪11,7 10 -6‬‬ ‫ﻛﱪﻳﺖ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ‬ ‫‪7,5 10 -6‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺑﺎﻥ‬
‫‪13,7 10 -6‬‬ ‫ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ‬ ‫‪7,1 10 -6‬‬ ‫ﺃﻳﺰﻭﺑﻮﺗﺎﻥ‬
‫‪16,3 10 -6‬‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺯﻭﺕ‬ ‫‪7,0 10 -6‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﻥ‬
‫‪17,1 10 -6‬‬ ‫ﺍﳍﻮﺍ ﺀ‬ ‫‪6,4 10 -6‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫‪18,5 10 -6‬‬ ‫ﺍﳍﻠﻴﻮﻡ‬ ‫‪5,9 10 -6‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﳍﻜﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (1.7‬ﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1.2.5‬א‪:(Compressibility) ‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﻫﻲ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺣﺠﻤﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﱯ ﰲ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺟﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﲟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﻳﺰﻭﺗﺮﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ )‪ ،(Coefficient of Thermal Compression‬ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪1 ⎛ ∆V‬‬ ‫⎞‬
‫‪β =−‬‬ ‫⎜‬ ‫⎟⎟‬ ‫)‪(1.25‬‬
‫‪V1 ⎜⎝ ∆p‬‬ ‫‪⎠ T =Const‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺪﻝ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃ ﱠﻥ ‪ ∆V = V1 − V2‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫‪. ∆p = p 2 − p1‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[45] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
(1 21000 ) ‫ ( ﻳﻨﻀﻐﻂ ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬0 o C ) ‫ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬،‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫ ﻭﻧﻈﺮﹰﺍ ﻟﺼﻐﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬،(1⋅ 10 5 pa ) ‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﻤﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﱄ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
.( β ≅ 0 ) ‫ ﻭﲟﻌﲎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺑﺄﻥ‬،‫ﻼ ﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺳﺎﺋ ﹰ‬
-‫ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺧﺬﻧﺎ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺑﻮﻳﻞ‬،(Ideal Gases) ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
:(Boyle-Marriott law) ‫ﻣﺎﺭﻳﻮﻁ‬
⎛ ∂V ⎞ V
⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ =− (1.26)
⎝ ∂p ⎠ T =Const p
:‫( ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬1.25) ‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬

1
β= (1.27)
p
‫( ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬1.25) ‫( ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬Real Gases) ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬

:‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
⎡ p ∂Z ⎤ 1
β = ⎢1 − ⋅ ⎥ (1.28)
⎣ Z ∂p ⎦ p
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﻳﺰﻭﺗﺮﻣﻲ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ ﲟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‬

:‫ ﺃﻱ‬،‫ ( ﻭﻭﺍﺣﺪﺗﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬E f ) ‫( ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬Modulus of Elasticity)
1
Ef = (1.29)
β
‫ ( ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ‬E f ) ‫ ( ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬β ) ‫( ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬1.8) ‫ﻭﻧﻮﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬

.‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
30 20 10 0 T,o C
4,66 ⋅ 10 −10 4,74 ⋅ 10 −10 4,93 ⋅ 10 −10 5,12 ⋅ 10 −10 β , 1 pa
21,48 ⋅ 10 8 21,3 ⋅ 10 8 20,3 ⋅ 10 8 19,52 ⋅ 10 8 E f , pa
.(1.8) ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬
[46] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﱯ ﻟﻠﺤﺠﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﲟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ ) ‪Coefficient of‬‬
‫‪ ،(Volume Expansion‬ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪1 ⎛ ∂V‬‬ ‫⎞‬
‫=‪α‬‬ ‫⎜‬ ‫⎟⎟‬ ‫)‪(1.30‬‬
‫‪V1 ⎜⎝ ∂p‬‬ ‫‪⎠ T =const‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (1.9‬ﻗﻴﻢ ) ‪ ( α‬ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍ ﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ) ‪.( 20 oC‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻮﺭﻭﻓﻮﺭﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﺋﺒﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﻴﺘﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫‪12,73 ⋅ 10 −4‬‬ ‫‪1,82 ⋅ 10 −4‬‬ ‫‪9,55 ⋅ 10 −4‬‬ ‫‪14,87 ⋅ 10 −4‬‬ ‫‪2,07 ⋅ 10 −4‬‬ ‫‪α‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪.(1.9‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺪﻟﺔ‬
‫) ‪ ( 0 ÷ 30 oC‬ﺃﻱ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1.2.6‬א‪:(Equation of State) ‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ )‪(Thermodynamic‬‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ )‪ (Ideal Gases‬ﻭﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ )‪:(Real Gases‬‬
‫‪:òîÛbr¾a@paŒbÌÛa -1.2.6.1‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﹰﺎ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﹰﺎ ﺇﺫ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﺜﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻼ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﻭﻓﻬﻢ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻣﺪﺧ ﹰ‬
‫)‪.(Real Gases‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[47] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺇﻥ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺇﳘﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺸﻐﻠﻪ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻣﺔ )ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻡ ﺑﲔ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ )ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪pVM = MRT = Ru T‬‬ ‫)‪(1.31‬‬
‫‪ : p‬ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪.( pa ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : VM‬ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﱄ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲ‪.( 22,414 m N3 ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : M‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻴﺔ‪.( Kg / Kmol ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : R‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ‪.( J / Kg.K ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : T‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪.( K ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : Ru‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪p N ⋅ V N 1,01325 ⋅ 10 5 ⋅ 22,414‬‬
‫= ‪Ru‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= 8314 J / Kmol ⋅ K‬‬
‫‪TN‬‬ ‫‪273,15‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪R‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‬

‫‪Ru 8314‬‬
‫=‪R‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫)‪(1.32‬‬
‫‪M‬‬ ‫‪M‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ) ‪ ( n‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪mRu T‬‬
‫= ‪pV‬‬ ‫‪= nRu T‬‬ ‫)‪(1.33‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ‪ : V‬ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﻐﻠﻪ ) ‪ ( m‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻏﺮﺍﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[48] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
:‫( ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‬1.30) ‫ ( ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬ρ = m ) ‫ﻭﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ‬

V
p Ru T
= (1.34)
ρ M
:‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﳕﻴﺰ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ )ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﳛﺼﻞ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻑ‬T = const ‫• ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺭﻳﻮﻁ‬-‫ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺑﻮﻳﻞ‬،(‫ﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
:(Boyle-Marriott’s Law)
pν = p1ν 1 = p 2ν 2 = (C ) T (1.35)
:‫ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‬،(1.34) ‫ﻭﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
p Ru T
= const = (1.36)
ρ M
‫ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻳﺰﻭﺛﺮﻣﻲ‬
.(Isothermal Transformation)
:‫( ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬1.35) ‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﲤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
.‫( ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺠﻡ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ‬1.14) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬
‫ﻟﻮﺳﺎﻙ‬-‫ ( ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻏﻲ‬p = const ) ‫• ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
:(Gay-Lussac’ s Law)
ν ν1 ν2
= = = (C ) p (1.37)
T T1 T2
[49] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
:‫ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬،(1.34) ‫ﻭﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬

ν Ru
= = const (1.38)
T M⋅p
Isobar ) ‫ﻭﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
.(Transformation
:‫( ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬1.37) ‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﲤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫( ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻡ ﺒﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ‬1.15) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬
‫( ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺗﺸﺎﺭﻟﺰ‬ν = const ) ‫• ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬

:(Charles Law)
p p1 p 2
= = = (C )ν (1.39)
T T1 T2
:‫( ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬1.34) ‫ﻭﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
p R ⋅ρ
= const = u (1.40)
T M
Isochore ) ‫ﻭﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
.(Transformation
:‫( ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬1.39) ‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﲤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
[50] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
.‫( ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺒﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻡ‬1.16) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬
‫ ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬:(Adiabatic Transformation) ‫• ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ‬

‫( ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ‬System) ‫ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬
:‫ ﺃﻱ‬،(Surroundings)
q1, 2 = 0
:‫ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
pν k = p1ν 1k = p 2ν 2k = const (1.41)
Specific ) ‫ ﺍﻷﺱ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ‬k ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
:‫ ﺃﻱ‬،( cv ) ‫ ( ﺇﱃ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬c p ) ‫( ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬Heat
cp
k= (1.42)
cv
‫ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬:(Polytropic Transformation) ‫• ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﺘﺮﻭﰊ‬
‫ﲢﺪﺙ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﰲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﳎﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳜﻀﻊ ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻳﺰﻭﺛﺮﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﺗﺒﺎﺩ ﹰﻻ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﹰﺎ‬
‫ ﻭﻻ ﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﻋﺰ ﹰﻻ‬،‫ﻼ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﻬﻤﺎ ﳝﺜﻼﻥ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﲔ ﺣﺪﻳﲔ ﻟﺘﻐﲑ‬،‫ﻼ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
:‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﳛﺼﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﺘﺮﻭﰊ‬
pν n = p1ν 1n = p 2ν 2n = const (1.43)
[51] ‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
:‫ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﳏﻘﻘﹰﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺍﺟﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬،‫ﺍﻷﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﺘﺮﻭﰊ‬ n ‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬

1≤ n ≤ k
:‫ ﺃﻱ‬،‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
.(Isobar Transformation) p = const ⇐ n = 0
.(Isothermal Transformation) pν = const ⇐ n = 1
.(Adiabatic Transformation) pν k = const ⇐ n = k
.(Isochore Transformation) n = ∞ ⇐ ν = const
:‫( ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬1.43) ‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﲤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
.(1.17) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬
‫ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺩﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﳌﺨﱪﻳﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬:òîÔîÔä@ paŒbÌÛa -1.2.6.2

‫ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬،‫ﺗﻨﺤﺮﻑ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ ﻭﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬،‫ﺎ‬‫ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺎﻋﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎ‬
‫ ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﻗﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ‬.‫ﻭﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‬
.‫ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﺴﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻴﺎﺏ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
:‫ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
[52] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪pV = nZRu T‬‬ ‫)‪(1.44‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ‪ Z‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ )‪ (Compressibility Factor‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺸﻐﻠﻪ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﳏﺪﺩﻳﻦ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺸﻐﻠﻪ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺜﺎﱄ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (1.44‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪p⋅M‬‬ ‫‪p⋅M‬‬
‫= ‪= ZRu T ⇒ ρ‬‬ ‫)‪(1.45‬‬
‫‪ρ‬‬ ‫‪Z ⋅ Ru ⋅ T‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻪ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪ Z = f ( p pr , T pr‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺨﻔﺾ )‪ (Reduced Pressure‬ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﻔﻀﺔ‬
‫)‪ .(Reduced Temperature‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ) ‪Standing and‬‬
‫‪ (Katz‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ Z‬ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻓﺔ )ﺍﻟﻔﻘﲑﺓ(‪-‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(1.16‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺑﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ( p‬ﺃﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ) ‪ ( T‬ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ ﳍﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ‬
‫) ‪ ،( T c ) ،( pc‬ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪p‬‬
‫= ‪Tr‬‬ ‫= ‪, pr‬‬
‫‪Tc‬‬ ‫‪pc‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[53] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
.‫ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﻭﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻀﻴﻥ‬Z ‫ ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻻﻨﻀﻐﺎﻁﻴﺔ‬،(1.18) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬
:(surface Tension) ‫א‬‫ א‬-1.2.7
‫( ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺎﺫﺑﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‬Molecules) ‫ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ‬

‫ ( ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺑﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺫﺏ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﻳﺔ‬F ) ‫ﺑﻘﻮﻯ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﻟﺘﻜﻦ‬
.(Molecular Cohesive forces)
[54] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪.(1.19‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﺮﺽ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (1.19‬ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻛﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ ) ‪ ( F‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺿﻤﻦ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ ) ‪.( r‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻼﺣﻆ ﻓﺈﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ ) ‪ ( A‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( B‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻌﺮ ﺗﻘﻊ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ )‪(Equilibrium‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺗﻔﲏ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﰲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﳜﺺ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ )ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻼ( ﻓﺈ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺷﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬‫ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪" :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﳛﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺄﻗﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﻭﺑﺄﺻﻐﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﳑﻜﻨﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﻔﺴﺮ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺣﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ ﻭﺗﻄﺎﻳﺮ ﻓﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺑﻮﻥ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻄﺤﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﻷﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺻﻐﺮﻳﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺭﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﲰﺎﻛﺘﻬﺎ ) ‪ ( r‬ﺗﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ) ‪ ( F‬ﻭﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﻲ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.(1.20‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(1.20‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﻴﺌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[55] ‬‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
‫ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺑﻂ )ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﳉﺰﻱﺀ‬r ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
‫ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ‬r ‫ ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻓﺈﻥ‬،(‫ﺣﱴ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺫﺏ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ‬
.‫ﻗﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ‬
:‫ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﻴﺌﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬،(1.21) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

‫ ﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺌل ﻤﻘﻌﺭ‬.III ‫ ﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺌل ﻤﺤﺩﺏ‬.II ‫ ﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺌل ﺃﻓﻘﻲ‬.I
:‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬

‫ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ‬I ‫ ( ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ‬Π ) ‫( ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﻲ‬1
:‫ ﺃﻱ‬،III ‫ ﻭﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮ‬II ‫ﺍﶈﺪﺏ‬
Π 2 > Π1 > Π 3
‫( ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ‬1.22) ‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬-(m) ‫( ﻧﺪﺭﺱ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ‬2

‫ﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ‬‫ ( ﺣﻴﺚ ﲣﻀﻊ ﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍ‬a 1b1 ) ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳊﺮ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ ﻭﻳﻬﻤﻞ ﲡﺎﺫﺏ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ‬،( r ) ‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ‬
.‫ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ‬
.(1.22) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬
[56] ‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺫﺏ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ )‪(A‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ )‪ (B‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺗﻔﲏ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﹰﺎ ﻭﺗﺒﻘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺔ )‪ (m‬ﺧﺎﺿﻌﺔ ﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ )‪ (C‬ﻭﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ) ‪ ( a 2 b 2‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ) ‪ ( a 1b1‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ‬
‫) ‪ ( a ′2 b′2‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺮ ﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ) ‪ ،( a 1′ b1′‬ﻭﻃﺎﳌﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ )‪ (C‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﲢﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﳋﻂ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ) ‪ -( a 2 b 2‬ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﹰﺎ‪ -‬ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ )‪ (C‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﳋﻂ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ ) ‪( a ′2 b′2‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪Π1 > Π 3‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﳑﺎﺛﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﻫﺎﻥ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪Π 2 > Π1‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻋﻈﻤﻴﹰﺎ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﳏﺪﺑﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺻﻐﺮﻳﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﻌﺮﹰﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﻲ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﱪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺻﻐﲑ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﻌﺘﱪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﻲ ﻣﻬﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﻳﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻻﳚﻮﺯ ﺇﳘﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1.2.8‬א‪‬א‪:(Capillary Effects) ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(1.23‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[57] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻧﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (1.23‬ﻭﻋﺎﺀ ﳑﻠﻮﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻏﻤﺴﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺷﻌﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻌﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻼﻣﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺼﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ )ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪:((1.24‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﻮﻯ ﲡﺎﺫﺏ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻯ ﲡﺎﺫﺏ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺪﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ )‪ (A‬ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﻠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻮﻯ ﲡﺎﺫﺏ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻯ ﲡﺎﺫﺏ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ )‪(B‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺒﻠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(1.24‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻠل‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﻲ ) ‪ ( Π 1‬ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﻗﻮﻯ ﲡﺎﺫﺏ‬
‫ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻼﻣﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺻﻐﲑﹰﺍ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﻣﺲ ﻟﻠﺠﺪﺍﺭ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻟﺔ )‪ (A‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (1.24‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﻠﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﻲ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﻲ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﶈﺪﺏ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(1.21‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ،(II‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ‪:‬‬
‫‪Π 2 > Π1‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[58] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺒﻠﻞ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﻌﺮﹰﺍ ﳓﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪Π1 > Π 3‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺒﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﰲ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬

‫ﺗﻼﻣﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻼ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﻲ ) ‪ ( Π 1 − Π 3‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺒﻠ ﹰ‬
‫)‪ ((1.25.A‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﻲ ) ‪ ( Π 1 − Π 2‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﻠﻞ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.((1.25.B‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪.(1.25‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﲡﻌﻠﻪ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺷﺪ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻲ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‪" :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻲ‬
‫) ‪ ( σ o‬ﳝﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺪ ) ‪ ( F‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺒﲑﻩ"‪.‬‬
‫‪dF‬‬
‫= ‪σo‬‬ ‫) ‪= const (dF − dS‬‬ ‫)‪(1.46‬‬
‫‪dS‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻪ‪:‬‬
‫= ‪[σ o ] = ⎡⎢ F ⎤⎥ = N ⋅ m −1‬‬ ‫‪1 Kp‬‬
‫⎦ ‪⎣S‬‬ ‫‪9,81 m‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[59] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ σ o‬ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﳊﺮ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪ‬
‫ﻭﻻﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﳔﻔﺎﺽ ) ‪ ( h‬ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ ) ‪ ( d = 2r‬ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ) ‪ ( γ‬ﻓﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻲ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪2σ o cos θ‬‬
‫=‪h‬‬ ‫)‪(1.47‬‬
‫‪γ ⋅r‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﱯ ﰲ‬

‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ) ‪ ( θ = 0 o‬ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺣﻮﺍﱄ ) ‪ ( θ = 140o‬ﻟﻠﺰﺋﺒﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ) ‪ ( h‬ﻻﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲤﻴﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻛﻮﻥ‬
‫) ‪ ( h‬ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻮﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (1.10‬ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻲ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ) ‪.( T = 20 o C‬‬
‫] ‪σ o ⋅ 10 3 [N ⋅ m −1‬‬ ‫] ‪σ o ⋅ 10 3 [Kp ⋅ m −1‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻌﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﺘﺎﲬﺎﻥ‬
‫‪72,5‬‬ ‫‪7, 4‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺀ‪/‬ﻫﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫‪25 − 30‬‬ ‫‪2,54 − 3,06‬‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺖ‪/‬ﻫﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫‪472‬‬ ‫‪48,2‬‬ ‫ﺯﺋﺒﻖ‪/‬ﻫﻮﺍﺀ‬

‫‪25,5‬‬ ‫‪2,6‬‬ ‫ﻛﺤﻮﻝ‪/‬ﻫﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫‪48‬‬ ‫‪4,9‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺀ‪/‬ﻛﲑﻭﺳﲔ‬
‫‪375‬‬ ‫‪38,2‬‬ ‫ﺯﺋﺒﻖ‪/‬ﻣﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪.(1.10‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪[60] ‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪@ @HÙîmbnëŠ‡îçI@Éöaì¾a@æìØ‬‬
‫‪:(Hydrostatic Pressure) ïØîmbnëŠ‡îa@ÁÌ›Ûa@âìèÐß -2.1‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ )‪ ،(Fluid static‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻊ ﰲ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺴﱯ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺮ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ ) ‪.(τ = 0‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ )‪ ،(Normal Stresses‬ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪σ =σn‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫)‪ (Hydrostatic Pressure‬ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪p=σ‬‬ ‫)‪(2.1‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ‪ σ‬ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪.(2.1‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪ ‬ــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ ]‪[61‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﻄﻊ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﳘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪،(2.1‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (M‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ )‪ (AB‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻩ ﻳﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺴﻤﲔ )‪ (I‬ﻭ)‪ .(II‬ﻭﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ )‪ (AB‬ﺳﺘﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‬
‫)‪- (I‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‪ -‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ )‪ (II‬ﻭﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ) ‪ ( F‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ ) ‪.( S‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ) ‪ ( F‬ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺳﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺴﻢ )‪ (II‬ﻭﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﲔ ﻣﻌﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ) ‪ ( F‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﳍﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻛﺴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ )‪ (II‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ )‪ ،(I‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ) ‪ ( F‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ) ‪ ،( S‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪= pe‬‬ ‫)‪(2.2‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ‪ pe‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ) ‪ ( F‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ) ‪ ( S‬ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻫﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ) ‪ ( S‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (2.2‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ )ﺷﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ M‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻫﻰ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﻌﻜﺲ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ) ‪ ( σ‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪:M‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫(‪p = lim‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫)‪(2.3‬‬
‫‪S →0‬‬ ‫‪S‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺘﲔ )‪ (2.2‬ﻭ)‪ (2.3‬ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ) ‪ ( p‬ﻭ) ‪ ( pe‬ﳍﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻗﻮﺓ‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ )ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ .( T f / m 2 ، Kg f / cm 2 ، KN / m 2‬ﳑﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻛ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﺒﺪﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﺘﲔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺘﲔ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪ .A‬ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ) ‪ ،( σ‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﳕﻮﺫﺟﻪ ) ‪ ( p‬ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻧﺎﻇﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2.2‬ﺣﺠﻤﹰﺎ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻳﺸﻄﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ )‪ (AB‬ﺇﱃ ﻗﺴﻤﲔ‬
‫)‪ (I‬ﻭ)‪ .(II‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ‬
‫)‪ (AB‬ﻟﻠﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻭﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ )‪ (AB‬ﻟﻠﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪.(2.2‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺃﺧﺬﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ )‪ (AB‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻟﺘﻜﻦ )‪ (M‬ﻭﻋﻴ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﳍﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ) ‪ ( ∂S‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﰒ ﺭﲰﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻢ ) ‪ ( N ′N ′′‬ﻋﻠﻰ ) ‪ ( ∂S‬ﻷﺻﺒﺢ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺟﺰﺁﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻢ‪ ( MN ′ ) :‬ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻢ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭ) ‪ ( MN ′′‬ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ) ‪ ( σ‬ﻳﺘﺠﻪ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﲝﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺪﺭﺱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .B‬ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ) ‪ ( p‬ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻻﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﰲ ﻭﻋﺎﺀ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .(2.3‬ﻧﻌﲔ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (M‬ﻭﻧﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺳﻄﺤﲔ )‪ (2-2 ،1-1‬ﻭﳘﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺴﻤﲔ ﻋﻠﻮﻱ )‪ (I‬ﻭﺳﻔﻠﻲ )‪.(II‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.3‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺩﺭﻭﺴﺘﺎﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻁﺔ )‪.(M‬‬
‫) ‪∂S1‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺘﻄﻊ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (M‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺘﲔ ﺻﻐﲑﺗﲔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ‬

‫ﻭﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ‪ ∂S 2 ،1-1‬ﻭﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ‪ .(2-2‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻼﺣﻆ ﻓﺈﻥ ﳍﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﻞ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﺮﻣﺰﻧﺎ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ) ‪ ( ∂S1‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻤﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ) ‪( p1‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻤﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ) ‪ ( ∂S 2‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ) ‪.( p 2‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪p1 = p 2 = p‬‬
‫‪ZòãŒaìn¾a@ÝöaìÜÛ@HDifferential EquationsI@òîÜšbÐnÛa@pü†bÈ¾a -2.2‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2.4‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳜﻀﻊ ﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺣﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ )ﻭﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﺭﻣﺰﻧﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ) ‪ ( F‬ﻻﺳﺘﻄﻌﻨﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( oz ، oy ، ox‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ ‪. f z ، f y ، f x‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪.(2.4‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ( p‬ﰲ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻦ ﺳﻴﺄﺧﺬ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪p = f ( x, y , z‬‬ ‫)‪(2.4‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ) ‪( F‬‬
‫ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﺣﺠﻤﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ )‪ (1-2-3-4‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮ ‪) dz ، dy ، dx‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ dy‬ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﲔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (A‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ) ‪ ( z ، y ، x‬ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ) ‪ .( p‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (A‬ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻱ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ) ‪ ( ox‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻂ )‪- (MN‬ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ‪ -‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﺗﻐﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ) ‪.( ∂p ∂x‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫)‪ (M‬ﻭ)‪ (N‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∂p‬‬
‫⋅ ‪p M = p − dx‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∂x‬‬
‫)‪(2.5‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∂p‬‬
‫⋅ ‪p N = p + dx‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∂x‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﱪ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﻄﻮﻝ ) ‪.( 1 dx‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪f (dx dy dz ) ⋅ ρ‬‬ ‫)‪(2.6‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ‪ (dx dy dz ) ⋅ ρ‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﶈﺼﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﻘﻂ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ) ‪ ( ox‬ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬
‫‪f x (dx dy dz ) ⋅ ρ‬‬ ‫)‪(2.7‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ )‪ (2-3) ،(1-4‬ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ) ‪ ،( ox‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺴﻘﻂ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﲔ )‪،(1-2‬‬
‫)‪ (3-4‬ﻓﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪p M − p N = p M (dz dy ) − p N (dz dy‬‬
‫‪1 ∂p‬‬ ‫‪1 ∂p‬‬
‫‪= ( p − dx ) dz dy − ( p + dx ) dz dy‬‬
‫‪2 ∂x‬‬ ‫‪2 ∂x‬‬
‫‪∂p‬‬
‫‪=−‬‬ ‫‪dxdydz‬‬ ‫)‪(2.8‬‬
‫‪∂x‬‬
‫ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻓﺈﻥ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﻣﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ) ‪ ( ox‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ ‪:‬‬
‫‪∂p‬‬
‫‪f x (dx dy dz ) ⋅ ρ −‬‬ ‫‪dxdydz = 0‬‬ ‫)‪(2.9‬‬
‫‪∂x‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪1 ∂p‬‬
‫‪fx −‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫‪=0‬‬ ‫)‪(2.10‬‬
‫‪ρ ∂x‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﻣﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ) ‪:( oz ، oy‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪1 ∂p‬‬
‫‪fy −‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫‪=0‬‬
‫‪ρ ∂y‬‬
‫)‪(2.11‬‬
‫‪1 ∂p‬‬
‫⋅ ‪fz −‬‬ ‫‪=0‬‬
‫‪ρ ∂z‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ )‪ (2.10‬ﻭ)‪ (2.11‬ﲟﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺃﻭﻳﻠﺮﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ‬
‫)‪ (Euler’s Equations‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﻡ )‪.(1755‬‬
‫‪ -‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻀﺮﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺃﻭﻳﻠﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺑـ ) ‪ ( dx‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑـ ) ‪ ( dy‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﺑـ ) ‪( dz‬‬
‫ﻭﲨﻌﻬﺎ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∂p‬‬ ‫‪∂p‬‬ ‫‪∂p‬‬
‫‪f x dx + f y dy + f z dz −‬‬ ‫(⋅‬ ‫‪dx +‬‬ ‫‪dy +‬‬ ‫‪dz ) = 0‬‬ ‫)‪(2.12‬‬
‫‪ρ‬‬ ‫‪∂x‬‬ ‫‪∂y‬‬ ‫‪∂z‬‬
‫ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‪:‬‬

‫) ‪p = f ( x, y , z‬‬ ‫)‪(2.13‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (2.12‬ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻗﻮﺳﲔ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ) ‪.( dp‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (2.12‬ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪dp = ρ ⋅ ( f x dx + f y dy + f z dz‬‬ ‫)‪(2.14‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻃﺎﳌﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (2.14‬ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ،( ρ = const‬ﳚﺐ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﱪ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﺗﺎﻡ ﳌﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻣﺎ )‪ (du‬ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (2.14‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪dp = ρ ⋅ du‬‬ ‫)‪(2.15‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪du = f x dx + f y dy + f z dz‬‬ ‫)‪(2.16‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ) ‪ ( du‬ﻛﻤﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺎﺿﻼﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪∂u‬‬ ‫‪∂u‬‬ ‫‪∂u‬‬
‫= ‪du‬‬ ‫‪dx +‬‬ ‫‪dy +‬‬ ‫‪dz‬‬ ‫)‪(2.17‬‬
‫‪∂x‬‬ ‫‪∂y‬‬ ‫‪∂z‬‬
‫ﲟﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﲔ )‪ (2.16‬ﻭ)‪ ،(2.17‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬

‫‪∂u‬‬ ‫‪∂u‬‬ ‫‪∂u‬‬
‫= ‪fx‬‬ ‫؛‬ ‫= ‪fy‬‬ ‫‪ fz‬؛‬ ‫=‬ ‫)‪(2.18‬‬
‫‪∂x‬‬ ‫‪∂y‬‬ ‫‪∂z‬‬
‫ﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ( u‬ﻫﻮ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻺﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻺﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ) ‪ ( f x ، f y ، f z‬ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫) ‪ ( u‬ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﹰﺎ ﻛﻤﻮﻧﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ )‪ (2.18‬ﺗﻌﺘﱪ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺗﺘﺼﻒ ﲞﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻮﻥ )ﻛﻤﻮﻧﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻨﺎ ًﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺳﺒﻖ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪" :‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺎﻧﺴﺔ‬
‫‪ ρ = const‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻊ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻗﻮﻯ ﻛﻤﻮﻧﻴﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫ﲟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (2.15‬ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪p = ρ ⋅u + C‬‬ ‫)‪(2.19‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ C‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﲣﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﹰﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻗﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( p‬ﻭ) ‪.( u‬‬
‫؛ ‪p = po‬‬ ‫‪u = uo‬‬ ‫)‪(2.20‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (2.19‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪p o = ρ ⋅u o +C‬‬ ‫)‪(2.21‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪C = p o − ρ ⋅u o‬‬ ‫)‪(2.22‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (2.22‬ﰲ )‪ (2.19‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫) ‪p = po + ρ ⋅ (u − u o‬‬ ‫)‪(2.23‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﱪ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (2.23‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻺﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ) ‪ ( ρ = const‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺣﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪:ôìÔÛa@ÝÔ¨@ïãìàØÛa@ÉibnÛa@âìèÐß -2.3‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲢﺪﺙ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻻﺕ ﺇﱃ‪:‬‬
‫• ‪ :‬ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ :‬ﻛﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﻱ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺟﻪ ) ‪ ϕ = ( x, y, z‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻼ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ) ‪ ،( ϕ = const‬ﻓﻤﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻭﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ) ‪.( T = const‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺗﻌﻘﻴﺪﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻻﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﳍﺎ ﲟﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺗﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ) ‪ ( u‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻮﱐ ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﻮﻥ‬
‫)ﻛﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ(‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻛﻤﻮﻧﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﻛﻤﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪....،‬ﺍﱁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ( u‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ) ‪ ( u‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻮﻥ ) ‪ ( u‬ﻳﺒﺪﻱ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ) ‪ ( x, y, z‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻺﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ﰲ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻪ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻬﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻧﺪﺭﺱ ﻛﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ )ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﳓﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻌﲔ(‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﲤﺜﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺑﺎﳓﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻨﺎ ًﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻛﺤﻘﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﻞ ‪) i‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﳌﻴﻮﻝ( ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(2.5.A‬‬
‫ﻧﺮﻣﺰ ﻋﱪ ‪ Z‬ﺇﱃ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﳓﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ‪) Z = const‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ((2.5.B‬ﻓﻴﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ‪ Z‬ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ‪ x‬ﻭ ‪ y‬ﻭﺗﺒﺪﻱ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪∂Z‬‬ ‫‪∂Z‬‬
‫؛ ‪= −i x‬‬ ‫‪= −i y‬‬
‫‪∂x‬‬ ‫‪∂y‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ‪ i y‬ﻭ ‪ i x‬ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ‪. i‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ‪ Z‬ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﹰﺎ ﻛﻤﻮﻧﻴﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻴﻮﻝ ‪ . i‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﰎ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻪ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ )ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ( ﲝﻘﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺟﻪ ‪. u‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.5‬ﺤﻘﻭل ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻭﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ((2.6.A‬ﲝﻘﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻪ ﻟﻠﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ ϕ‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(2.6.B‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.6‬ﺤﻘﻭل ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﻛﻤﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻦ ﻧﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﳍﺎ‬
‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﲝﺎﺙ‪.‬‬
‫‪@É›²@ æŒaìnß@ Éöbß@ Ý‚a†@ ïØîmbnëŠ‡îa@ ÁÌ›Ûa@ òàîÓ@ ‡í‡¥ -2.4‬‬
‫‪:(Gravitational Force) òÛbÔrÛa@ñìÔÛ@ÁÔÏ‬‬
‫‪:(Homogenous Liquid) ãbvnß@Ýöb@òÛby -2.4.1‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﺮﺽ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﻭﻋﺎﺀ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ )ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ ،((2.7‬ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ) ‪ .( po‬ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ) ‪ ( m‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺒﺘﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻄﺤﻪ ﺍﳊﺮ ﲟﺴﺎﻓﺔ ) ‪.( h‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.7‬ﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺩﺭﻭﺴﺘﺎﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﺴﺎﺌل ﺘﺤﺕ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺘﻄﻊ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( m‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲣﻀﻊ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ) ‪.( F‬‬
‫ﻭﻃﺎﳌﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ f z = −g‬؛ ‪ f y = 0‬؛ ‪f x = 0‬‬ ‫)‪(2.24‬‬
‫‪ : g‬ﺗﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪ : f x f y ، f z‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ ﻣﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ) ‪ ( F‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ‪. x, y, z‬‬

‫) ‪ f z = −(1 ⋅ g‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (2.16‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ‪:‬‬
‫‪du = f x dx + f y dy +‬‬ ‫‪f z dz = − gdz‬‬ ‫)‪(2.25‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (2.25‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (2.15‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪dp = − ρ ⋅ gdz‬‬ ‫)‪(2.26‬‬
‫ﲟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪p = − ρ ⋅ gz + C‬‬ ‫)‪(2.27‬‬
‫‪p = −γ ⋅ z + C‬‬ ‫)‪(2.28‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ : C‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫؛ ‪p = po‬‬ ‫‪z=0‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ ،(2.27‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬

‫‪C = po‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (2.28‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬

‫‪p = po − γ ⋅ z‬‬ ‫)‪(2.29‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻟﻌﻤﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( m‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳊﺮ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ) ‪ ( h = − z‬ﻷﻣﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (2.29‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪:(Hydrostatic Basic Equation‬‬
‫‪p = po + γ ⋅ h‬‬ ‫)‪(2.30‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪ : p‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ )‪ (Absolute Pressure‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ : po‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (2.30‬ﺗﻘﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺇﻥ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺿﻐﻮﻃﹰﺎ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻄﻮﺣﹰﺎ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ )‪.(Isobars‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﰲ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺧﻄﻴﹰﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ) ‪ ( γ‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.(2.8‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻻﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻌﻤﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.8‬ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺘﻭﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻴ ﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺴﺎﺌل ﺴﺎﻜﻥ ﻭﻤﺘﺠﺎﻨﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (2.30‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( p B = γ ⋅ h‬ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻐﻂ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺃﻭﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﱐ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ " :‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ﻫﻮ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﱐ"‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﹰﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪po = pa‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ‪ p a‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ )‪ .(Atmospheric Pressure‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫)‪ (2.30‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪p = pa + γ ⋅ h‬‬ ‫)‪(2.31‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ‬
‫) ‪ -(Over Pressure)-( p − p a‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫)‪ (Gauge Pressure‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪p − pa = γ ⋅ h‬‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﻧﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ) ‪ ( p A‬ﻭﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ) ‪ ( p‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪p = p A − pa‬‬ ‫)‪(2.32‬‬
‫‪ .a‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻖ‪:‬‬
‫‪p A = po + γ ⋅ h = po + p B = pa + p‬‬
‫‪ .b‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫‪p A = po + γ ⋅ h = pa + p B = pa + p‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻳﺘﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﱐ‪:‬‬
‫‪p = pB = γ ⋅ h‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻖ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ) ‪ ( p‬ﻭ) ‪ ( p B‬ﳍﺎ ﻗﻴﻢ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪p = p B + ( po − pa‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﱪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪po‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪:(Non-Homogenous Liquid) ãbvnß@Ë@Ýöb@òÛby -2.4.2‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻏﲑ ﺛﺎﺑﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﹰﺍ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﹰﺎ ﻟﻼﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ] ) ‪،[ γ = f ( z‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻓﺠﺎﺋﻴﹰﺎ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻓﺠﺄﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﰲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺣﻞ ﺃﻣﻼﺡ ﺑﻨﺴﺐ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺧﻠﻂ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺯﺟﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺩﻟﱠﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﺪﺕ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺯﺟﺔ‬
‫)‪ ،(Immiscible Liquids‬ﺃﻭﺯﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺇﻧﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺘﻮﺿﻊ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺗﻔﺼﻠﻬﺎ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻷﺛﻘﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﱴ ﻟﻮ ﻏﲑﻧﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻊ ﲞﻠﻄﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺮﻛﺖ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﺯ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻨﺪﺭﺱ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﰲ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫‪ ،(2.9‬ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﳏﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻭﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻓﻨﺠﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺳﻄﻮﺣﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ) ' ‪ ( a − a‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ( p1‬ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ) ' ‪( b − b‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ) ‪ ( h‬ﻭﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ) ‪.( p 2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.9‬ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺭ ﻟﻠﺴﻭﺍﺌل ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺎﻨﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺘﻄﻊ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺘﲔ ﺻﻐﲑﺗﲔ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭﺗﲔ ﻭﳏﺼﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﲔ ' ‪، a − a‬‬

‫' ‪ b − b‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳏﻮﺭﳘﺎ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ) ‪ ( h‬ﺻﻐﲑﹰﺍ ﲝﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻟﻺﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ) ‪ ( γ 1‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( γ 2‬ﺛﺎﺑﺘﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺘﲔ ﻓﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪p 2 − p1 = γ 1 ⋅ h‬‬
‫‪p 2 − p1 = γ 2 ⋅ h‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ،( γ 1 = γ 2‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻟﻺﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺘﲔ ﳚﺐ‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﹰﺎ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻻ‪‬ﺎﺋﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺻﻐﲑ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ) ‪ ( h → 0‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ) ' ‪ ( a − a‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ) ' ‪ ( b − b‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ " :‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺛﻘﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﹰﺎ‬
‫) ‪ ( p = const‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﹰﺎ ) ‪ ."( γ = const‬ﻭﺗﻔﺴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻛﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺳﺎﺋﻠﲔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺯﺟﲔ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻳﺘﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻷﺛﻘﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﺃﺧﻔﺾ ﻣﺎﳝﻜﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻧﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﻋﺎﺀ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺯﺟﺔ ﺃﻭﺯﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫) ‪ ( γ 1 < γ 2 < γ 3 ..... < γ n‬ﻭﺗﺘﻮﺿﻊ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺃﻭﺯﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﲰﺎﻛﺎﺕ )ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ( ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫) ‪.( h1 , h2 , h2 ,.....hn‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪p1 = p a + γ 1 ⋅ h1‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪:‬‬
‫‪p 2 = p1 + γ 2 ⋅ h2 = p a + γ 1 ⋅ h1 + γ 2 ⋅ h2‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‬
‫‪p n = p a + γ 1 ⋅ h1 + γ 2 ⋅ h2 + ............. + γ n ⋅ hn‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪i =n‬‬
‫‪p n = p a + ∑ γ i ⋅ hi‬‬ ‫)‪(2.33‬‬
‫‪i =1‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺧﻄﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﺈﻥ ﳐﻄﻂ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﹰﺎ ﻣﻨﻜﺴﺮﹰﺍ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ‪ -‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(2.10‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.10‬ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺘﻭﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﺴﻭﺍﺌل ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺘﻤﺎﺯﺠﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺃﻭﺯﺍﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪@Éöaì¾a@ òÛby@ À@ HElevationI@ ÊbÐmŠüa@ Éß@ òÓýÈÛbi@ ÁÌ›Ûa@ Ìm -2.5‬‬

‫‪ZHStatic compressibility FluidsI@ÂbÌ›ãýÛ@òÜibÔÛaë@òä×bÛa‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺑﻴ‪‬ﻨﺖ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ )‪ (Vertical Distances‬ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳘﺎﳍﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺃﲝﺎﺙ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﻟﻠﻜﻮﺍﻛﺐ )‪ ،(Planets‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ )‪ (2.26‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪dp‬‬
‫‪= −γ‬‬ ‫)‪(2.34‬‬
‫‪dz‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻟـ ) ‪ ( γ‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﺘﻐﲑﺓ )‪ (Variable Value‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﺴﻤﺢ‬
‫ﲟﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ )‪ ،(Compressibility Effects‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻨﺠﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺳﺤﺐ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺗﻪ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﳎﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ )‪ (Relativety Larg Ranges‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ) ‪Pressure-Elevation‬‬
‫‪ (Relation‬ﻧﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬א‪ ‬א‪  Constant Temperature ‬א‪Isothermal ) ‬‬
‫‪:(Ideal Gas‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪pν = p1ν 1 = (C ) T‬‬ ‫)‪(2.35‬‬
‫‪ : (C) T‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : p1 , p‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﻭﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ )‪ (1‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :ν 1 ,ν‬ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ )‪ (Specific Volume‬ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﰲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﻭﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ )‪ (1‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ) ‪ (ν‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪g‬‬
‫= ‪γ = ρ⋅g‬‬ ‫= ‪⋅ g ⇒ν‬‬ ‫)‪(2.36‬‬
‫‪ν‬‬ ‫‪γ‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (2.36‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ ،(2.35‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬

‫‪g‬‬ ‫‪g‬‬
‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪= p1‬‬ ‫‪= (C ) T‬‬ ‫)‪(2.37‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪γ1‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ )‪ (Elevation Range‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺒﲑﹰﺍ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺘﱪ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻟـ ) ‪ ( g‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (2.37‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪p1‬‬ ‫‪(C ) T‬‬
‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= (C ′) T‬‬ ‫)‪(2.38‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪γ1‬‬ ‫‪g‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﺧﺬﻧﺎ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ ،(2.38‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ (2.34‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪dp‬‬ ‫‪p‬‬
‫‪= −γ = −‬‬ ‫)‪(2.39‬‬
‫‪dz‬‬ ‫‪(C ′) T‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪dp‬‬ ‫‪dz‬‬
‫‪=−‬‬ ‫)‪(2.40‬‬
‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪(C ′) T‬‬
‫ﻭﲟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (2.40‬ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( p1‬ﺇﱃ ) ‪ ( p‬ﻭﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( z1‬ﺇﱃ ) ‪ ،( z‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪z‬‬
‫‪dp‬‬ ‫‪dz‬‬
‫‪∫p p = − z∫ (C ′)T‬‬ ‫)‪(2.41‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺈﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪z‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪ln p‬‬
‫‪p‬‬
‫‪=−‬‬ ‫)‪(2.42‬‬
‫‪p1‬‬
‫‪(C ′) T‬‬ ‫‪z1‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ln‬‬ ‫‪=−‬‬ ‫) ‪( z − z1‬‬ ‫)‪(2.43‬‬
‫‪p1‬‬ ‫‪(C ′) T‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ (C ′) T‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (2.37‬ﰲ )‪ ،(2.43‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪⎡ γ‬‬ ‫⎤‬
‫⎥) ‪p = p1 exp ⎢− 1 ( z − z1‬‬ ‫)‪(2.44‬‬
‫‪⎣ p1‬‬ ‫⎦‬
‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (2.44‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﻲ )‪ (Exponentially‬ﻣﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( p1‬ﻭ) ‪ ( γ 1‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ) ‪ ( z1‬ﻣﻌﻄﻰ‪.‬‬
‫) ‪Temperature Varies‬‬ ‫‪  .2‬א‪‬א‪     ‬א‪‬‬
‫‪:(Linearly with Elevation‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪T = T1 + Kz‬‬ ‫)‪(2.45‬‬

‫‪ : T1‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ) ‪.( z = 0‬‬
‫‪ : K‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ )‪ (Lapse Rate‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺫﻭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪p⋅g‬‬
‫= ‪pν = RT ⇒ γ‬‬ ‫)‪(2.46‬‬
‫‪RT‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ ،(2.45‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬

‫‪dt‬‬
‫= ‪dz‬‬ ‫)‪(2.47‬‬
‫‪K‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺘﲔ )‪ (2.46‬ﻭ)‪ (2.47‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ ،(2.34‬ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪dp‬‬ ‫‪g dT‬‬
‫‪=−‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫)‪(2.48‬‬
‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪KR T‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﳌﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( z = 0‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ) ‪ ( p1‬ﻭ) ‪ ( T1‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬

‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪g‬‬ ‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪T‬‬
‫‪ln‬‬ ‫‪=−‬‬ ‫‪ln 1 = ln( 1 ) g‬‬ ‫‪KR‬‬
‫)‪(2.49‬‬
‫‪p1‬‬ ‫‪KR T‬‬ ‫‪T‬‬
‫‪g KR‬‬
‫⎞ ‪⎛ T1‬‬
‫⎜⎜ ‪p = p1‬‬ ‫⎟⎟‬ ‫)‪(2.50‬‬
‫⎠ ‪⎝ T1 + Kz‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ) ‪ ( T1‬ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ )‪.(Degrees Absolute‬‬
‫‪:(The Standard Atmosphere) ïbîÔÛa@ì§a@âìèÐß -2.6‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻻﳚﺐ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‬
‫ﳍﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻣﺘﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ )‪،(Airplanes‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺬﺍﺋﻒ )‪ (Missiles‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺭﻳﺦ )‪ ،(Rockets‬ﹼﰎ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﺍﳉﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ﺍﳉﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ )‪ (Actual Atmosphere‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ )‪ (Sea Level‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﳉﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪p = 29.92 in Hg = 2116.2 lb / ft 2 = 760 mm Hg = 101.325 KPa‬‬
‫‪T = 59 oF = 519 oR = 15 oC = 288.15 K‬‬
‫‪γ = 0.07651 lb f / ft 3 = 11.99 N / m 3‬‬
‫‪ρ = 0.002378 slug / ft 3 = 1.2232 Kg / m 3‬‬
‫‪µ = 3.719 × 10 −7 lb ⋅ s / ft 2 = 1.777 × 10 −8 KN ⋅ s / m 2‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪T = (519 − 0.00357 z‬‬ ‫‪o‬‬
‫) ‪R ( z in ft‬‬
‫)‪(2.51‬‬
‫) ‪T = (288 − 0.006507 z‬‬ ‫)‪K ( z in m‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ ( z‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ) ‪ (11.000 m‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ‬
‫ﲟﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻭﺑﻮﺳﻔﲑ )‪ (Troposphere‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﲢﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳉﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻭﺛﺮﻣﻲ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ) ‪ .( − 56.5 o C‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺑﲔ ) ‪ (11.000 m‬ﻭ) ‪ ( 21.100 m‬ﲟﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺳﻔﲑ )‪ (Stratosphere‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ ﰲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2.11‬ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.11‬ﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻻﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪:òîbþa@òîØîmbnëŠ‡îa@òÛ†bÈ¾a@HApplicationsI@pbÔîjİm -2.7‬‬
‫‪ .A‬א‪‬א‪:(Connected Vessels) ‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﺺ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﱐ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﺮﻗﺔ )‪ (Principle of Communicating‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﰲ ﻭﻋﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻭﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰﺍ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺇﻧﺎ ًﺀ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻋﲔ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺳﺎﺋ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺴﹰﺎ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ) ‪ ،( γ‬ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ) ‪ ( h1‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ‬
‫) ‪ ( h2‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ )ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﲑﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳌﺴﺘﻮ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ‪-( AA′‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.-(2.11‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.11‬ﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻁﺭﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪AA′‬‬ ‫ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺳﺒﻖ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻄﺤﹰﺎ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻧﹰﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪p1 = p 2‬‬
‫‪p a + γ ⋅ h1 = p a + γ ⋅ h2‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪γ ⋅ h1 = γ ⋅ h2‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪h1 = h2‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳊﺮ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺒﺪﺃ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻃﺮﻕ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻮﺻﻞ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺷﻔﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺄﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺘﺼﺐ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺰﺍﻥ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ )ﻳﺮﺍﻋﻰ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﹰﺎ ﻭﳛﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻌﲔ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ – ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ – ﺇﱃ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪ .B‬א‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ )ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻌﻲ ) ‪.( p a‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ )ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ( ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻭﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫)‪ (Barometers‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻭﻣﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺐ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺰﺋﺒﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻭﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2.12‬ﺑﺎﺭﻭﻣﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺯﺋﺒﻘﻴﲔ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﻓﻨﺠﺎﱐ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﺳﻴﻔﻮﱐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.12‬ﺒﺎﺭﻭﻤﺘﺭﺍﺕ ﺯﺌﺒﻘﻴﺔ‪-A ،‬ﻓﻨﺠﺎﻨﻲ‪-B ،‬ﺴﻴﻔﻭﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ( ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺰﺋﺒﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻓﲑﻓﻊ ﺃﻭ ﳜﻔﺾ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﺋﺒﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻏﺔ( ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺰﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺘﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫] ‪ [1 at = 1Kp / cm 2‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪1 atm = 760 mm ( Hg ) = 76 ⋅ 10 −3 ⋅ 13,596 = 1,0333 Kp / cm 2‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ﲰﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ) ‪Absolute‬‬

‫‪ (Pressure‬ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ﺑـ ) ‪ ( pabs‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﳚﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩ ﹰﺓ ﻓﻴﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪ ) ‪ ( po‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫)‪ - p a -(Atmospheric Pressure‬ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮﻱ ) ‪Manometer‬‬

‫‪ (Pressure‬ﺃﻭ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ‪. ( p ) A‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(2.13‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪.(2.13‬‬
‫‪( p ) A = po − pa‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪.A‬‬ ‫‪po‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ ( p ) A > 0‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪( p ) A = po − pa‬‬ ‫‪= pu = γ ⋅ hu‬‬ ‫)‪(2.33‬‬
‫‪ ( hu‬ﺑﺎﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪= pu / γ‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ )‬
‫ﻓﻴﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫‪( p) A < 0‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫‪( p ) A = − po − pa‬‬ ‫‪= − p N = γ ⋅ hu‬‬ ‫)‪(2.34‬‬
‫‪ ( hN‬ﺑﺎﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫‪= − pN / γ‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ )‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ‬‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﻦ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ )‪ (2.33‬ﻭ)‪ (2.34‬ﺃﻥ ﻛ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﺑﺄﻣﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ) ‪ .( γ‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2.13‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﻭﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪( pabs ) A = p a + ( p ) A‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﺑﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬

‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺯﺟﺎﺟﻲ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﱄ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﺻﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (C‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.((2.14‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.14‬ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﻨﺒﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺯﻭﻤﺘﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (C‬ﻫﻮ ) ‪ ( h‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‪.‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺴﻄﺮﺓ ﻣﺪﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫‪pc = pa + γ ⋅ h‬‬
‫‪pco = γ ⋅ h‬‬ ‫)‪(2.35‬‬
‫‪ : pco‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪.(C‬‬
‫‪ : pc‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪.(C‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﻛﺒﲑﹰﺍ )ﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺱ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ‪( 2 at‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ) ‪ ( γ = 10 3 Kp / m 3‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪pco‬‬ ‫) ‪2 ⋅ 10 4 ( Kp / m 2‬‬
‫=‪h‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= 20 m‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬ ‫) ‪10 3 ( Kp / m 3‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻃﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺣﺮﻑ ) ‪ ( u‬ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ) ‪ ( γ m‬ﻛﺒﲑﹰﺍ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻪ ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺋﺒﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺑﻂ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (C‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﻳﺒﻘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﹰﺎ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﺿﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.((2.15‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪.(2.15‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻻﺣﻈﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (A‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻌﻨﺪﺋﺬ‬
‫‪p A = pB‬‬
‫‪p c + γ ⋅ h = p a + γ m ⋅ hm‬‬
‫‪p c = p a + γ m ⋅ hm − γ ⋅ h‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ) ‪ ( γ‬ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ) ‪ ( γ m‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳘﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺪ ) ‪( γ ⋅ h‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪p c = p a + γ m ⋅ hm‬‬ ‫)‪(2.36‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﺧﲑﹰﺍ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ )‪- (Differential Pressure‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ -(2.16‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ ﻭﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺣﺮﻑ ) ‪ ( u‬ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺋﺒﻖ( ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻛﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﻭﻳﻮﺻﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻲ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻼ( ﻭﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺱ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ )ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫) ‪∆p = p 2 − p1 = hm ⋅ (γ m − γ‬‬ ‫)‪(2.37‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﻴﻮﺩﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﱵ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪:‬‬
‫‪∆p = p 2 − p1 = hm ⋅ (γ m − γ ) + γ ⋅ ∆z‬‬
‫‪∆z = z1 − z 2‬‬
‫‪ : z1‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳉﻴﻮﺩﻳﺰﻱ ﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ( p1‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳌﺴﺘﻮ ﻣﻌﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : z 2‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳉﻴﻮﺩﻳﺰﻱ ﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ( p 2‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.16‬ﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻀﻠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪:ðßëîjÛa@ÁÌ›Ûa@ÊbÐmŠaë@‡öaÛa@ÁÌ›Ûa -2.7.1‬‬
‫ﳕﻴﺰ ﻧﻮﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪:‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ) ‪ ( p A‬ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺒﲔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2.17‬ﻭﻋﺎﺀ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﹰﺎ ﻏﲑ ﳑﺘﻠﺊ ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ .‬ﻧﻌﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( m‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ )‪ (A‬ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪.(2.17‬‬
‫‪ : h A‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ‪ : hc ،‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : H A‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻮﱐ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ‪ : H ،‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻮﱐ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﳜﻀﻊ ﻟﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫) ‪ ( p A‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( m‬ﺳﲑﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﲔ ) ‪ ( h A‬ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪.( m‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ )‪ (A‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳑﺘﻠﺌﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺒﺨﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﻓﺮﺿﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ ﺳﻴﺒﻠﻎ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻹﺷﺒﺎﻉ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪0,6 Kpa = 0,6 KN / m 2 = 0,006 Kg f / cm 2‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳘﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻭﲟﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( m‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( m‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ‪:‬‬
‫‪po + γ ⋅ h = p A‬‬ ‫)‪(2.38‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( m‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ‪:‬‬
‫‪0 + γ ⋅ hA‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺧﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪p A = γ ⋅ hA‬‬ ‫)‪(2.39‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ ) ‪ ( p A‬ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ) ‪ ( h A‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﳌﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ) ‪ ( h A‬ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﶈﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪pA‬‬
‫= ‪hA‬‬ ‫)‪(2.40‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬
‫ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ( h A‬ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﰲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﻑ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺴﺎﻭ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ) ‪ ( h A‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ )ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Kg f‬‬
‫‪. KN2‬‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫‪Kpa‬‬
‫‪،‬‬ ‫‪ .I‬ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻗﻮﺓ‪/‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪m2‬‬ ‫‪cm 2‬‬
‫‪ .II‬ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ )ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ(‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﻟﻮﺣﻆ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﹰﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻴﻜﻲ ) ‪ ( at‬ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺃﻣﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( n‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2.17‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪( m‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺄﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ )‪ (B‬ﺯﺟﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ( p A‬ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( n‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺳﲑﺗﻔﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻼﺋﻢ ) ‪ ( hc‬ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫) ‪ ( h A‬ﺑﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳊﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( n‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ‪:‬‬
‫‪p A = po + γ ⋅ h‬‬
‫ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( n‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪:‬‬

‫‪p a + γ ⋅ hc‬‬
‫ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( n‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﹰﺎ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪p A = p a + γ ⋅ hc‬‬
‫‪p A − pa‬‬ ‫‪p‬‬
‫= ‪hc‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫)‪(2.41‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪γ‬‬
‫‪ : p‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺋﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪.( n‬‬
‫‪ : hc‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ،( n‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ) ‪ ( hc‬ﲞﻼﻑ ) ‪ ( h A‬ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬

‫) ‪ .( p A − p a‬ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﲑﹰﺍ ﻧﺸﲑ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺘﲔ )‪ (A‬ﻭ)‪ (B‬ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪.( p a‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬
‫‪ ،( hc‬ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪( h‬‬ ‫)‪=h‬‬ ‫‪ .2‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﹰﺎ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ) ‪ ( po = pa‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳊﺮ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪:kzÛa@ÊbÐmŠaë@˜ÓbäÛa@ÁÌ›Ûa -2.7.2‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﰎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻨﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪. p A < p a‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( m‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2.18‬ﲣﻀﻊ ﳌﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺴﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻓﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.18‬ﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺨل‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( m‬ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ) ‪ ( hv‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( m‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪p A = po + γ ⋅ h‬‬
‫ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( m‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪:‬‬

‫‪p A = p a + γ ⋅ hv‬‬
‫‪pa − p A‬‬ ‫‪p‬‬
‫= ‪hv‬‬ ‫‪=−‬‬ ‫)‪(2.42‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪γ‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ : hv‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺿﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ )ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻆ ﻓﺈﻥ ) ‪ ( hv‬ﺗﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪.( m‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ )ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ( ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﻴﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺐ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ )ﻓﺎﻛﻮﻡ( ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻼ )‪ (4‬ﺃﻣﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺿﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ )‪ (6‬ﺃﻣﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪:ïãìàØÛa@ÁÌ›Ûa@ÊbÐmŠa@LÝöbÛ@òîãìàØÛa@òÓbİÛa -2.8‬‬
‫‪ (1‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪: (Specific Potential Energy) ‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻳﺒﺪﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﻗﺴﻄﹰﺎ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ (Mechanical Energy‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﺒﺪﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ )‪ ،(Work‬ﺃﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﻓﺈ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺒﺪﻱ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺎﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻮﻧﻴﺔ )‪.(Potential Energy‬‬
‫ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2.17‬ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ) ‪ ( O − O‬ﻛﻤﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ) ‪ ( Z‬ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻨﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( n‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ) ‪ .( Z‬ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﰲ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ )‪ (B‬ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ ‪-‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ‪ ( hc ) -‬ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬

‫) ‪ ( MN‬ﻭﺑﺎﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ) ‪ ( H‬ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ) ‪ ،( O − O‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ) ‪ ( Z‬ﻭﺣﱴ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ) ‪ ( O − O‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪(PE )Z‬‬ ‫‪= Z ⋅G‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ : G‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﻪ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ( p‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ) ‪ ،( hc‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪(PE ) p‬‬ ‫‪= hc ⋅ G‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ‪: G‬‬

‫‪(PE ) = ( PE ) Z‬‬ ‫‪+ ( PE ) p = Z ⋅ G + hc ⋅ G‬‬ ‫)‪(2.43‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( PE‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﳊﺠﻢ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ]ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ‬
‫ﳊﺠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ ) ‪.[( G‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( SPE‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪.( n‬‬
‫‪(SPE ) = PE = Z + hc‬‬ ‫‪=H‬‬ ‫)‪(2.44‬‬

‫‪G‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻮﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ (SPE )Z‬ﻭﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ) ‪.( Z‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ‪ (SPE ) p‬ﻭﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ) ‪ ،( hc‬ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫‪p‬‬
‫= ‪hc‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪ (2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﰲ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﻌﺒﲑ "ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ" ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻮﱐ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪– ( H‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ -(2.44‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( Z‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺍﳉﻴﻮﻣﺘﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ ) ‪ ( hc‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ) ‪ ( hc ) ،( Z ) ،( H‬ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﻨﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﺃﻥ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﳉﻴﻮﻣﺘﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻮﱐ ) ‪( H‬‬
‫ﻼ( ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ )ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ n‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫) ‪– ( O − O‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ -(2.17‬ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﲔ ﺧﻄﻴﺘﲔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ‪ : Z‬ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ : hc‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪p‬‬
‫‪H = Z + hc ⇒ H = Z +‬‬ ‫)‪(2.45‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( H‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺒﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺗﺒﺪﻱ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪" :‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪( H‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻦ" ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﺠﻢ( ‪H = const‬‬ ‫)ﰲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬ ‫)‪(2.46‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻫﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ‪:‬‬

‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪p A − pa‬‬ ‫‪( p o + γ ⋅ h) − p a‬‬
‫‪H =Z+‬‬ ‫‪=Z+‬‬ ‫‪=Z+‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪γ‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪po‬‬ ‫‪pa‬‬ ‫‪po‬‬ ‫‪pa‬‬

‫‪= ( Z + h) +‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪=T +‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪= const‬‬ ‫)‪(2.47‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪γ‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪T = const‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬

‫ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﻭﻋﺎﺀ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﹰﺎ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ((2.19‬ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﻧﻌﲔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ‪ 1, 2, 3, 4‬ﰒ ﻧﺼﻞ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﹰﺎ ﺑﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻳﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.19‬ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ : H‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻮﱐ‪ : H A ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻮﱐ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (2.46‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ) ‪ ( p − p‬ﳚﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﺍﳋﻂ ) ‪ ( pp‬ﲞﻂ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﳑﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( H‬ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻦ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( SPE‬ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)ﰲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ( ‪. SPE = const‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪:ÝöaìÜÛ (Relative Equilibrium) äÛa@æìØÛa -2.9‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺿﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (a‬א‪‬א‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺇﻧﺎﺀ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﱐ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ ) ‪ ،( R‬ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﳑﺘﻠﺊ ﺑﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ) ‪ ( ρ = const‬ﺣﱴ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ) ‪ ( H‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(2.20‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.20‬ﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺴﺎﺌل ﻓﻲ ﻭﻋﺎﺀ ﺇﺴﻁﻭﺍﻨﻲ ﻤﻔﺘﻭﺡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﱐ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ )‪ (Angular Velocity‬ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‬

‫) ‪ ،( W‬ﻭﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﲝﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﻳﺘﺒﻌﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ )‪(Rotation‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻗﺼﲑ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳊﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺃﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺻﻠﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳊﺮ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﻘﻌﺮﹰﺍ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ )‪ (ABC‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ‬ ‫ﺷﻜ ﹰ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺀ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﳜﻀﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ) ‪ B1 ( x, z‬ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫) ‪ ( F‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ ﺗﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺘﲔ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫) ‪ ( Fz‬ﻭﺗﺘﺠﻪ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﻟﻸﺳﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﺬﺓ ) ‪ ( Fx‬ﻭﺗﺘﺠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪dF = dFz + dFx‬‬ ‫)‪(2.48‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻛﻤﻮﻥ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﹰﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺘﲔ‪ :‬ﻛﻤﻮﻥ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻛﻤﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﺬﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (2.16‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻮﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﲟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪du = du z + du x = − g ⋅ dz + W 2 ⋅ xdx‬‬ ‫)‪(2.49‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ‪ : W‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( B1‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺳﻄﺤﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﻌﺪ ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ) ‪ ( x‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳊﺮ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ )ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺮﻯ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ( ﳝﺜﻞ ﺳﻄﺤﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻴﹰﺎ ﳏﻮﺭﻩ ) ‪.( Z‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ )‪ (2.15‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (2.49‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫)‪dp = ρ ⋅ du = − ρ ⋅ ( g ⋅ dz − W 2 ⋅ xdx‬‬ ‫)‪(2.50‬‬
‫‪ ،( p a‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫) ‪= const‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳊﺮ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪dp = 0 ⇒ g ⋅ dz − W 2 ⋅ xdx = 0‬‬ ‫)‪(2.51‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪W2 ⋅ x‬‬
‫‪dz −‬‬ ‫‪dx = 0‬‬ ‫)‪(2.52‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫ﲟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (2.52‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳊﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪W2 ⋅ x2‬‬
‫‪Z−‬‬ ‫‪=C‬‬ ‫)‪(2.53‬‬
‫‪2⋅ g‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ : C‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( B‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪x = 0, Z = H o‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪:(2.53‬‬
‫‪Ho = C‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﰲ )‪ (2.53‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪W2 ⋅ x2‬‬
‫=‪Z‬‬ ‫‪+ Ho‬‬ ‫)‪(2.54‬‬
‫‪2⋅ g‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺊ )‪ (Parabolic‬ﳏﻮﺭ ﺗﻨﺎﻇﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ ) ‪( Z‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﺭﻭﺗﻪ ﺗﻘﻊ ﰲ ) ‪.( B‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (2.54‬ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ) ‪ ( H o‬ﳎﻬﻮ ﹰﻻ ﻭﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺷﺮﻁ‬
‫ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪) .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.(2.20‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫) ‪π R 2 H = π R 2 H1 − π R 2 ( H1 − H o‬‬ ‫)‪(2.55‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬

‫‪H o = 2H − H 1‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( H 1‬ﻓﻨﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (2.54‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪:( C‬‬
‫‪W2 ⋅ R2‬‬
‫= ‪H1‬‬ ‫‪+ Ho‬‬ ‫)‪(2.56‬‬
‫‪2⋅ g‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ) ‪ ( H 1‬ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪W2 ⋅ R2‬‬ ‫‪W2 ⋅ R2‬‬
‫‪H o = 2H −‬‬ ‫‪− Ho ⇒ Ho = H −‬‬ ‫)‪(2.57‬‬
‫‪2⋅ g‬‬ ‫‪4⋅ g‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳊﺮ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺍﳔﻔﺾ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪W2 ⋅ R2‬‬
‫= ‪∆H = H − H o‬‬ ‫)‪(2.58‬‬
‫‪4⋅ g‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﲤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻹﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ) ‪( ∆H‬‬
‫ﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫=‪W‬‬ ‫‪g ⋅ ∆H‬‬ ‫)‪(2.59‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (2.50‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪W2 ⋅ x2‬‬
‫(⋅ ‪p = ρ‬‬ ‫‪− g ⋅ z) + C‬‬ ‫)‪(2.60‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( B1‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ) ‪ ( x, z‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳊﺮ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬

‫‪W2 ⋅ x2‬‬
‫‪p B1‬‬ ‫( ⋅ ‪= pa = ρ‬‬ ‫‪− g ⋅ z) + C‬‬ ‫)‪(2.61‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪– ( B1′‬ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( B1‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ )‪ B1′ ( x, z ′‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪W2 ⋅ x2‬‬
‫‪p B1′‬‬ ‫(⋅ ‪= ρ‬‬ ‫‪− g ⋅ z ′) + C‬‬ ‫)‪(2.62‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ) ‪ ( C‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (2.61‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ ،(2.62‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪:( B1′‬‬
‫‪p B1′ = p a + ρ ⋅ g ⋅ ( z − z ′) = p a + γ ⋅ h‬‬ ‫)‪(2.63‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻓﺘﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (2.60‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ) ‪ ( W = 0‬ﻻﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ) ‪( W ≠ 0‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻨﺸﺄ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ρ‬‬
‫= ) ‪p( x‬‬ ‫‪⋅ W2 ⋅ x2‬‬ ‫)‪(2.64‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪" :‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﳜﻀﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺧﻄﻴﹰﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻓﻴﻨﺸﺄ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﻋﻦ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ"‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬א‪‬א‪:‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺀ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺀ ﻭﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.21‬ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺴﺎﺌل ﻓﻲ ﺇﻨﺎﺀ ﻤﻐﻠﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،(2.21‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (2.54‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪:( C ′‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪W2 ⋅ r2‬‬
‫= ) ‪Z = (hB′ + H o‬‬ ‫‪+ Ho‬‬
‫‪2⋅ g‬‬
‫‪W 2 ⋅ r 2 = 2 ⋅ g ⋅ hB′‬‬ ‫)‪(2.65‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2 ⋅ R2‬‬
‫= ‪π R 2 h = π r 2 ⋅ hB′ ⇒ hB′‬‬ ‫‪h‬‬ ‫)‪(2.66‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪r2‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ : h‬ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺳﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ )‪ (2.66‬ﰲ )‪ ،(2.65‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪2⋅R‬‬
‫=‪W‬‬ ‫‪⋅ g ⋅h‬‬ ‫)‪(2.67‬‬
‫‪r2‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﻗﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺣﱴ ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( B‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻗﻌﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺀ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﺘﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (2.67‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫) ‪:( r = R‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫= ‪Wmin‬‬ ‫‪⋅ g ⋅h‬‬ ‫)‪(2.68‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫‪@ìİÛa@ óÜÇ@ ñ‹qû¾a@ HPressure ForceI@ ÁÌ›Ûa@ ñìÓ@ ‡í‡¥ -2.10‬‬

‫‪:(Plate Surfaces) òíìn¾a‬‬
‫‪:Ýöbß@ìnß@Ša‡§@òßbÈÛa@òÛbä -2.10.1‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2.22‬ﻭﻋﺎﺀ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻩ ) ‪ ( OM‬ﻣﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻖ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ) ‪ ،( θ‬ﻭﳝﺘﻠﺊ ﺑﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ) ‪.( γ‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﲔ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ‪ OZ ، OX‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ‪ OX‬ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ) ‪ ( OM‬ﺳﻄﺤﹰﺎ ﻻﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ ) ‪ ( S‬ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﺃﺛﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﻂ ﻏﺎﻣﻖ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.22‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﻤﺴﺘﻭ ﻤﺎﺌل‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ) ‪ ( 90 o‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫) ‪ ( S‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﹰﺎ ﳓﻮ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ‬
‫) ‪ ( p A‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﳍﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ) ‪ ( FA‬ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ) ‪ ( S‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.(2.22‬‬
‫ﳓﺪﺩ ﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ) ‪ ( FA‬ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﺧﻂ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬א‪ :( FA ) ‬ﻧﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ) ‪ ( S‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( m‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻖ ) ‪ ( h‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺐ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ) ‪ ،( Z‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪h = Z ⋅ sin θ‬‬ ‫)‪(2.69‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪: θ‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( m‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮﹰﺍ ﺳﻄﺤﻴﹰﺎ ) ‪ ( ds‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ) ‪ ( dp A‬ﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪dFA = p A ⋅ ds‬‬ ‫)‪(2.70‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪:(2.31‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪dFA = ( p a + γ ⋅ h) ⋅ ds = p a ⋅ ds + γ ⋅ h ⋅ ds‬‬
‫‪dFA = p a ⋅ ds + γ ⋅ Z ⋅ sin θ ⋅ ds‬‬ ‫)‪(2.71‬‬
‫ﲟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (2.71‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ) ‪ ،( S‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪FA = p a ∫ ds + γ sin θ ∫ Z ⋅ ds‬‬ ‫)‪(2.72‬‬
‫‪S‬‬ ‫‪S‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬

‫‪∫ ds = S ، ∫ Z ⋅ ds = Z‬‬
‫‪S‬‬ ‫‪S‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪⋅S‬‬ ‫)‪(2.73‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ : Z C‬ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( C‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ) ‪.( S‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ )‪ (2.73‬ﰲ )‪ ،(2.72‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪FA = p a ⋅ S + γ ⋅ S ⋅ Z C sin θ‬‬ ‫)‪(2.74‬‬
‫ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ‪) hC = Z C ⋅ sin θ :‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺐ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ(‬
‫‪FA = p a ⋅ S + γ ⋅ S ⋅ hC‬‬ ‫)‪(2.75‬‬
‫‪FA = ( p a + γ ⋅ hC ) ⋅ S = S ⋅ ( p A ) C‬‬ ‫)‪(2.76‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ : ( p A ) C‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ﰲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (2.75‬ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪FA = Fa + F‬‬ ‫)‪(2.77‬‬
‫‪ : Fa‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﻫﺎ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ) ‪.( S‬‬
‫‪Fa = p a ⋅ S‬‬ ‫)‪(2.78‬‬
‫‪ : F‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﺪﺓ –ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪ -‬ﺇﱃ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪F = γ ⋅ hC ⋅ S = pC ⋅ S‬‬ ‫)‪(2.79‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ : pC‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﱐ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺘﲔ )‪ (2.76‬ﻭ)‪ (2.79‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪" :‬ﺇﻥ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ‪‬ﺎ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ( ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺟﺪﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ) ‪ ( S‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ‪ ( p A ) C‬ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ‬
‫) ‪ ،( pC = γ ⋅ hC‬ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮ ﰲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻐﻤﻮﺭ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( D A‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺧﻂ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ) ‪ ( FA‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ) ‪ ( S‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ) ‪ ( FA‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬א‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2.23‬ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻓﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ) ‪( Fa‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ) ‪ ( po = pa‬ﻳﺘﻮﺯﻉ‬
‫ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ) ‪ .( S‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻴﺘﻮﺯﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻐﻤﻮﺭ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻃﺮﺩﹰﺍ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ‪) F‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ ( D‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺧﻔﺾ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ) ‪ ( FA‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺗﲔ ) ‪ ( F ) ،( Fa‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
‫ﻓﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﻫﺎ ) ‪ ( D A‬ﺳﺘﻘﻊ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﲔ ) ‪ ( C‬ﻭ) ‪.( D‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.23‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﻤﺴﺘﻭ ﻤﺎﺌل‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( DA‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ) ‪ ( Z D′‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﳚﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ‬

‫ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﻯ ) ‪ ( Fa ) ،( F‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( D‬ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ) ‪.( Z D‬‬
‫ﲝﺴﺐ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ) ‪ ،( OX‬ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪∫ ( p ⋅ ds) ⋅ Z = F ⋅ Z‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫)‪(2.80‬‬

‫‪S‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪∫ (γ ⋅ h ⋅ ds) ⋅ Z = (γ ⋅ h‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪⋅ S) ⋅ ZD‬‬ ‫)‪(2.81‬‬

‫‪S‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪∫ (γ sin θ ⋅ Z ⋅ ds) ⋅ Z = (γ sin θ ⋅Z‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪⋅S ) ⋅ Z D‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪∫Z‬‬ ‫‪⋅ ds‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪I ox‬‬
‫= ‪ZD‬‬ ‫‪S‬‬
‫=‬ ‫)‪(2.82‬‬
‫‪S ⋅ ZC‬‬ ‫‪( St ) ox‬‬
‫‪ : I ox = ∫ Z 2 ⋅ ds‬ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻄﺢ ) ‪ ( S‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ) ‪.( OX‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪ : ( St ) ox‬ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﻄﺢ ) ‪ ( S‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ) ‪.( OX‬‬ ‫‪= S ⋅ ZC‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ) ‪ ( I C‬ﻋﺰﻡ ﻋﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ) ‪ ( S‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻞ ) ‪،( C‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺷﺘﺎﻳﻨﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪I ox = I C + S ⋅ Z C2‬‬ ‫)‪(2.83‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (2.82‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪I C + S ⋅ Z C2‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫= ‪ZD‬‬ ‫‪= ZC + C‬‬ ‫)‪(2.84‬‬
‫‪S ⋅ ZC‬‬ ‫‪Z C ⋅S‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻞ ) ‪ ( C‬ﻭﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪:( D‬‬
‫‪IC‬‬
‫= ‪e = Z D − ZC‬‬ ‫)‪(2.85‬‬
‫‪ZC ⋅ S‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ ) ‪ ( I C‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﻓﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ( e > 0‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﺃﺧﻔﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪.( e‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺿﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ) ‪ ( Z D‬ﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ) ‪ ( D‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻳﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ) ‪ ( X D‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ) ‪ ( OZ‬ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ ،(2.80‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪∫ ( p ⋅ ds) ⋅ X = F ⋅ X‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪∫ (γ ⋅ h ⋅ ds) ⋅ X = (γ ⋅ h‬‬

‫‪S‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪⋅ S) ⋅ X D‬‬
‫‪∫ (γ sin θ ⋅ X ⋅ ds) ⋅ X = (γ sin θ ⋅Z‬‬

‫‪S‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪⋅S ) ⋅ X D‬‬
‫‪∫ X ⋅ Z ⋅ ds‬‬ ‫‪I oz‬‬

‫= ‪XD‬‬ ‫‪S‬‬
‫=‬ ‫)‪(2.86‬‬
‫‪S ⋅ ZC‬‬ ‫‪( St ) ox‬‬
‫‪:ïÛìÓb’ë@ïÔÏc@ìnß@Ša‡u@òÛby -2.10.2‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ) ‪ ( p‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺑﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺳﻴﺘﻮﺯﻉ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ( e = 0‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺳﻴﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ) ‪ ( C‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ )ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ .( D‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻓﺮﺿﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ) ‪ ( γ‬ﻳﻐﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ) ‪ ( S‬ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ) ‪ ( H‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻌﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪F =γ ⋅H ⋅S‬‬ ‫)‪(2.87‬‬
‫‪ : S‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻗﻌﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : H‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ) ‪ ( γ‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﲡﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻌﺮ ﻻﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻗﻌﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻠﺆﻫﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻌﺮ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﺴﻤﻰ" ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﻀﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ) ‪ ( OA‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2.24.a‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ) ‪ ( b‬ﻣﺒﲔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(2.24.b‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪.(2.24‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺪﺭﺱ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ‬‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺪﺍﺭ ) ‪ ( OA‬ﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﲑﻩ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻛﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ) ‪ ( OA‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( m‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪p = γ ⋅h‬‬ ‫)‪(2.88‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( m‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﻃﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫) ‪ ( O‬ﻭﺣﱴ ) ‪ ( A‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (2.88‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( O‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ) ‪ ( h = 0‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ،( p = 0‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪( A‬‬

‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ) ‪ ( h = h1‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪p = γ ⋅h1‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ) ‪ ( h1‬ﻫﻮ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( A‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺐ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﳑﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺮﺳﻢ ﻣﺜﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ،( OAB‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺟﺪﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺚ ) ‪ ( OAB‬ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ) ‪ ( b‬ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ) ‪ ( F‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪1 2‬‬
‫= ‪F = S ⋅b‬‬ ‫‪h1 ⋅ γ ⋅ b‬‬ ‫)‪(2.89‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﲤﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﺜﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ،( C ′‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ ( D‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ) ‪ ( 1 h1‬ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪p‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﲤﺜﻴﻞ ﻣﺜﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( AB‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫) ‪ ( h1‬ﺑﺪ ﹰﻻ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( γ ⋅ h1‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺗﺆﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (2.89‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪1 2‬‬
‫= ‪F = S ⋅γ ⋅b‬‬ ‫‪h1 ⋅ γ ⋅ b‬‬ ‫)‪(2.90‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫‪1 2‬‬
‫=‪S‬‬ ‫‪h1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺻﺐ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺪﺍﺭ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ (2.25.a‬ﺣﱴ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﲔ ) ‪ ،( h2‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻣﺜﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ( OAB‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ) ‪ ( O′AB′‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﳝﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪) ( OAMN‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2.25.a‬ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﲤﺜﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺘﻪ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ( F‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﲤﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ) ‪.( CO′‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻼ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2.25.b‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬

‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺎﺋ ﹰ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﰲ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﺮﻑ ) ‪.( OAMN‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪.(2.25‬‬
‫‪:òîäzäß@æaŠ‡u@óÜÇ@ñ‹qû¾a@ÁÌ›Ûa@ôìÓ@‡í‡¥ -2.10.3‬‬
‫ﻛﺜﲑﹰﺍ ﻣﺎﺗﻌﺘﺮﺽ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻨﻴﺔ )‪ (Inclined Plane‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﹰﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ )‪ .(Cylindrical Surface‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺤﻨﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• א‪‬א‪‬א‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ ) ‪ ( ABC‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2.26‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ ) ‪ ( ABC‬ﳝﺜﻞ ﺃﺛﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.26‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ) ‪.( ABC‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ) ‪ ،( b = const‬ﻧﻌﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻛ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ ) ‪ ( CC′‬ﻭﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ) ‪ ( X‬ﻭ) ‪ ( Z‬ﻭﻧﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( Fx‬ﻭﻟﻠﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( F z‬ﻭﳘﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺘﺎ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ) ‪( F‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ ) ‪ ( ED‬ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﻌﲔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻦ )ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ‪ ( ABCED‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ) ‪ ( Fh‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺪ ) ‪ ( DE‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ) ‪ ( Rd‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ) ‪-( EC‬ﺭﺩ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪.-‬‬
‫) ‪Rd = [( C′CED‬‬ ‫‪] ⋅ γ ⋅ b‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ) ‪ ( R‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ ﻭﺗﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺘﲔ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ) ‪( R z‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( R x‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ ) ‪:( G‬‬
‫‪] ⋅ γ ⋅ b‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫) ‪G = [( ABCED‬‬
‫ﺑﺈﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻦ ) ‪ ( ABCED‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ) ‪( X‬‬
‫ﻭ) ‪ ( Z‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ) ‪ ( R z ) ،( R x‬ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ‪،‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Fh + R x = 0‬‬
‫)‪(2.91‬‬
‫‪G + R z − Rd = 0‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‪:‬‬
‫; ‪R x = − Fh‬‬ ‫‪R z = Rd − G‬‬ ‫)‪(2.92‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ) ‪ ( Fx‬ﻭ) ‪ ( F z‬ﻳﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ) ‪( R x‬‬
‫ﻭ) ‪ ( R z‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ‪:‬‬
‫‪Fx = − Rx ; Fz = − Rz‬‬ ‫)‪(2.93‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪Fx = Fh‬‬
‫)‪(2.94‬‬
‫) ‪R z = −( Rd − G‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( G‬ﻭ) ‪ ( Rd‬ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (2.94‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬

‫) ‪Fz = − [( C′CED‬‬ ‫‪] ⋅ γ ⋅ b‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ) ‪-( ABCED‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫)‪(2.95‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫) ‪Fz = − [( ABCC′‬‬ ‫‪] ⋅ γ ⋅ b‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫)‪(2.96‬‬
‫ﲟﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﲔ )‪ (2.94‬ﻭ)‪ (2.96‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( Fx‬ﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ) ‪ ( ED‬ﺃﺛﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ‪.‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ) ‪ ( Fx = Fh‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻣﺜﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪.( DEF‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( F z‬ﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﳍﺎ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﳘﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ) ‪ ( ABCC′‬ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﳘﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﲜﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺭﻣﺰﻧﺎ ﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ) ‪ ( Go‬ﻷﻣﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪(2.96‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪Fz = − Go‬‬ ‫)‪(2.97‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ) ‪ ( Fx‬ﻭ) ‪ ( F z‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﱐ )ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ( ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ‪:‬‬
‫‪F = Fx2 + Fz2‬‬ ‫)‪(2.98‬‬
‫ﻭﲡﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﲑﹰﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ) ‪ ( CC′‬ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• א‪‬א‪‬א‪:‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ) ‪ ( CC′‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ )ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.((2.27‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.27‬ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ) ‪.( ABC‬‬
‫‪ ( Fx‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﳜﺺ‬ ‫) ‪= Fh‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﺈ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Fz = +Go‬‬ ‫)‪(2.99‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻘﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ‪.‬‬
‫• א‪‬א‪‬א‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2.28‬ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ ) ‪ ( ABC‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ) ‪ ( CC′‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ .( N‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ ﻭﺟﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺐ ﻭﺑﺎﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﳉﻴﻮﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ Fx , ( Fz )1 , ( Fz ) 2 :‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ) ‪.( F‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.28‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩﻱ )ﺠﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ) ‪.( ANBC‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫• א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻂ ) ‪ ،( ABC‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2.29‬ﳝﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.29‬ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ) ‪.( ABC‬‬
‫ﻹﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ) ‪ ( F‬ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﲡﺮﻯ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻨﻴﺔ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ) ‪ ( Fx‬ﻭ) ‪.( F z‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﺎﱐ ﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ) ‪ ( ABC‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،(2.30‬ﳓﺪﺩ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﲔ ‪ C‬ﻭ ‪ ( A‬ﰒ ﻧﻨﺸﺊ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺐ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﺎﱐ ﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫)ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ( ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ) ‪ ( ABC‬ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﺑﲔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.30‬ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﺎﻨﻲ ﻟﺠﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬

‫ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ) ‪.( ABC‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﻠﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻳﺘﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺟﺴﻢ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،((2.30‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻛﺴﺔ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﲑ ﺃﺧﲑﹰﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻨﺤﲏ ﻛﻘﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻋﱪ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺘﲔ ) ‪ ( Fx‬ﻭ) ‪.( F z‬‬
‫• ‪‬א‪‬א‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2.31‬ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﺎﱐ ﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﳑﻠﻮﺀﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﹰﺎ ) ‪ ،( p‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﰲ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﹰﺎ ﺇﱃ‪:‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪p−‬‬ ‫‪⋅γ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺃﺧﻔﺾ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪p+‬‬ ‫‪⋅γ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ‪ : D‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺜﲑﹰﺍ ﻣﺎ‪‬ﻤﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ( D ⋅ γ‬ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ،( p‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ) ‪.( p = const‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.31‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺩﺭﻭﺴﺘﺎﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻲ ‪p x‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ) ‪ ( p‬ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻤﺰﻕ )ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫‪ AB‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ(‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ) ‪ ( e‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺆﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺰﻕ ﳚﺐ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( Fx‬ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ ) ‪ ( abc‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ) ‪ .( adc‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺗﻜﺎﻓﺊ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ) ‪ ( ac‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﳉﺒﻬﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ ) ‪ ( abc‬ﺃﻭ ) ‪.( adc‬‬
‫‪Fx = p c ⋅ A‬‬
‫)‪(2.100‬‬
‫‪Fx = D ⋅ L ⋅ p‬‬
‫‪ : A‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ) ‪ ( ac‬ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ) ‪.( L‬‬
‫‪ : D‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : p‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻛﻘﻮﺓ ﺷﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻮﻯ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲣﺎﻟﻔﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻓﺘﺘﻮﺯﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫) ‪.( 2 ⋅ e ⋅ L‬‬
‫ﳛﺪﺩ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﳌﻌﺪﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ) ‪ ( σ‬ﲝﺴﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﺭﻳﻮﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪p⋅D‬‬
‫=‪σ‬‬ ‫)‪(2.101‬‬
‫‪2e‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻌﲔ ) ‪:( p‬‬
‫‪p⋅D p⋅r‬‬
‫≥‪e‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫)‪(1.102‬‬
‫‪2σ‬‬ ‫‪σ‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ ) ‪ ( D‬ﻭﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(2.32‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.32‬ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺩﺭﻭﺴﺘﺎﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻨﺒﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ) ‪ ( abcd‬ﳛﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ) ‪ .( F‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ ﻟﻼﳓﻨﺎﺀ ) ‪ ( ab‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ ﻟﻼﳓﻨﺎﺀ ) ‪ ،( cd‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ) ‪ ( F‬ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﻧﻘﺘﻄﻊ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫) ‪ ( abcd‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻠﻮ ﺃﳘﻠﻨﺎ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﻷﻣﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﻘﻊ‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2.32‬ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﰲ‪:‬‬
‫‪π ⋅ D2‬‬ ‫‪π ⋅ D2‬‬
‫= ‪F1‬‬ ‫‪p,‬‬ ‫= ‪F2‬‬ ‫‪p‬‬ ‫)‪(2.103‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ) ‪ ( R‬ﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ( R = p‬ﰲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﳓﻨﺎﺀ ) ‪ ،( abcd‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ) ‪( F‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺗﲔ ) ‪.( F2 ) ،( F1‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺘﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻻﳓﻨﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻛﻮﺍﻉ ﲢﺴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ) ‪.( F‬‬
‫‪@ëc@ HHydrostatic Buoyant ForceI@òîØîmbnëŠ‡îa@ÉÏ‹Ûa@ñìÓ -2.11‬‬
‫†‪.(Archimedes’ Principle) ‘‡î½Šc@òÈÏa‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ) ‪ ( A − B‬ﻣﻐﻤﻮﺭﹰﺍ )‪ (Submerged‬ﰲ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ) ‪-( γ‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،-(2.33‬ﻧﻘﺘﻄﻊ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎ ) ‪،( ds‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﲣﻀﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫) ‪ ،( γ ⋅ h1ds‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ) ‪.( γ ⋅ h2 ds‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.33‬ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺩﺭﻭﺴﺘﺎﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ )ﺩﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺃﺭﺨﻤﻴﺩﺱ(‬

‫‪ : FG‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‪ : C ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‪ : D ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﺳﺘﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺩﻓﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪dFr = (h2 − h1 ) ⋅ γ ⋅ ds‬‬ ‫)‪(2.104‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﻗﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( Fr‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺎﻭﻝ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪Fr = (h2 − h1 ) ⋅ γ ⋅ S = γ ⋅ V‬‬ ‫)‪(2.105‬‬
‫‪ : Fr‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮ )‪ (Floatation Force‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺩﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺃﺭﲬﻴﺪﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : V‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﻫﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﳑﺎﺛﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻐﻤﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪Fr = γ ⋅ V ′‬‬ ‫)‪(2.106‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ‪ : V ′‬ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻲ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﺡ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻨﺎ ًﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺳﺒﻖ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫"ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ )ﺩﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺃﺭﲬﻴﺪﺱ( ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻠﻘﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻐﻤﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺟﺰﺋﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﹰﺎ‬
‫)‪ (Vertical‬ﻟﻸﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﲤﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﺡ"‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻻﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ) ‪ ( C‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﺡ‬
‫) ‪ ( D‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﻐﻤﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻨﻘﺺ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﰲ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ‬
‫ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺃﺭﲬﻴﺪﺱ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ) ‪ ،( FG‬ﻭﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ) ‪،( γ k‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻏﻤﺮﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺑﻔﺮﺽ ) ‪:( γ < γ k‬‬
‫‪FG′ = FG − Fr‬‬ ‫)‪(2.107‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ) ‪ ( γ k‬ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ) ‪:( FG′‬‬
‫‪FG‬‬
‫⋅ ‪FG′ = FG − γ‬‬
‫‪γk‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪FG‬‬
‫‪FG − FG′ = γ‬‬
‫‪γk‬‬
‫‪γ ⋅ FG‬‬
‫= ‪γk‬‬ ‫)‪(2.108‬‬
‫‪FG − FG′‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺻﻤ‪‬ﻤﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻟﻸﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺎﻧﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻄﻮﺭﺕ ﺃﺳﺲ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻴﺪ ﻭﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺃﺭﲬﻴﺪﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪Stability Considerations For ) òîÏbİÛa@ âbuÿÛ@ ‹Ôn¾a@ æŒaìnÛa@ Â‹’ -‬‬
‫‪:(Bodies in Floatoation‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﺮﺽ ﺟﺴﻤﹰﺎ ﺷﻜﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﲑ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻳﻄﻔﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳊﺮ ﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ‬
‫) ‪ ،( γ‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﳏﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻟﺔ ) ‪ ( FG‬ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺃﺭﲬﻴﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﻠﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ‪:‬‬
‫‪Fr = FG = γ ⋅ V‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ : V‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﺡ‪ .‬ﻏﲑ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ( FG‬ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﰲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ‬
‫)‪ (Center of Gravity‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ) ‪ ( Fr‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﺡ ‪Center ) D‬‬
‫‪ ،(of Buoyancy‬ﻭﳘﺎ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﺎﻥ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺘﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﳏﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮ )‪ ،(Axis of Floatation‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺗﺎﻥ ) ‪ ( FG‬ﻭ) ‪ ( Fr‬ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ )‪ (Torque‬ﲢﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ )‪(Rotation‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﱴ ﻻﳛﺪﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺗﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺤﻰ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﱄ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻑ ﻣﻐﻤﻮﺭ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫"ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﰲ ﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻃﺎ ‪‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺃﺭﲬﻴﺪﺱ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﹰﺎ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ ‪ : Fr = FG‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻄﻔﻮ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻧﻐﻤﺎﺳﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ ‪ : Fr > FG‬ﻳﻄﻔﻮ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ ‪ : Fr < FG‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻐﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ، Fr‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪) :‬ﻻﺣﻆ‬ ‫‪= FG‬‬ ‫‪ -‬א‪ ‬א‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪:((2.34‬‬
‫• ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ‪) -Stabile Equilibrium-‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.(2.34.a‬‬
‫• ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ‪) -Unstable Equilibrium-‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.(2.34.b‬‬
‫• ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ‪) -Indifferent Equilibrium-‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.(2.34.c‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.34‬ﻁﻔﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻨﻐﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل‪.‬‬
‫‪ ، Fr‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻄﻔﻮ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﺟﺰﺋﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ‬ ‫‪> FG‬‬ ‫‪ -‬א‪‬א‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻐﻤﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ (2.35.a‬ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ‪:‬‬
‫‪FG = Fr′‬‬ ‫)‪(2.109‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ : Fr′‬ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.35‬ﻁﻔﻭ ﺯﻭﺭﻕ ﻤﻐﻤﻭﺭ ﺠﺯﺌﻴ ﹰﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﺎﺌل‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2.35‬ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ‪ : a‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ‪ : b‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ‪ : c‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫‪ : D1‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﺡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺟﻨﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : M‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : C‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : D‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﺡ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪– ( C‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﰲ‪ -‬ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪- ( D‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﺡ‪ -‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﲞﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(2.34.b‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ‪ .‬ﻧﻨﺎﻗﺶ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻭﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺋﻢ ﰲ ﻣﻴﺎﻩ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺔ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ (2.35‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺐ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﲟﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺑﺴﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ ﻟﻠﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﻐﻤﻮﺭ ﺑﻌﻤﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻃﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺎﻃﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻃﺲ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺰﺍﺡ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻭﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺩﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺃﺭﲬﻴﺪﺱ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﲟﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ )‪ (c‬ﻭ)‪ (b‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2.35‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ )‪ (b‬ﺃﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﺡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﻨﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺭﻕ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( D‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( D1‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳝﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( C‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻮﺀ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ )‪ (Restoring Torque‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﻌﻰ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺴﻢ )ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺭﻕ( ﺇﱃ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻧﻪ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﳕﺪﺩ ﺧﻂ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ) ‪ ( Fr‬ﻓﻴﻠﺘﻘﻲ ﻣﻊ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( M‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﲔ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ) ‪( M C = hM‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﺼﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( M‬ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫) ‪.( C‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ )‪ (c‬ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( D1‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﻨﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺭﻕ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( C‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺩﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﲢﺎﻭﻝ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﺡ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻠﻘﺔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﺼﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( M‬ﺃﺧﻔﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪.( C‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻋﺘﱪﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ( C M = hM‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ) ‪Metacentric‬‬

‫‪ ،(Height‬ﻭﺃﻥ ) ‪ ( D C = e‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻭﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﺡ‬
‫) ‪ ( V‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮ ) ‪.( rM‬‬
‫‪DM = rM = e + hM‬‬ ‫)‪(2.110‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮ ) ‪ ( hM‬ﻣﻮﺟﺒﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( M‬ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪– ( C‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،-(2.35.b‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( hM‬ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.((2.35.c‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺳﺒﻖ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪" :‬ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ‬
‫) ‪ ،( hM > 0‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻗﻠﻘﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ) ‪.( hM < 0‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﻋﺘﱪﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ( J‬ﻋﺰﻡ ﻋﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮ ) ‪ ( A‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ) ‪ ( rM = const‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪J‬‬
‫= ‪rM‬‬ ‫)‪(2.111‬‬
‫‪V‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ : V‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﺡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻟﻸﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﳛﺪﺩﻩ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻭﺗﻮﺯﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺿﹰﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭﹰﺍ ﻭﺃﻣﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻘﻠﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪:émbÔîjİmë (Pascal’s Law) ÞbØbi@æìãbÓ -2.12‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺇﳘﺎﻝ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻭﻋﺎﺀ ﳝﺘﻠﺊ ﺑﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺣﺠﻤﻪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ ((2.26‬ﻳﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﱪ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺲ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﱯ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪.(2.36‬‬
‫ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺗﻴﻬﺎ ) ‪ ( dA‬ﻭﻳﻘﻊ‬

‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺍﳘﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ) ‪ ( Z1‬ﻭ) ‪ ( Z 2‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ) ‪.( OX‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﻋﺘﱪﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﰐ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ) ‪ ( p1‬ﻭ) ‪ ( p 2‬ﻭﻃﺒﻘﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺣﻮﻝ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﲨﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻤﻴﺺ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪p1 ⋅ dA = p 2 ⋅ dA ⇒ p1 = p 2‬‬
‫ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﲑ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪" :‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺣﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• א‪‬א‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺲ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺒﺲ ) ‪ ( K 1‬ﺻﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ ) ‪ ( d1‬ﻭﻳﻐﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ) ‪ ،( Z1‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺒﺲ ) ‪ ( K 2‬ﻛﺒﲑ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ ) ‪ ( d 2‬ﻭﻳﻐﻠﻖ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ) ‪.( Z 2‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.37‬ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺒﺱ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺩﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ) ‪ ( F‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻉ ) ‪ ( H‬ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻊ ) ‪ ( K 1‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪( O1‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻤﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ) ‪ ( O‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ ) ‪ ( K 1‬ﻟﻸﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ ) ‪ ( V1‬ﻭﻳﺘﺴﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ) ‪ ( B‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ) ‪ ( Z1‬ﻭﻳﻨﻐﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ ) ‪-( V2‬ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ‪ ،-‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ( K 1‬ﻟﻸﺳﻔﻞ ﻳﻐﻠﻖ ) ‪ ( V1‬ﻭﻳﻨﻔﺘﺢ ) ‪ ( V2‬ﻭﻳﺘﺴﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( Z1‬ﺇﱃ‬
‫) ‪ ( Z 2‬ﻭﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ ) ‪ ( K 2‬ﻟﻸﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻟﺪﺓ ﰲ ) ‪ ( Z1‬ﻭ) ‪( Z 2‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻪ ) ‪.( p‬‬
‫ﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻉ ) ‪ ( H‬ﻫﻲ ) ‪ ( F‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺲ‬
‫) ‪ ( K 2‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﳊﻤﻞ ) ‪ ( G‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ ) ‪ .( FG‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻃﺒﻘﻨﺎ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻭﻡ ﺣﻮﻝ ) ‪( O‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ) ‪ ( K 1‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( O1‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪F ⋅ L + F1 ⋅ a = 0‬‬
‫‪F ⋅L‬‬
‫= ‪F1‬‬
‫‪a‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮ ﰲ ) ‪ ( Z1‬ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ) ‪ ( S1‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺲ ) ‪:( K 1‬‬

‫‪F1‬‬ ‫‪F⋅L‬‬
‫=‪p‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪S1‬‬ ‫‪π ⋅ d12‬‬
‫⋅‪a‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺲ ) ‪ ( K 2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ) ‪ ( S 2‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪F ⋅ L d2 2‬‬
‫= ‪Fp = p ⋅ S 2‬‬ ‫) (‬
‫‪a d1‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻃﻮﺍﻝ ) ‪ ( a‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺭ ) ‪( d1‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪d2‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪a 1‬‬ ‫‪d1 1‬‬
‫=‬ ‫؛‬ ‫=‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪L 5‬‬ ‫‪d2 5‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪F ⋅5 2‬‬ ‫‪Fp‬‬
‫= ‪Fp‬‬ ‫⇒ ‪(5) = F ⋅ 125‬‬ ‫‪= 125‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻟﺮﻓﻊ ) ‪ (125 Kp‬ﺃﻥ ﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ) ‪.(1 Kp‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪@ @ÝöaìÛa@Ùí‹¥ë@ò×‹y‬‬
‫‪HÙîßbäí†ëŠ‡îçMÙmbàîäî×ëŠ‡îçI‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬א‪‬א‪ :‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ )ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻰ‬
‫ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬א‪‬א‪ :‬ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ )ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻟﺔ‪ ...،‬ﺍﱁ( ﻭﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ )ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪ (..... ،‬ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪@ò×‹y@òaŠ‡Û@òîbþa@HAnalytical MethodsI@òîÜîÜznÛa@Ö‹İÛa -3.1‬‬

‫‪:ÝöaìÛa‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﰲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ )‪(Velocity Field‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ )‪ (Acceleration Field‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺘﲔ‪ :‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻻﻏﺮﺍﻧﺞ‬
‫ﻭﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻭﻳﻠﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪:ÝöaìÛa@ò×‹y@òaŠ‡Û@HLagrangian ViewpointI@wãa‹Ëü@òÔí‹ -3.1.1‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺘﻄﻊ ﺟﺰﺀ ) ‪ ( K‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺎ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ((3.1‬ﻭﻧﻌﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ) ‪.( oz ) ،( oy ) ،( ox‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪ ‬ــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ ]‪[127‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(1.3‬ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻻﻏﺭﺍﻨﺞ ﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺍﺌل‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﺪﺭﺱ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( M 2 ) ،( M 1‬ﻭ) ‪ ( M 3‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻊ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﰲ‬

‫ﳊﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( t = 0‬ﻫﻲ ) ‪ ( y0 ) ،( x0‬ﻭ) ‪ ( z 0‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳉﺰﻱﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ ﰲ ﺃﻳﺔ ﳊﻈﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺎﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪x = f1 ( x0 , y 0 , z 0 , t‬‬
‫) ‪y = f 2 ( x0 , y 0 , z 0 , t‬‬ ‫)‪(3.1‬‬
‫) ‪z = f 3 ( x0 , y 0 , z 0 , t‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (3.1‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ) ‪ ( ds‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﺰﻱﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( dt‬ﰲ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﻷﻱ ﺟﺰﻱﺀ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ‬
‫) ‪ ( M‬ﻭﰲ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﻣﻦ ﳌﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﺗﲔ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪∂x ∂f1 ( x 0 , y 0 , z 0 , t‬‬ ‫) ‪∂ 2 x ∂ 2 f1 ( x0 , y 0 , z 0 , t‬‬

‫=‪u‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫= ‪; ax = 2‬‬
‫‪∂t‬‬ ‫‪∂t‬‬ ‫‪∂t‬‬ ‫‪∂t 2‬‬
‫) ‪∂y ∂f 2 ( x 0 , y 0 , z 0 , t‬‬ ‫) ‪∂ 2 y ∂ 2 f 2 ( x0 , y 0 , z 0 , t‬‬

‫=‪v‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫‪; y‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬
‫‪∂t‬‬ ‫‪∂t‬‬ ‫‪∂t 2‬‬ ‫‪∂t 2‬‬
‫) ‪∂z ∂f 3 ( x0 , y 0 , z 0 , t‬‬ ‫) ‪∂ 2 z ∂ 2 f 3 ( x0 , y 0 , z 0 , t‬‬
‫=‪w‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫= ‪; az = 2‬‬
‫‪∂t‬‬ ‫‪∂t‬‬ ‫‪∂t‬‬ ‫‪∂t 2‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﰲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﻣﺼﲑ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺟﺰﻱﺀ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Euler’s Viewpoint) ‹Üíëc@òÔí‹ -3.1.2‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺎ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ((3.2‬ﻭﺧﻼﻓﹰﺎ ﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻻﻏﺮﺍﻧﺞ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻭﻳﻠﺮ ﻻ‪‬ﺘﻢ ﺑﺘﺘﺒﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﳉﺰﻱﺀ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ ﺑﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻐﲑﻩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ )‪ ( 2 ) ،(1‬ﻭ) ‪ ( 3‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﺮ ﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(1.3‬ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻭﻴﻠﺭ ﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺍﺌل‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ) ‪ ( t1‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (1‬ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ] ) ‪ [ u1 (t1‬ﻭﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( 2‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ] ) ‪ [ u 2 (t1‬ﻭﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( 3‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ] ) ‪.[ u 3 (t1‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻉ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ )‪ ( 2 ) ،(1‬ﻭ) ‪ ( 3‬ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬
‫] ) ‪ [ u 2 (t 2 ) ] ،[ u1 (t 2‬ﻭ] ) ‪ [ u3 (t 2‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺳﻮﻑ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﳝﻴﺰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻭﻳﻠﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻭﺗﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻻﻏﺮﺍﻧﺞ ﻭﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﱂ ﺗﻼﻕ ﳒﺎﺣﹰﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﺳﻨﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﰲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻭﻳﻠﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﻨﻘﺘﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ) ‪-( t‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻻﻏﺮﺍﻧﺞ‪ -‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ) ‪ ( dt‬ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﲤﺮ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﻴﺔ ) ‪.( M‬‬
‫‪@ÝöaìÛa@ æbí‹§@ òî×‹ä@ HEuler’s EquationsI@ ‹Üíëc@ pü†bÈß -3.2‬‬

‫‪:òîÛbr¾a‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻠﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﻨﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﲝﺴﺐ ﺩﺍﻻﻣﺒﲑ‪ ،‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ) ‪ ،( I‬ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ) ‪ ( I y ) ،( I x‬ﻭ) ‪.( I z‬‬
‫‪du x‬‬ ‫‪du y‬‬ ‫‪du‬‬
‫⋅ ‪I x = −1‬‬ ‫⋅ ‪; I y = −1‬‬ ‫; ‪; I z = −1 ⋅ z‬‬ ‫)‪(3.3‬‬
‫‪dt‬‬ ‫‪dt‬‬ ‫‪dt‬‬
‫‪du z du y du x‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ‬ ‫;‬ ‫;‬
‫‪dt‬‬ ‫‪dt‬‬ ‫‪dt‬‬
‫)ﲝﺴﺐ ﻻﻏﺮﺍﻧﺞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﺑﻌﻜﺲ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ )‪.(3.3‬‬
‫ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺪ ]) ‪ [ I x ⋅ ( ρ ⋅ dxdydz‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (2.9‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺴﻘﻂ ﻗﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﳌﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﻲ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ) ‪- ( ox‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ -(2.4‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ )‪ (2.10‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪1 ∂p du x‬‬
‫‪fx −‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫=‬
‫‪ρ ∂x‬‬ ‫‪dt‬‬
‫‪1 ∂p du y‬‬
‫⋅ ‪fy −‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫)‪(3.4‬‬
‫‪ρ ∂y‬‬ ‫‪dt‬‬
‫‪1 ∂p du z‬‬
‫⋅ ‪fz −‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪ρ ∂z‬‬ ‫‪dt‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﲟﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺃﻭﻳﻠﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ )ﺍﻟﻠﺰﺝ( ﻳﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ )‪ (3.4‬ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﳓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺳﺘﻮﻛﺲ )‪.(Stokes’ Equations‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ) ‪ ( z‬ﳓﻮ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﰲ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪f = fy = 0‬‬
‫)‪(3.5‬‬
‫‪f z = −g‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺳﺘﻮﻛﺲ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬

‫‪du x‬‬ ‫‪1 ∂p‬‬ ‫‪∂ 2u x ∂ 2u x ∂ 2u x‬‬
‫⋅ ‪=−‬‬ ‫‪+ν ⋅ ( 2 +‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪dt‬‬ ‫‪ρ ∂x‬‬ ‫‪∂x‬‬ ‫‪∂y 2‬‬ ‫‪∂z 2‬‬
‫‪du y‬‬ ‫‪1 ∂p‬‬ ‫‪∂ 2u y ∂ 2u y ∂ 2u y‬‬
‫‪=−‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫‪+ν ⋅ ( 2 +‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫)‪(3.6‬‬
‫‪dt‬‬ ‫‪ρ ∂y‬‬ ‫‪∂x‬‬ ‫‪∂y 2‬‬ ‫‪∂z 2‬‬
‫‪du z‬‬ ‫‪1 ∂p‬‬ ‫‪∂ 2u z ∂ 2u z ∂ 2u z‬‬
‫⋅ ‪=−‬‬ ‫‪+ν ⋅ ( 2 +‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪dt‬‬ ‫‪ρ ∂z‬‬ ‫‪∂x‬‬ ‫‪∂y 2‬‬ ‫‪∂z 2‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻭﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ) ‪.(ν‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻭﲝﺴﺐ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻭﻳﻠﺮ ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻛ ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ‪:‬‬
‫‪du x ∂u x ∂u x dx ∂u x‬‬ ‫‪dy ∂u x dz‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪⋅ +‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫)‪(3.7‬‬
‫‪dt‬‬ ‫‪∂t‬‬ ‫‪∂x dt‬‬ ‫‪∂y‬‬ ‫‪dt‬‬ ‫‪∂z dt‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫= ‪ ( u z‬ﻭ) ‪ ( u x = dx‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪dz‬‬

‫ﲝﺴﺐ ﻻﻏﺮﺍﻧﺞ )‬ ‫ﻭﲟﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫‪dt‬‬ ‫‪dt‬‬
‫ﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ )‪ (3.6‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (3.7‬ﻭﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺎﻛﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪du x ∂u x‬‬ ‫‪∂u‬‬ ‫‪∂u‬‬ ‫‪∂u‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪+ ux ⋅ x + uy ⋅ x + uz ⋅ x‬‬
‫‪dt‬‬ ‫‪∂t‬‬ ‫‪∂x‬‬ ‫‪∂y‬‬ ‫‪∂z‬‬
‫‪du y ∂u y‬‬ ‫‪∂u y‬‬ ‫‪∂u y‬‬ ‫‪∂u y‬‬
‫=‬ ‫⋅ ‪+ ux‬‬ ‫⋅ ‪+ uy‬‬ ‫⋅ ‪+ uz‬‬ ‫)‪(3.8‬‬
‫‪dt‬‬ ‫‪∂t‬‬ ‫‪∂x‬‬ ‫‪∂y‬‬ ‫‪∂z‬‬
‫‪du z ∂u x‬‬ ‫‪∂u‬‬ ‫‪∂u‬‬ ‫‪∂u‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪+ ux ⋅ z + u y ⋅ z + uz ⋅ z‬‬
‫‪dt‬‬ ‫‪∂t‬‬ ‫‪∂x‬‬ ‫‪∂y‬‬ ‫‪∂z‬‬
‫‪:(Unsteady) ñ‹Ôn¾a@Ëë (Steady Flow) ñ‹Ôn¾a@pbãbí‹§a -3.3‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﳋﻄﲔ ) ‪ ( a 2 b 2 ) ،( a 1b1‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،(3.3‬ﻧﺄﺧﺬ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻨﻌﺘﱪﻫﺎ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﳓﺪﺩ ﻋﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( M‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﲤﺮ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (1‬ﰲ‬
‫ﳊﻈﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ ( M ′‬ﲤﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ) ‪ ( M′′ ) ،( t ′‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ) ‪ ( t ′′‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (3.4‬ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺌﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (3.3‬ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺌﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺌﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺌﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺭﺓ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﻼ(‪،‬‬‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪ ( u‬ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ )ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (1‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬

‫ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﳉﺰﻱﺀ‬
‫) ‪ ( M ′‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (1‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( t ′‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫) ‪ .( u ′‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﳉﺰﻱﺀ ) ‪ ( M′′‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (1‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﳊﻈﺔ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ) ‪( t ′′‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ) ‪.( u ′′‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( 2‬ﲢﺪﺙ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ ،(1‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﻌﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪u = f 1 ( x, y , z , t‬‬ ‫)‪(3.9‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ )ﺣﱴ ﲟﺮﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ( ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺟﺰﻱﺀ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﻱﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻏﺎﺩﺭ ﻟﺘﻮﻩ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﻼ ﻓﻬﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺻﺮﻓﺔ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪u = f 1 ( x, y , z‬‬
‫) ‪p = f 2 ( x, y , z‬‬ ‫)‪(3.10‬‬
‫) ‪ρ = f 3 ( x, y , z‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪ ( u‬ﻻﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬

‫‪∂u x ∂u y ∂u z‬‬
‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪=0‬‬
‫‪∂t‬‬ ‫‪∂t‬‬ ‫‪∂t‬‬ ‫)‪(3.11‬‬
‫‪∂p‬‬
‫‪=0‬‬
‫‪∂t‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻﳚﻮﺯ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ )‪ (3.11‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﻭﻻﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﺜﲑﹰﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺼﻒ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ) ‪ ( M‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ‬
‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﻁ ‪ M ′′′ - 1 ، M ′′ - 1 ، M ′ - 1‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ((3.3‬ﲟﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫• ﻻﺗﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰﺍ‪.‬‬

‫• ﻻﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻳﺆﻭﻝ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (3.4‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺘﺴﺐ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( M ′‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (1‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪ ( u1‬ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺻﻮﳍﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( 2‬ﺗﻜﺘﺴﺐ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪ .( u 2‬ﰒ ﺗﺘﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( M′′‬ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺘﺴﺐ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺻﻮﳍﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (1‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ) ‪ ( u1‬ﰒ ﺗﺘﺠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪( 2‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Stream Tube) ŠbînÛa@òiìjãcë (Stream Line) ŠbînÛa@Á‚ -3.4‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﹶﺎ ﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻭﻳﻠﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺳﻢ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺴﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﲡﺮﻳﺒﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﰲ‬
‫)ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﰎ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺋﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﻠﻮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﳊﱪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺵ ﻧﺪﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻭﺭﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﳌﻨﻴﻮﻡ( ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﳊﻈﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﳑﺎﺳﺔ ﳍﺎ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(3.5‬ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﺨﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺧﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭ‬

‫)‪ ،(Path Line‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭ )‪ (Path‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻠﻜﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺧﺬﻫﺎ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺔ ﺗﺒﺎﻋﹰﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﲤﺜﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﻃﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﺠﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﺔ )ﺍﳋﻂ ‪ M ′′′ − M ′′ − M ′ − 1 − 2‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪((3.4‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻭﻻﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﻋﺘﱪﻧﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﹰﺎ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﹰﺎ ) ‪- ( S‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ -(3.6‬ﻭﺃﺧﺬﻧﺎ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ‪ ،‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﰊ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻻﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﻨﻔﻮﺫ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﱪ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﻴﻌﲏ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(3.6‬ﺃﻨﺒﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﳏﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺁﱐ ﻓﻘﻂ‪،‬‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﲔ ﳊﻈﺔ ﻭﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﻮ‪‬ﻥ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺧﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ) ‪Stream‬‬
‫‪ (filament‬ﻭﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺗﻪ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻭﺣﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻱ )‪ .(Central Stream Line‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ )‪ (One-dimensional Flow‬ﻛﺎﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ )ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ( ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺯﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﳕﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺗﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﺎﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺙ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﳛﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﲔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﳓﻨﺎﺀ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ )ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ( ﻛﺒﲑﹰﺍ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ‪ :‬ﺣﲔ ﻻﳛﻘﻖ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ‪.‬‬
‫‪:æbí‹vÜÛ@HïäI@ÞbÈÐÛa@ÉİÔ¾a -3.5‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.((3.7‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(3.7‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻲ )‪.(B-D‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﺍﻟﺴﻠﺲ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ )‪ (Area of Flow Section‬ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ﺑـ ) ‪.( ω‬‬
‫• ﺍﶈﻴﻂ )‪ (Circumference‬ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ﺑـ ) ∝ ( ﻭﻫﻮ ﺧﻂ ﲤﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍ‪‬ﺮﻯ ﺃﻭﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻫﻮ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺒﻠﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ )‪ (Hydraulic Radius‬ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ﺑـ )‪ (R‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺒﻠﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪ω‬‬
‫=‪R‬‬ ‫)‪(3.12‬‬
‫∝‬
‫ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﲟﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﳓﺪﺩ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺃﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺔ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪:((3.8‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(3.8‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﳝﻸ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ‪)-‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ -((3.8.a‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ) ‪:( d‬‬
‫‪ω π ⋅d2 4 d r‬‬
‫= =‪R‬‬ ‫= =‬
‫∝‬ ‫‪π ⋅d‬‬ ‫‪4 2‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ : r‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﳝﻸ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ‪)-‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪:-((3.8.b‬‬

‫‪ω π ⋅d2 8 d r‬‬
‫=‪R‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫= =‬
‫‪∝ π ⋅d 2 4 2‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻳﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ) ‪ ( b‬ﻭﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ) ‪-( h‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ -((3.8.c‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ω‬‬ ‫‪b⋅h‬‬
‫=‪R‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪∝ b + 2h‬‬
‫ﻭﲦﺔ ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻌﻲ ﻭﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻌﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻌﻲ ﺑﺎﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺴﻄﺢ ﺣﺮ ﻟﻠﺘﺪﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻼ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻌﻲ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺣﺮ ﺑﻞ‬‫)ﻛﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﰲ ‪‬ﺮ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﰲ‬
‫ﳏﺎﻁ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺑﺎﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ )ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺧﲑ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Average Velocity) òİìn¾a@òÇ‹Ûaë@HFlow RateI@ñŠaÌÛa -3.6‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ ) ‪:( Q‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪[Q] = L‬‬
‫‪t‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﺎﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ) ‪ ( l / s ) ،( m 3 / s‬ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ‬

‫ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ )‪ ،(Volume Flow‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻴﺴﺖ ﺑـ ) ‪ ( Kg / s‬ﺃﻭ ) ‪ .... ( Ton / s‬ﺍﱁ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺪﻋﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﻴﺔ )‪.(Mass Flow‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻮ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺻﻐﲑ ) ‪ ( dω‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﲤﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ) ‪:( dQ‬‬
‫‪dQ = u ⋅ dω‬‬ ‫)‪(3.13‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪ ( u‬ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﰲ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪((3.7‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (3.13‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪Q = ∫ u ⋅ dω‬‬ ‫)‪(3.14‬‬
‫‪ω‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ ((3.9‬ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ ( u1 ≠ u 2 ≠ u3‬ﻭ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﹸﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ) ‪-( v‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻻﺗﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ‪ -‬ﻭﺗﻌﲔ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪Q‬‬
‫=‪v‬‬
‫‪ω‬‬
‫)‪(3.15‬‬
‫‪u ⋅ dω‬‬
‫=‪v‬‬
‫‪ω‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻓﺎﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( v‬ﺗﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ) ‪ ( u‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻓﻠﻮ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺣﺪﺩﻧﺎ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪ ( u‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ ﻭﻭﺻﻠﻨﺎ ﺑﲔ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ‬
‫ﳊﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﱐ )ﺑﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ( ﻟﺘﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ )‪ .(Velocity profile‬ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ (3.10‬ﺑﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ﰲ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( U max‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(3.10‬ﺒﺭﻭﻓﻴل ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻤﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(3.9‬ﺒﺭﻭﻓﻴل ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻋﺔ ) ‪( u‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-ABMN-‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪‡ÈjÛa@ ð†byc@ æbí‹§@ HContinuity EquationI@ òíŠa‹ànüa@ òÛ†bÈß -3.6.1‬‬

‫) ‪:(One-dimensional Flow‬‬
‫‪ 1‬א‪‬א‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (3.11‬ﻭﻧﻌﲔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ) ‪ .(1 − 1, 2 − 2, 3 − 3, 4 − 4‬ﻭﺍﳉﺰﻱﺀ ) ‪ ( abcd‬ﺍﶈﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻌﲔ )‪(1 − 1‬‬
‫ﻭ) ‪ ( 2 − 2‬ﻣﻐﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( AB‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﻨﻊ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ‪ .‬ﻧﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ (1 − 1‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ) ‪ ( Q1‬ﻭﻟﻠﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻋﱪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ) ‪ ( 2 − 2‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ) ‪( Q2‬‬
‫ﻓﺨﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( dt‬ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ) ‪ ( abcd‬ﻋﱪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ )‪ (1 − 1‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ) ‪ ( Q1 ⋅ dt‬ﻭﲣﺮﺝ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫) ‪ ( 2 − 2‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ) ‪.( Q2 ⋅ dt‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(3.11‬ﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮ ﺃﺧﺬﻧﺎ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ )‪(Incompressible‬‬

‫ﻭﳚﺮﻱ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﺹ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﺠﻮﺍﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻏﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﳋﻄﻮﻁ ) ‪( A − B‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﻴﻤﺔ ﻷﻣﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇ ﱠﻥ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪Q1 ⋅ dt = Q2 ⋅ dt ⇒ Q1 = Q2‬‬ ‫)‪(3.16‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪Q1 = Q2 = Q3 = ........ = Q = const‬‬ ‫)‪(3.17‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (3.17‬ﲟﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﲟﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺒﲔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓ ﲤﺮ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪:‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪ω ⋅ v = const‬‬ ‫)ﰲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ(‬
‫‪ω1 ⋅ v 1 = ω 2 ⋅ v 2‬‬
‫‪v1 ω 2‬‬
‫=‬ ‫)‪(3.18‬‬
‫‪v 2 ω1‬‬
‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (3.18‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻋﻜﺴﹰﺎ ﻣﻊ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺃﺧﺬﻧﺎ ﺑﺪ ﹰﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﺧﻴﻄﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻷﺧﺬﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪dQ = u ⋅ dω = const‬‬ ‫)ﰲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺧﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ(‬
‫‪u1 dω 2‬‬
‫=‬ ‫)‪(3.19‬‬
‫‪u 2 dω1‬‬
‫‪@HThree-dimensional FlowI@‡ÈjÛa@ ïqýq@æbí‹§@òíŠa‹ànüa@òÛ†bÈß -3.6.2‬‬

‫‪:(Incompressible) ÂbÌ›ãýÛ@ÝibÓ@Ë‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﲔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (3.12‬ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ) ‪ ( X , Y , Z‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ) ‪( Y‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪﹰﺍ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻭﳓﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻪ ) ‪ ( A‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫) ‪ .( x, y, z‬ﻭﻧﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪ ( u‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( A‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( t‬ﲟﺮﻛﺒﺎ‪‬ﺎ ) ‪،( u x‬‬
‫) ‪ ( u y‬ﻭ) ‪ .( u z‬ﻭﳓﺪﺩ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( A‬ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ) ‪ (1 − 2 − 3 − 4‬ﺻﻐﲑ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ‬
‫ﲝﻴﺚ ﲢﺪﺩ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻟﻪ ) ‪ ( dy )، ( dx‬ﻭ) ‪.( dz‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(3.12‬ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪.(3.28‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﺤﺪﺩ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( dt‬ﻭﺣﺠﻢ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ) ‪.( dt‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( A‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ) ‪ ( u x‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫) ‪ ( M 1‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ) ‪ ( A‬ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ) ‪:( 1 dx‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∂u‬‬
‫‪(u x ) M1 = u x +‬‬ ‫‪⋅ dx ⋅ x‬‬ ‫)‪(3.20‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∂x‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( M 2‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪:‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∂u‬‬
‫‪(u x ) M 2 = u x −‬‬ ‫‪⋅ dx ⋅ x‬‬ ‫)‪(3.21‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∂x‬‬
‫‪∂u x‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﲑ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( u x‬ﺍﳊﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﺜﻞ‬
‫‪∂x‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﻂ ) ‪ ( M1M 2‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ) ‪.( OX‬‬
‫ﳛﺪﺩ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( dt‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﱪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ) ‪ (1 − 2‬ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪1 ∂u x‬‬
‫‪∆v1 = (u x ) M1 dt dy dz = (u x +‬‬ ‫‪dx‬‬ ‫‪)dy dz dt‬‬ ‫)‪(3.22‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∂x‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ‪ : dydz‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ) ‪.(1 − 2‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳛﺪﺩ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( dt‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ) ‪ ( 3 − 4‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪1 ∂u‬‬
‫‪∆v 2 = (u x ) M 2 dt dy dz = (u x − dx x )dy dz dt‬‬ ‫)‪(3.23‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪∂x‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ) ‪ ( dt‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﲔ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺎﺑﻠﲔ ) ‪ (1 − 2‬ﻭ) ‪ ( 3 − 4‬ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪∂u x‬‬
‫= ‪∆v1 − ∆v 2‬‬ ‫‪dxdy dz dt‬‬ ‫)‪(3.24‬‬
‫‪∂x‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﳑﺎﺛﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﻟﻸﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ‪:‬‬
‫‪∂u y‬‬
‫= ‪∆v 3 − ∆v 4‬‬ ‫‪dxdy dz dt‬‬ ‫)‪(3.25‬‬
‫‪∂y‬‬
‫‪∂u‬‬
‫‪∆v 5 − ∆v 6 = z dxdy dz dt‬‬ ‫)‪(3.26‬‬
‫‪∂z‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﻭﺑﺎﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﺐ‪:‬‬
‫‪(∆v1 − ∆v 2 ) + (∆v 3 − ∆v 4 ) + (∆v 5 − ∆v 6 ) = 0‬‬ ‫)‪(3.27‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ )‪ (3.25) ،(3.24‬ﻭ)‪ (3.26‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (3.27‬ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫) ‪ ( dxdy dz dt‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ‪:‬‬
‫‪∂u x ∂u y ∂u z‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪=0‬‬ ‫)‪(3.28‬‬
‫‪∂x‬‬ ‫‪∂y‬‬ ‫‪∂z‬‬
‫‪:ÂbÌ›ãýÛ@òÜibÔÛa@Ë@ÝöaìÜÛ@áÄnä¾a@Ëë@áÄnä¾a@æbí‹§a -3.7‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺣﺎﻟﱵ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‹Ôn¾a@ æbí‹§a -3.7.1‬ﻧﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (3.13‬ﻣﻘﻄﻌﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺫﻱ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﱐ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ) ‪ .( ω = const‬ﳓﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺧﻄﻮﻃﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(3.13‬ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻅﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫'‪ 1' ، 2' ، 3‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ' '‪ 1' ' ، 2' ' ، 3‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ) ‪-( ω ≠ const‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.-(3.14‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ) ‪ ( ω = const‬ﻏﲑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( u1 , u 2 , u3 ,.....‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫) ‪ ،( u1 ≠ u 2 ≠ u 3 .....‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (3.15‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ) ‪ ( ω1 = ω 2‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ) ‪( ω‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻜﺲ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﺃﻥ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻴﹰﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﳓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(3.14‬ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻅﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬

‫) ‪- ( ω = const‬ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﱐ‪ -‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪ ( u‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻤﺔ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﻣﺘﻔﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﲡﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻉ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( v‬ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪v = const‬‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﻏﲑ ﻛﺎﻑ ﲟﻔﺮﺩﻩ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﹰﺎ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﳏﻘﻖ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻢ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ ،(3.15‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺳﻠﺲ‪ :‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻐﲑ ﺣﺎﺩ ﺣﺎﺩ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻﳚﻮﺯ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(3.15‬ﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻨﺘﻅﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻨﺒﻭﺏ ﺇﺴﻁﻭﺍﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‹Ôn¾a@ Ë@ æbí‹§a -3.7.2‬ﳚﺐ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺒﲏ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺃﻭﻳﻠﺮ )ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻻﻏﺮﺍﻧﺞ(‪ .‬ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﳊﻈﺔ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺮﻋﺔ )ﺃﻱ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ –ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﺟﺪﺕ‪ -‬ﻣﺘﺸﺎ‪‬ﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﻭﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ( ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪:(Bernoulli’s Equation) ïÛìã‹i@òÛ†bÈß -3.8‬‬

‫‪:‹Ônß@æbí‹§@ñŠ‡ÔÛa@ÃbÐ®ü@æìãbÔ×@ïÛìã‹i@òÛ†bÈß -3.8.1‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﳉﺴﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﻋﻤﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ )ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ( ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(3.16‬ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪.(3.34‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺘﻄﻊ ﺟﺰﺀﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ((3.16‬ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ) ‪ ( AB‬ﳏﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﻄﻌﲔ‬

‫)‪ (1 − 1‬ﻭ) ‪ ،( 2 − 2‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ) ‪ ( OO ′‬ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫) ‪ ( Z1‬ﻭﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ) ‪ ،( Z 2‬ﻭﻟﺘﻜﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ) ‪ ( ∆ω1‬ﻭﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ) ‪.( ∆ω 2‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ) ‪ ( AB‬ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( ∆t‬ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( A ′B′‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ )‪ (1 − 1‬ﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ) ‪ ( ∆S1‬ﻭﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ) ‪ ( 2 − 2‬ﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫) ‪ .( ∆S 2‬ﻭﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ‪:‬‬
‫; ‪∆S 2 = u 2 ⋅ ∆t ∆S1 = u1 ⋅ ∆t‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ )‪ (1 − 1‬ﻭ) ‪ ( 2 − 2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ U1‬ﻭ ‪U 2‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬

‫)'‪(AA‬‬ ‫ﻭﲟﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ )‪ (3.7‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﻫﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻭ ) '‪ (BB‬ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪ = ∆V‬ﺣﺠﻢ ) '‪ = (BB‬ﺣﺠﻢ )'‪(AA‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫‪∆V = ∆A 1 ⋅ ∆S1 = ∆A 2 ⋅ ∆S 2 = ∆Q ⋅ ∆t‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﲔ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ) ‪ ( ∆V‬ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ) ‪ ،( ∆M‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬
‫= ‪∆M = ρ ⋅ ∆V‬‬ ‫‪⋅ ∆V‬‬ ‫)‪(3.29‬‬
‫‪g‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ‪ : ρ‬ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﳓﺪﺩ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺰﺀ ) ‪ ( AB‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ) ‪ ( A ′B′‬ﻭﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .I‬א‪‬א‪ AB ‬א‪‬א‪:( A ′B′ ) ‬‬

‫ﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ( KE‬ﳝﺜﻞ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ )‪ (Kinetic Energy‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (3.16‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫= )‪∆ ( KE ) = KE (A ′B′) − KE (AB) = KE (A ′B + BB′) − KE (AA ′ + A ′B‬‬
‫)‪= KE (BB′) − KE (AA ′‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪u 22 ⋅ ∆M u12 ⋅ ∆M‬‬
‫= ) ‪∆( KE‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻭﲟﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ ،(3.29‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬

‫‪u 22 γ‬‬ ‫‪γ‬‬
‫‪u12‬‬ ‫‪u 22 u12‬‬
‫‪∆( KE ) = ⋅ ∆V‬‬ ‫‪− ⋅ ∆V‬‬ ‫(=‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪) × γ ⋅ ∆V‬‬ ‫)‪(3.30‬‬
‫‪g‬‬ ‫‪2 g‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2g 2g‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪ .II‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ AB ‬א‪:( A ′B′ ) ‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻟﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ) ‪ ( AA′‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫) ‪] ( BB′‬ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ) ‪ ( A ′B‬ﺑﻘﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﹰﺎ[‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻲ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪W1 = ( Z 1 − Z 2 ) ⋅ γ ⋅ ∆V‬‬ ‫)‪(3.31‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ )‪ (1 − 1‬ﻭ) ‪ ( 2 − 2‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ‪ :‬ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)‪W2 = ( p1 ⋅ ∆ω1 ) ⋅ ∆S1 − ( p 2 ⋅ ∆ω 2 ) ⋅ ∆S 2 = ( p1 − p 2 ) ⋅ ∆V (3.32‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ p1‬ﻭ ‪ p 2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ) ‪ ( ω1‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫) ‪.( ω 2‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﲜﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ) ‪.( AB‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ )ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﲔ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﺰﺀ ) ‪ (( AB‬ﻭﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﲔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﲔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ )ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ( ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ ﻷﻥ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ )ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺜﺎﱄ( ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .III‬א‪‬א‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪u 22 − u12‬‬
‫‪γ ⋅ ∆V = (Z1 − Z 2 ) ⋅ γ ⋅ ∆V + ( p1 − p 2 ) ⋅ ∆V‬‬
‫‪2g‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ) ‪ ،( γ ⋅ ∆V‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪u12 p1‬‬ ‫‪u 22 p 2‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫= ‪+ Z1‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+ Z2‬‬ ‫)‪(3.33‬‬
‫‪2g γ‬‬ ‫‪2g γ‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ )‪ (1 − 1‬ﻭ) ‪ ( 2 − 2‬ﲰﻴﺖ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﻓﺎﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (3.33‬ﳝﻜﻦ‬

‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪u2‬‬ ‫‪p‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+ Z = const = C BH‬‬ ‫)ﰲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ(‬ ‫)‪(3.34‬‬
‫‪2g‬‬ ‫‪γ‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (3.34‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ )‪ (Bernoulli’s Equation‬ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺻﺎﻏﻬﺎ ﺳﻨﺔ )‪ 1738‬ﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲡﻤﻊ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ) ‪ ( p ) ،( u‬ﻭ) ‪ ( z‬ﺃﻥ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳋﻂ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﳋﻂ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﳎﺎﻭﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ pbÇbÐmŠýÛ@ïÛìã‹i@òÛ†bÈß (3.34‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ) ‪ ( m‬ﻭﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ) ‪ ( C B‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ‪.‬‬
‫‪u2‬‬
‫ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺬﻓﺖ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪2g‬‬
‫ﻟﻸﻋﻠﻰ ﰲ ﺣﺠﺮﺓ ﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ) ‪ ،( u‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫‪u2‬‬
‫= ‪ ( h‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻮ ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻌﻜﺲ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ )‬
‫‪2g‬‬
‫ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﻌﲔ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﲔ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪.((3.17‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(3.17‬ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻋﺔ‪ :A ،‬ﺃﻨﺒﻭﺏ ﺒﻴﺯﻭﻤﺘﺭﻱ‪ :B ،‬ﺃﻨﺒﻭﺏ ﺒﻴﺘﻭﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪p‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ )ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ( ﻭﻳﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪:‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ) ‪ ( γ‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﻟﺪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺛﻘﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ،( p‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﻜﺎﻓﺊ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺑﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﱄ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ Z :‬ﻭﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﱐ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺻﻔﺮﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻻﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (3.34‬ﺑﺎﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪" :‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﱄ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ )ﺍﻟﻀﺦ( ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﱐ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﹰﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻪ ) ‪ ( C BH‬ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻀﺮﺏ ﻃﺮﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (3.34‬ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ) ‪ ،( γ = ρ ⋅ g‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ρ ⋅u2‬‬
‫‪+ p + γ ⋅ Z = const = C Bp‬‬ ‫)‪(3.35‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺜﻞ ‪ ÂìÌ›ÜÛ@ïÛìã‹i@òÛ†bÈß‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﲝﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫‪N‬‬ ‫‪Kp‬‬
‫(‪.‬‬ ‫(‪) ،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ )‬
‫‪cm 2‬‬ ‫‪cm 2‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻜﻲ )ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ( ﺃﻭ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ اﳊﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻭﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻲ ﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ ﻳﺘﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻋﻤﻖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺴﻤﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻃﺮﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (3.35‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ) ‪ ( ρ‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪u2‬‬ ‫‪p‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+ g ⋅ Z = const = C BE‬‬ ‫)‪(3.36‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪ρ‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،ñŠ‡ÔÜÛ@ïÛìã‹i@òÛ†bÈß‬ﻷﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﳝﺜﻞ‬

‫ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳊﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻓﻴﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻪ ) ‪ ( C BE‬ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪:òî×‹ä@‹Üíëc@òÛ†bÈ¾@ÝßbØn×@ïÛìã‹i@òÛ†bÈß -3.8.2‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺃﻭﻳﻠﺮ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ) ‪ ( S‬ﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺃﻭﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪∂v‬‬ ‫‪∂v 1 ∂p‬‬ ‫‪∂Z‬‬
‫‪+v‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+g‬‬ ‫‪=0‬‬ ‫)‪(3.37‬‬
‫‪∂t‬‬ ‫‪∂S ρ ∂S‬‬ ‫‪∂S‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﳎﺎﻫﻴﻞ ) ‪ ( p ) ،( v‬ﻭ) ‪ ( ρ‬ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺣﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﲔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺘﲔ ﳘﺎ ﰲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬א‪‬א‪:( ρ ≠ const ) ‬‬
‫• ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪m = ρ1 ⋅ v1 ⋅ A 1 = ρ 2 ⋅ v 2 ⋅ A 2 = const‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ) ‪ ( A 1‬ﻭ) ‪ ( A 2‬ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪p‬‬
‫‪= RT‬‬
‫‪ρ‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ) ‪ ( ρ = const‬ﻓﺎﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪(3.37‬‬

‫ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻬﻮﻟﲔ ﳘﺎ ) ‪ ( p ) ،( v‬ﻭﻳﻠﺰﻣﻨﺎ ﳊﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪Q = v1 ⋅ A 1 = v 2 ⋅ A 2 = const‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓ ﻳﻨﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﱐ ) ‪ ( ∂v‬ﻭﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬

‫‪∂t‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻌﲔ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺃﻭﻳﻠﺮ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫‪dv 1 dp‬‬ ‫‪dZ‬‬
‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+g‬‬ ‫‪=0‬‬ ‫)‪(3.38‬‬
‫‪dS ρ dS‬‬ ‫‪dS‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻣﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺸﺘﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﳊﺪ ) ‪ ( v dv‬ﺑﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﳊﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪dS‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺃﻭﻳﻠﺮ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ )‪ (3.38‬ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻮ ﺍﻋﺘﱪﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻭﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ) ‪:( ρ = const‬‬
‫‪ρ d ( v) 2‬‬ ‫‪dp‬‬ ‫‪dZ‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+ρ⋅g‬‬ ‫‪=0‬‬
‫‪2 dS‬‬ ‫‪dS‬‬ ‫‪dS‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﲤﺜﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﻛﺴﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ) ‪ ،( S‬ﻭﲟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺣﺪﹰﺍ ﺣﺪﹰﺍ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪:‬‬
‫⋅‪ρ‬‬
‫‪v 2 + p + ρ ⋅ g ⋅ Z = const = C Bp = const‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪@æbí‹§@ ñŠìİ¾a@ ïÛìã‹i@ òÛ†bÈßI@ òî×‹ä@ òÓbİÜÛ@ òîØîÛëŠ‡îa@ òÛ†bÈ¾a -3.8.3‬‬
‫‪ZH‹Ônß@ïÔîÔy‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻠﺰﺟﺔ( ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺟﺮﻳﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﻔﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻳﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ‬
‫)ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ( ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺗﺘﺸﺘﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑـ‬
‫) ‪.( h f‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺑﲔ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﲝﻴﺚ‪ -‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪ -‬ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ ﳎﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻭﳛﺪﺙ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﱪ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﰲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﻓﻌﻲ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺴﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﳋﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ) ‪ ( h∆E‬ﻭﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﳋﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ) ‪ .( h∆E‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﳋﻂ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ )ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ(‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻠﻪ ﻭﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ) ‪.( ± h∆E‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﳋﻂ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ ﻻﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪He1 = He1 ± h∆E + h f‬‬ ‫)‪(3.39‬‬
‫‪u2 p‬‬
‫= ‪He‬‬ ‫‪+ +Z‬‬
‫‪2g γ‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ = ‪He‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪ +‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ‪ +‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪:((3.34‬‬
‫‪u12 p1‬‬ ‫‪u 22 p 2‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫= ‪+ Z1‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+ Z 2 ± h∆E + h f‬‬ ‫)‪(3.40‬‬
‫‪2g γ‬‬ ‫‪2g γ‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥﹼ‪:‬‬
‫‪: h f‬ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ )ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ( ﺑﺎﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : h∆E‬ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ )ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ( ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻌﻴﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻔﻘﺪ ) ‪ ( h∆E‬ﰲ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪∑h‬‬ ‫‪∆E‬‬ ‫‪=0‬‬

‫‪u12 p1‬‬ ‫‪u2 p‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+ Z1 = 2 + 2 + Z 2 + h f‬‬ ‫)‪(3.41‬‬
‫‪2g γ‬‬ ‫‪2g γ‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‪:‬‬
‫‪h f = He1 − He2‬‬ ‫)‪(3.42‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻴﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﻔﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( He1 − He2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻔﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻟﺔ )ﺍﻟﻀﺦ( ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ) ‪:( L‬‬
‫‪He1 − He2 h f‬‬
‫=‪i‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫)‪(3.43‬‬
‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪L‬‬
‫‪:‹Ôn¾a@æbí‹§a@‡äÇ@ò×‹ä@òîàØÛ@òîØîÛëŠ‡îa@òÛ†bÈ¾a -3.9‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺗﺒﲔ ﳑﺎﺳﺒﻖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﲟﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺃﻭﻳﻠﺮ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﻴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﳏﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ‪‬ﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺩ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺼﻠﺔ ﻛﻘﻮﺓ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (3.18.a‬ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻌﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﲔ )‪ (2-2) ،(1-1‬ﻭﺍﶈﻮﺭ ) ‪( x‬‬
‫ﻭﳓﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻧﻌﺘﱪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻌﲔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪α 01 = α 02 = α 0‬‬ ‫)‪(3.44.1‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ : α 0‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(b‬‬ ‫)‪(a‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪.(3.18‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻣﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ] )‪- [ ∆(KD‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ) ‪ -( x‬ﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺳﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﻣﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( NC‬ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﺑﻘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺷﺮﻃﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪∆( KD ) x = ∑ ( NC ) x‬‬ ‫)‪(3.44.2‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ) ‪ ( AB‬ﺍﶈﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻌﲔ )‪(2-2) ،(1-1‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ) ‪ ( t 0‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( dt‬ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ) ‪.( A ′B′‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ] )‪ [ ∆(KD‬ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ) ‪.( AB‬‬
‫ﳓﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﲑ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺣﺠﻤﲔ ) ‪) ( ∆V2 ) ،( ∆V1‬ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻬﺸﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ(‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫)‪∆( KD) = KD(A′B′) − KD(AB) = KD(A′B + BB′) − KD(AA ′ + A′B‬‬
‫) ‪= KD (∆V2 ) − KD (∆V2‬‬ ‫)‪(3.44.3‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳉﺴﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪Kg ⋅ m‬‬
‫= ]‪KD = m ⋅ v ⇒ [ KD‬‬
‫‪s‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ .‬ﻧﻌﲔ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﻲ‬
‫) ‪ ( ∆V2 ) ،( ∆V1‬ﺃﻱ ] ) ‪.[ KD(∆V2 ) ] ،[ KD(∆V1‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ) ‪ ،( ∆V1‬ﻫﻲ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﱪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ )‪ (1-1‬ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ) ‪.( dt‬‬
‫‪ = ρ ⋅ Q ⋅ dt‬ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ) ‪( ∆V1‬‬ ‫)‪(3.44.4‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ ﻋﱪﺕ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ )‪ (1-1‬ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ) ‪( v‬‬
‫ﻷﻣﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ] ) ‪ [ KD(∆V1‬ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪[ KD ( ∆V1 )]cp = ( ρ ⋅ Qdt ) ⋅ v1‬‬ ‫)‪(3.44.5‬‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ (1-1‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪KD ( ∆V1 ) = α 0 ⋅ [ KD ( ∆V1 )]cp = α 0 ⋅ ρ ⋅ Q ⋅ v1 ⋅ dt‬‬ ‫)‪(3.44.6‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ : v1‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ )‪.(1-1‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﳑﺎﺛﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫] ) ‪:[ KD(∆V2‬‬
‫‪KD(∆V1 ) = α 0 ⋅ ρ ⋅ Q ⋅ v1 ⋅ dt‬‬ ‫)‪(3.44.7‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ : v 2‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ )‪.(2-2‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﲔ )‪ (3.44.6‬ﻭ)‪ (3.44.7‬ﰲ )‪ (3.44.3‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ) ‪ ( v1‬ﻭ) ‪( v 2‬‬
‫ﲟﺴﺎﻗﻄﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ) ‪ ( x‬ﺃﻱ ) ‪ ( v1x‬ﻭ) ‪ ،( v 2 x‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪∆( KD) x = α 0 ⋅ ρ ⋅ Q( v 2x − v1x ) ⋅ dt‬‬ ‫)‪(3.44.8‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ) ‪ ( NC‬ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ) ‪.( AB‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪( NC ) = F ⋅ t , ( NC ) = N ⋅ s‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ) ‪ ( AB‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ) ‪.( A ′B′‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ) ‪ ( G‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ) ‪ :( AB‬ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ ( G x‬ﻣﺴﻘﻄﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ) ‪ ( x‬ﻭﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻣﺴﻘﻂ ﺩﻓﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‪:‬‬
‫‪G x ⋅ dt‬‬ ‫)‪(3.44.9‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ) ‪ ( T0‬ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﻘﻂ ﺩﻓﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‪:‬‬
‫‪(T0 ) x ⋅ dt‬‬ ‫)‪(3.44.10‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﺭﺩ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ )ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ( ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻘﻂ ﺩﻓﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‪:‬‬
‫‪Rx ⋅ dt‬‬ ‫)‪(3.44.11‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ : Rx‬ﻣﺴﻘﻂ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ) ‪ ( R‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ) ‪.( x‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ) ‪ -( AB‬ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻌﲔ )‪ – (2-2) ،(1-1‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺗﲔ ) ‪ ( F2 ) ،( F1‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫‪( F1x + F2 x ) ⋅ dt = Fx ⋅ dt‬‬ ‫)‪(3.44.12‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ : Fx‬ﻣﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺗﲔ ) ‪ ( F2 ) ،( F1‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ) ‪.( x‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻭﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ )‪،(3.44.9‬‬
‫)‪ (3.44.11) ،(3.44.10‬ﻭ)‪ (3.44.12‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪:(3.44.8‬‬
‫‪α 0 ⋅ ρ ⋅ Q( v 2x − v1x ) = G x + (T0 ) x + R x + Fx‬‬ ‫)‪(3.44.13‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪ : ρ ⋅ Q‬ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ )ﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ( ﻋﱪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ) ‪– ( ρ ⋅ Q = const‬ﰲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪.-‬‬
‫‪ : α 0 ⋅ ρ ⋅ Q ⋅ v‬ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ) ‪ ( ρ ⋅ Q‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫) ‪.( v‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( α 0 ⋅ ρ ⋅ Q ⋅ v‬ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﻴﺔ ﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ )ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻌﱪ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻣﺼﺮﻭﻑ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪‬ﺎ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (3.44.13‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﳌﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﺑﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‬
‫) ‪ ( x‬ﻗﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﻴﺔ ﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪":‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ )‪ (2-2‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﻴﺔ ﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ( ﺗﺘﻐﲑ‬
‫ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﻣﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( G, T0 , R, F‬ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﻲ ﺍﶈﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻌﲔ )‪ (2-2) ،(1-1‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﳑﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ]ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ) ‪ ( G, T0 , R, F1 , F2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ )‪ (3.18.a‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﻴﺔ ﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ) ‪ ( α 0 ⋅ ρ ⋅ Q ⋅ v1‬ﻭ) ‪ [( α 0 ⋅ ρ ⋅ Q ⋅ v 2‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﻟﻒ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﹰﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺪﻳﺮ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ) ‪ ( α 0 ⋅ ρ ⋅ Q ⋅ v 2‬ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ) ‪( 180‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﺠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.((3.18.b‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﰲ ﺣﻞ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ )‪ (A‬ﻟﻴﺼﺪﻡ ﲜﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ )‪ (B‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.((3.18.c‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(3.18.c‬ﻗﻭﺓ ﻀﻐﻁ ﺨﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﻋﻤﻭﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳓﻨﺎﺀ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ ،(2-2‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ( F0‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ )‪ (B‬ﻧﻌﲔ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ )‪ (X‬ﻭﻧﻘﺘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺟﺰﺀﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﶈﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻌﲔ )‪ (1-1‬ﻭ)‪ (2-2‬ﻭﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .a‬ﺗﻐﲑ ﻣﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﻴﺔ ﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ (1-1‬ﻭﺣﱴ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪:(2-2‬‬
‫‪α 0 ⋅ ρ ⋅ Q ⋅ ( v 2 x − v 1 x ) = α 0 ⋅ ρ ⋅ Q ⋅ (0 − v 1 x ) ≅ − ρ ⋅ Q ⋅ v 1‬‬
‫‪v 2x = 0‬‬ ‫‪ v1x‬ﻭ‬ ‫‪= v1 ، α 0 = 1‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‪:‬‬

‫‪ .b‬ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ )‪ (X‬ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ‪:‬‬
‫‪Gx = 0‬‬
‫]ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ (1-1‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ[‪.‬‬ ‫‪F1x = F2 x = 0‬‬
‫‪Fx = F1x + F2 x = 0 ; F2 x = 0‬‬

‫‪R x = R = − F0 ; (T0 ) x ≈ 0‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪ .c‬ﻭﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ ،(3.44.13‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬

‫‪− ρ ⋅ Q ⋅ v1 = − F0‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪v12‬‬
‫= ‪F0 = ρ ⋅ Q ⋅ v1‬‬ ‫‪(ω1 ⋅ v1 ) ⋅ v1 = 2ω1‬‬ ‫‪γ‬‬
‫‪g‬‬ ‫‪2g‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ )‪.(1-1‬‬ ‫‪ω1‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
‫‪@òÓbİÛa@òîà×ë@ò×‹ä@òîà×@óÜÇ@òÇ‹Ûa@ÊŒìm@âbÄnãa@â‡Ç@qdm -3.10‬‬
‫‪:æbí‹vÜÛ@ïä@ÉİÔ¾a@åß@Šb¾a@ÝöbÜÛ‬‬
‫ﻧﺪﺭﺱ ﺷﻜﻠﻲ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ (3.19.a‬ﻣﻘﻄﻌﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ )‪.(AB‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺒﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (3.19.b‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﰲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺣﺴﺎﰊ )ﺷﺮﻃﻲ( ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﲤﺮ ﻋﱪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ )’‪ (A’B‬ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ )‪] .(v‬ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ (AB‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )’‪ ،(A’B‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ‬ ‫ﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﺤﺴﺎﺒﻲ )ﺸﺭﻁﻲ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪.(3.19‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‪ KE (M) :‬ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻭ )‪ KD (M‬ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺘﻠﺔ‬

‫)‪ (M‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ )‪ (AB‬ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ) ‪ [KE (M )]cp .( dt‬ﻛﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻭ ‪ [KD (M )]cp‬ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ )‪ (M‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ )’‪ (A’B‬ﺧﻼﻝ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ) ‪.( dt‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ )‪ KD (M) ، KE (M‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺴﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪ ( u‬ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ ،(a‬ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ‪ [KE (M )]cp‬ﻭ ‪ [KD (M )]cp‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪ ( u‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ ﻭﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ ،(v‬ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.(b‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ KE‬ﻭ ‪ KD‬ﰲ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺘﲔ ‪ a‬ﻭ‪ b‬ﻧﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ‪ KE‬ﻭ ‪ ، KD‬ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪KE (M) : [KE ( M )]cp ، KD (M) : [KD ( M )]cp‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﳑﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ‪:‬‬
‫‪dQ = u ⋅ dω ⇒ Q = ∫ u ⋅ dω = v ⋅ ω‬‬ ‫)‪(3.45‬‬
‫‪ω‬‬
‫‪dV = dt ⋅ dQ ⇒ V = dt ∫ u ⋅ dω = v ⋅ ωdt‬‬ ‫)‪(3.46‬‬

‫‪ω‬‬
‫‪dM = ρ ⋅ dV = ρ ⋅ u ⋅ dωdt‬‬ ‫)‪(3.47‬‬

‫‪M = ρ ⋅ dt = ∫ u ⋅ dω = ρ ⋅ v ⋅ ωdt‬‬ ‫)‪(3.48‬‬
‫‪ω‬‬
‫‪ : dω‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : v‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : w‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : V‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( dt‬ﻋﱪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : M‬ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ) ‪.( V‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪ ( U‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ) ‪ ( KD‬ﻟﻠﻜﺘﻠﺔ ) ‪ ( M‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺘﻠﺔ ) ‪ ( dM‬ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪KD (dM) = u ⋅ dM = ρ u 2 ⋅ dω ⋅ dt‬‬ ‫)‪(3.49‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺘﻠﺔ ) ‪:( M‬‬
‫‪KD (M) = ∫ KD (dM ) = ρ ⋅ dt ∫ u 2 ⋅ dω‬‬ ‫)‪(3.50‬‬
‫‪ω‬‬ ‫‪ω‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ) ‪:( M‬‬

‫‪[KD (M)]cp = v ⋅ M = v ⋅ ( ρ ⋅ v ⋅ ωdt ) = ρ ⋅ v 2 ⋅ ωdt‬‬ ‫)‪(3.51‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ‪:‬‬
‫)‪[KD (M )]cp > KD (M‬‬ ‫)‪(3.52‬‬
‫‪KD (M ) = ρ ⋅ dt ∫ u 2 ⋅ dω = ρ ⋅ dt ∫ ( v + a ) 2 ⋅ dω‬‬ ‫)‪(3.53‬‬
‫‪ω‬‬ ‫‪ω‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ ( a‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﺃﻭﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ )ﻣﺘﻐﲑﺓ ﲝﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ(‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ (3.19.a‬ﺣﻴﺚ‪. a = u − v :‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪∫ a ⋅ dω = 0‬‬
‫‪ω‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ) ‪ ( MCD‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ) ‪.( BDN‬‬

‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﺳﺒﻖ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (3.53‬ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫⎡‬ ‫⎤‬
‫= ⎥‪KD (M ) = ρ ⋅ dt ⎢ ∫ v 2 ⋅ dω + 2∫ v ⋅ a ⋅ dω + ∫ a 2 ⋅ dω‬‬
‫‪⎣ω‬‬ ‫‪ω‬‬ ‫‪ω‬‬ ‫⎦‬
‫⎡‬ ‫⎤‬
‫= ⎥‪= ρ ⋅ dt ⎢ v 2 ∫ dω + 2v ∫ a ⋅ dω + ∫ a 2 ⋅ dω‬‬
‫‪⎣ ω‬‬ ‫‪ω‬‬ ‫‪ω‬‬ ‫⎦‬
‫⎡‬ ‫⎤‬
‫= ‪= ρ ⋅ dt ⎢ v 2 ⋅ ω + ∫ a 2 ⋅ dω⎥ = ρ ⋅ v 2 ⋅ ωdt + ρ ⋅ dt ∫ a 2 ⋅ dω‬‬
‫⎣‬ ‫‪ω‬‬ ‫⎦‬ ‫‪ω‬‬
‫‪= [KD (M )]cp + ρ ⋅ dt ∫ a 2 ⋅ dω‬‬

‫‪ω‬‬
‫‪ ( U‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﹰﺎ‬ ‫)‪= v‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ) ‪ ( a = 0‬ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (3.50‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ ،(3.51‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬

‫‪⋅ dω‬‬ ‫‪∫u‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫) ‪KD (M‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪ω‬‬
‫‪= αo‬‬ ‫)‪(3.54‬‬
‫‪[KD (M)]cp v 2 ⋅ ω‬‬
‫‪∫ω u‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪⋅ dω = α o ⋅ v 2 ⋅ ω‬‬ ‫)‪(3.55‬‬
‫)‪KD (M ) = α o ⋅ [KD (M )]cp = α o ⋅ ρ ⋅ v 2 ⋅ ωdt = α o ⋅ ρ ⋅ v ⋅ Q ⋅ dt (3.56‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪αo‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( KE‬ﻟﻠﻜﺘﻠﺔ ) ‪:( M‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ) ‪ ( dM‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫)‪.((3.47‬‬
‫‪u 2 ⋅ dM 1 3‬‬
‫= ) ‪KE (dM‬‬ ‫‪= ρu ⋅ dω ⋅ dt‬‬ ‫)‪(3.57‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ) ‪:( M‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫= ) ‪KE (M‬‬ ‫‪ρdt ∫ u 3 ⋅ dω‬‬ ‫)‪(3.58‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪ω‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪[KE (M)]cp = M ⋅ v‬‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1 3‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪v ⋅ ωdt‬‬ ‫)‪(3.59‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ )‪ (3.52‬ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫)‪[KE (M )]cp > KE (M‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ )‪ (3.58‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ ،(3.59‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪⋅ dω‬‬ ‫‪∫u‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫) ‪KE (M‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪ω‬‬
‫‪=α‬‬ ‫)‪(3.60‬‬
‫‪[KE (M)]cp v 3 ⋅ ω‬‬
‫‪∫u‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪⋅ dω = α ⋅ v 3 ⋅ ω‬‬ ‫)‪(3.61‬‬
‫‪ω‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪KE (M) = α ⋅ [KE (M)]cp = α ⋅ ρ ⋅ v 3 ⋅ ωdt‬‬ ‫)‪(3.62‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (3.62‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ) ‪ ( M‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﱪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ) ‪ ( dt‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ ) ‪ (( v‬ﻣﻀﺮﻭﺑﺔ ﺑﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻻﺑﻌﺪﻱ ) ‪( α‬‬
‫ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( α‬ﻭ) ‪ ( α o‬ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻭﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺎﻋﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻟﻠﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪﺭ ﺣﺼﻮﻟﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪. α = α o = 1 :‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ) ‪ ( α‬ﻭ) ‪ ( α o‬ﻛﺒﲑﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ‪ α o = 1‬ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺎﺏ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻭﺣﱴ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ‪α o = 1 ÷ 1,03‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ) ‪ ( α = 1‬ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻢ‪ ( α = 1,1 ) ،‬ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ‪( α = 2 ) ،‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻭﰲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ) ‪( α = 1‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺎﺏ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﲤﺜﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺿﺌﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ) ‪ ( α o‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ) ‪( α‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ) ‪ ( α o‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻨﺴﻚ ﻭ) ‪ ( α‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻛﺮﻳﻮﻟﻴﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﹰﺎ ﳑﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻌﲔ )‪ (I‬ﻭ)‪ (II‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﳚﺮﻱ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪α 1 v12‬‬ ‫‪p1‬‬ ‫‪α v2‬‬ ‫‪p‬‬

‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+ Z1 = 2 2 + 2 + Z 2 + h f‬‬ ‫)‪(3.63‬‬
‫‪2g‬‬ ‫‪ρ⋅g‬‬ ‫‪2g‬‬ ‫‪ρ⋅g‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﻱ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .(3.20‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﻋﺘﱪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ )‪ (1‬ﻭ)‪ (2‬ﻣﻦ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺣﺪﺩﻧﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ )‪ ،(0-0‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﱐ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﳍﻤﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ‪‬ﻤﻮﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﻊ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ) ‪( D − D ′‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺑﲔ ‪‬ﺎﻳﱵ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻳﺘﲔ ) ‪ ( BB′‬ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﳋﻂ ) ‪ ( CC ′‬ﺧﻂ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻂ ) ‪ ( D ′C ′‬ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ) ‪ ( hw = h f‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻌﲔ )‪(I‬‬ ‫‪1− 2‬‬
‫ﻭ)‪.(II‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪.(3.20‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﻮ ﺻﻔﺔ ﳑﻴﺰﺓ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﺪﳝﺔ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ "ﻋﺪﳝﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﻗﺪ"‪ ،‬ﲟﻌﲎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳋﺴﺎﺭﺓ ﰲ‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﹰﺎ ﻛﺒﲑﹰﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻐﲑﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻳﻔﻘﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﻷﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﻗﺪ ﻭﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ .(3.63‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻣﺜﻠﺖ ﺍﳋﺴﺎﺭﺓ ﰲ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (3.20‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﻗﺪ ) ‪ ( h f‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ ﰲ ﺣﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﳚﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﲔ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻄﻴﺎ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻳﺮﺍﻋﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻴﻢ ) ‪ ( Z1‬ﻭ) ‪( Z 2‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻳﺮﺍﻋﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻛﺒﲑﹰﺍ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ )ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪ( ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻣﺔ ) ‪.( v = 0‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ )‪.(3.63‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﳎﻬﻮﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻤﺪ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﻟﻶﺧﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪:ïÜØÛaë@ïØí‹znÛaë@ïØîmbnÛa@ÁÌ›Ûa -3.11‬‬
‫ﻼ( ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻄﺪﻡ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﲝﺎﺟﺰ ﺻﻠﺐ )ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﰲ ﳎﺮﻯ ‪‬ﺮ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﺎﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﲟﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺘﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻖ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺠﻤﻊ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺰ ﻣﺸﻜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﻋﺘﱪﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (3.21‬ﺃﻥ ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻳﺼﻄﺪﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (S‬ﻭﻳﺘﻔﺮﻉ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻓﺮﻋﲔ ﻋﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻔﻠﻲ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻘﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺰ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪.(3.21‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (S‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻣﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ)‪ ،(Stagnation Point‬ﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ )‪ ،(S‬ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : ps , v s‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪.(S‬‬
‫‪ : p, v‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ρ‬‬
‫‪p+‬‬ ‫‪v 2 = p s + 0 = ptot‬‬ ‫)‪(3.64‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻓﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺸﻮﺵ ﻳﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫‪ρ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ‬ ‫= ‪p dyn‬‬ ‫‪v2‬‬ ‫ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺸﻮﺵ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‬
‫) ‪ ( ptot‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ= ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‪ +‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫‪ρ‬‬
‫‪p+‬‬ ‫‪v 2 = ptot‬‬ ‫)‪(3.65‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﺛﻘﺐ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﻮﺍﻓﻪ ﻣﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ ﻭﻗﻄﺮﻩ ﺻﻐﲑﹰﺍ‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫) ‪ ،( 0.2 ÷ 0.8 mm‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻭﺟﺪ ﻧﺘﻮﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﳓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻌﻲ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺑﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﺜﻘﺐ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﺤﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻘﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺳﺎﺋﻠﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺣﺮﻑ )‪ (U‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ) ‪ .( γ m‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(3.22‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺳﻮﻳﺔ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺳﲑﺗﻔﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﰲ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻭﺑﻔﺮﺽ ) ‪ ( γ‬ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ) ‪ ( γ < γ m‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪p = p a + γ m ⋅ hm‬‬ ‫)‪(3.66‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(3.22‬ﺃﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺘﻴﻜﻲ‪.‬‬

‫"‪-"a‬ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺛﻘﺐ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ‪ -"b" .‬ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ‪-"c" .‬ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺛﻘﺒﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ )ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ ((3.22.b‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺭﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻗﺮﺹ ﰲ ﻭﺳﻄﻪ ﺛﻘﺐ ﺗﻠﺤﻢ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﺣﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﲞﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺪ ﹰﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺴﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ )ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ ((3.22.c‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻭﳏﺪﺑﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﳎﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﻌﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺛﻘﻮﺏ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻟﻠﺜﻘﺐ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﺼﻞ ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻮﺻﻞ ‪‬ﺎ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﻃﻲ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺳﺎﺋﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫"ﺍﳌﺴﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﺎ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ) ‪ ( ptot‬ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﺕ ) ‪(Pitot-Tube‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻓﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻭﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﲔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺳﺎﺋﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﻕ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺿﺪ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ ((3.23‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻳﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ‪:‬‬
‫‪p = pa + γ m ⋅ h‬‬ ‫)‪(3.67‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻜﻲ ) ‪ ( p dyn‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﳌﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺘﺎ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﺕ ﻭﻣﺴﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻏﲑ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﳉﻤﻊ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺳﺎﺋﻠﻲ ﻳﺆﺷﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺃﻱ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻜﻲ )ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ( ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ -(3.24‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ )( ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪ρ‬‬
‫= ‪p dyn‬‬ ‫‪v 2 = γ m ⋅ ∆h‬‬ ‫)‪(3.68‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(3.23‬ﺃﻨﺒﻭﺒﺔ ﺒﻴﺘﻭﺕ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(3.24‬ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻴﻜﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﺃﻨﺒﻭﺒﺔ ﺒﻴﺘﻭﺕ ﻤﻊ ﺃﻨﺒﻭﺏ ﺒﻴﺯﻭﻤﺘﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪:ïÛìã‹i@òÛ†bÈß@pbÔîjİm -3.12‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﲟﺴﺎﻋﺪ‪‬ﺎ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪:ÕÏ‡nÛa@‡í‡znÛ (Venturi Meter) ðŠìnäîÏ@‘bîÔß -3.12.1‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﺳﻬﻞ ﻭﺃﺩﻕ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻭﻋﺎﺀ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺣﺠﻤﻪ ) ‪ ( V‬ﻭﺑﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ) ‪ ( t‬ﳓﺪﺩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻏﺰﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪V‬‬
‫=‪Q‬‬ ‫‪; m3 / s‬‬
‫‪t‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ ﰲ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﻝ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻏﺰﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺗﺼﺎﻣﻴﻢ ﻭﺃﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﻧﺪﺭﺱ ﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﭬﻳﻨﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﰲ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ ﻭﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(3.25‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(3.25‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁﻲ ﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﭬﻴﻨﺘﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺌل‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ ﳐﺮﻭﻃﻴﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﳘﺎ )‪ (C‬ﻭ)‪ (B‬ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺘﺎﳘﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺘﺎﻥ ﲜﺰﺀ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﱐ )‪ ،(A‬ﻭﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻌﺘﲔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻌﲔ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﻭﻃﻴﲔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﳉﺰﺁﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻧﺒﻮﺑﺘﲔ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ )‪ (a‬ﻭ)‪ (b‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺗﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻧﺄﺧﺬﻩ ﻛﻤﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫) ‪ ( Z 1 = Z 2 = 0‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻌﲔ )‪ (I‬ﻭ)‪ (II‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ) ‪ ( h f‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ) ‪ ( α = 1‬ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪v12‬‬ ‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪v2‬‬ ‫‪p‬‬

‫‪+ 1 = 2 + 2‬‬
‫‪2g ρ ⋅ g 2g ρ ⋅ g‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺭﻣﺰﻧﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﰲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻳﺘﲔ ) ‪( p1 − p 2‬‬

‫‪ρ⋅g‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ) ‪ ( ∆h‬ﳊﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪v 22 − v12‬‬
‫= ‪∆h‬‬ ‫‪⇒ v 22 − v12 = 2 g ⋅ ∆h‬‬ ‫)‪(3.69‬‬
‫‪2g‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ) ‪ ( ω1 ⋅ v1 = ω 2 ⋅ v 2‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬

‫‪ω2‬‬
‫‪v1 = v 2‬‬ ‫)‪(3.70‬‬
‫‪ω1‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( v1‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (3.70‬ﰲ )‪ ،(3.69‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬

‫‪⎡ ⎛ω‬‬ ‫⎞‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫⎤‬
‫‪v ⎢1 - ⎜⎜ 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫⎟⎟‬ ‫‪⎥ = 2 g ⋅ ∆h‬‬ ‫)‪(3.71‬‬
‫‪⎢⎣ ⎝ ω1‬‬ ‫⎠‬ ‫⎦⎥‬
‫‪2 g ⋅ ∆h‬‬
‫= ‪v2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫)‪(3.72‬‬
‫‪⎛ω‬‬ ‫⎞‬
‫‪1 − ⎜⎜ 2‬‬ ‫⎟⎟‬
‫‪⎝ ω1‬‬ ‫⎠‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﱵ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﻗﻄﺮﻱ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺘﲔ‪:‬‬

‫‪πD 2‬‬ ‫‪πd 2‬‬
‫= ‪ω1‬‬ ‫= ‪; ω2‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻏﺰﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪πd 2‬‬ ‫‪2 g ⋅ ∆h‬‬
‫= ‪Q = ω2 ⋅ v2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫)‪(3.73‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫⎞‪⎛d‬‬
‫⎟ ⎜ ‪1−‬‬
‫⎠‪⎝D‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺃﳘﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻌﲔ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﲔ )‪(I‬‬
‫ﻭ)‪ (II‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﳚﺐ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (3.73‬ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ )ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ( ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ) ‪ ( µ‬ﻛﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﳛﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ )ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ( ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪πd 2‬‬ ‫‪2 g ⋅ ∆h‬‬
‫‪Q=µ‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫)‪(3.74‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫⎞‪⎛d‬‬
‫⎟ ⎜ ‪1−‬‬
‫⎠‪⎝D‬‬
‫‪ : µ‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ) ‪.( 0.95 ÷ 0.98‬‬
‫‪ : d‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : D‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪:òÛbÔrÛa@qdm@o¥@ñÌ–@òîjãbu@òznÏ@åß@æa‚@Íí‹Ðm -3.12.2‬‬
‫ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺪﺙ‬

‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﻩ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ ) ‪ ( d‬ﻏﲑ ﻛﺒﲑ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ) ‪،( H‬‬
‫) ‪ .( d ≤ 0.1 H‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳌﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻳﺘﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻌﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ) ‪.( d > 0.1 H‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﺪﺭﺱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﺋﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ ) ‪ ( d‬ﰲ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ –ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪-(3.26‬‬
‫ﻭﳛﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ) ‪ ( H = const‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺺ ﰲ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.26‬ﺘﺩﻓﻕ ﺴﺎﺌل ﻤﻥ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺠﺎﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻳﻘﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ ( 0.5 ÷ 1.0 ) d‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﻀﻐﻮﻁ ) ‪ ( ω C‬ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺤﺔ ) ‪ ( ω‬ﲟﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ) ‪ ( ε = ω C‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ) ‪.( ε = 0.64‬‬
‫‪ω‬‬
‫ﳕﺮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ) ‪ ( 0 − 0‬ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻭﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ )‪– (I-I‬ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳊﺮ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ‪ -‬ﻭ)‪– (II-II‬ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﻀﻐﻮﻁ‪:-‬‬
‫‪αv12‬‬ ‫‪p1‬‬ ‫‪αv 22‬‬ ‫‪p‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫= ‪+ Z1‬‬ ‫‪+ 2 + Z2 + hf‬‬
‫‪2g ρ ⋅ g‬‬ ‫‪2g ρ ⋅ g‬‬
‫ﻭﲟﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ) ‪ ( ρ = const‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳊﺮ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﻭﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﻮ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ )ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ( ﻭﺑﺈﳘﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫; ‪v 1 = 0 ; p1 = p a‬‬ ‫‪p2 = pa ; h f = 0 ; α = 1‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪pa‬‬ ‫‪v 22‬‬ ‫‪p‬‬
‫= ‪+H‬‬ ‫‪+ a +0‬‬
‫‪ρ⋅g‬‬ ‫‪2g ρ ⋅ g‬‬
‫ﻭﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪v 2 = 2g ⋅ H‬‬ ‫)‪(3.75‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺗﻮﺭﺷﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻼﺣﻆ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﳜﻀﻊ ﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻮﱄ ) ‪ ( H‬ﺑﲔ ﳏﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳊﺮ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﻭﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺒﻠﻐﻬﺎ ﺟﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺻﻠﺐ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﹰﺎ ﺣﺮﹰﺍ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻼﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ) ‪ ( H‬ﻭﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺣﱴ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﺗﺼﻠﺖ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺑﺄﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺣﱴ ﻭﻟﻮ ﱂ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺑﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻫﺒﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺈﳘﺎﳍﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ) ‪:( ω C‬‬
‫‪Q = ωC ⋅ v 2‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺩﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ) * ‪ ( Q‬ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( Q‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬

‫ﺑﺴﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﺣﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ) ‪ ( ϕ‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Q* = ϕ ⋅ ωC ⋅ v 2‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( ω C‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪Q* = ϕ ⋅ ε ⋅ ω ⋅ v 2‬‬
‫‪Q* = µ ⋅ ω 2g ⋅ H‬‬ ‫)‪(3.76‬‬

‫‪ : µ = ε ⋅ ϕ‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : ω‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : ϕ‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ) ‪ .( 0.97‬ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺳﺒﻖ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪:‬‬
‫‪µ = ε ⋅ ϕ = 0.64 × 0.97 = 0.62‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪:‡öaŒ@ÁÌš@qdm@o¥@ñÌ–@òîjãbu@òznÏ@åß@æa‚@Íí‹Ðm -3.12.3‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (2.27‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ) ‪ ( po‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺘﻪ ) ‪ ( ρ‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪ ( v a‬ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ) ‪.( p a‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(2.27‬ﺘﻔﺭﻴﻎ ﺨﺯﺍﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺠﺎﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻀﻐﻁ ﺯﺍﺌﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ ﻟﻼﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﳝﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬

‫ﺛﻘﻞ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻻﺣﻈﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻣﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ) ‪( v o = 0‬‬
‫ﻭﻻﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻜﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﳒﺪ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪( p o + p a ) v a2‬‬ ‫‪p‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪+ a‬‬
‫‪ρ⋅g‬‬ ‫‪2g ρ ⋅ g‬‬
‫‪2 po‬‬
‫= ‪va‬‬ ‫‪= 2 g ⋅ hp‬‬ ‫)‪(3.77‬‬
‫‪ρ‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﺜﻞ ) ‪( h p‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ )ﺍﻟﻀﺦ( ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪:ÝöaìÛa@æbí‹u@òàÄãc -3.13‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻷﳌﺎﱐ ﻫﺎﺟﻦ )‪ (Hugoniot‬ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﲔ ﳊﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ )‪ ،(1854‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ )‪ (Reynolds‬ﻋﺎﻡ )‪ (1883‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﻫﺎﺟﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ‪ .‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(2.28‬‬
‫ﳝﻸ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺀ )‪ (A‬ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳚﺮﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﱪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻓﺔ )‪ (T‬ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﺼﻤﺎﻡ )‪ (K‬ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﳛﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺇﻧﺎﺀ ﺻﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﳝﺮﺭ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ )‪ (C‬ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﻦ )ﺣﱪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﻫﺎﻥ‪ (...،‬ﺇﱃ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ )‪.(T‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(3.29‬ﺃﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺍﺌل‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(3.29‬ﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺭﻴﻨﻭﻟﺩﺯ‬
‫‪ -a‬ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻲ‪ -b ،‬ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻁﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺃﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ) ‪ ( v‬ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ (1‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺎﺕ ) ‪ ( v‬ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ) ‪ ( v c‬ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ) ‪ ( v < v c‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻥ ﳚﺮﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ )‪ (T‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﻴﻂ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪ .((3.29.a‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﳚﺮﻱ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ) ‪Laminar‬‬
‫‪.(Flow‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺎﺕ ) ‪ ( v‬ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( v c‬ﺃﻱ ) ‪ ( v > v c‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻥ ﻳﺘﺸﺘﺖ‬

‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ )‪– (T‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،-(3.29.b‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻧﺔ ﻳﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﻭﻳﻠﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺑﺎﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ )‪.(Turbulent Flow‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪ ( v c‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ )‪ (Critical Speed‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .a‬ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪. ρ ،‬‬
‫‪ .b‬ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.η ،‬‬
‫‪ .c‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪. D ،‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ‬
‫‪v c ∝ ρ ⋅η ⋅ D‬‬ ‫)‪(3.78‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (3.78‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ‪:‬‬
‫‪v c = Re c ⋅ ρ x ⋅ η y ⋅ D z‬‬ ‫)‪(3.79‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ : Re c‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻻﺑﻌﺪﻱ )ﺗﺸﺎ‪‬ﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪(3.79‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪[D ] = L ,‬‬ ‫‪[ρ ] = M3 ,‬‬ ‫= ] ‪[η‬‬ ‫‪M‬‬

‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪[v c ] = L‬‬
‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪L⋅t‬‬ ‫‪t‬‬
‫‪ : L‬ﺭﻣﺰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : M‬ﺭﻣﺰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : t‬ﺭﻣﺰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (3.79‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪M‬‬ ‫‪M y‬‬
‫( ⋅ ‪= ( 3 )x‬‬ ‫‪) ⋅ ( L) z‬‬ ‫)‪(3.80‬‬
‫‪t‬‬ ‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪L⋅t‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺆﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(3.81‬‬
‫‪L ⋅ t −1 = M x + y ⋅ L−3 x − y + z ⋅ t − y‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲡﺎﻧﺲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻷﺱ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﰲ ﻃﺮﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪x+ y = 0،‬‬ ‫‪− 3x − y + z = 1 ،‬‬ ‫‪− y = −1‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪x = −1 ،‬‬ ‫‪y = +1 ،‬‬ ‫‪z = −1‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ ،(3.79‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪Re c ⋅ η‬‬
‫= ‪v c = Re c ⋅ ρ −1 ⋅ η +1 ⋅ D −1‬‬
‫‪ρ⋅D‬‬
‫‪vc ⋅ D ⋅ ρ‬‬
‫= ‪Re c‬‬ ‫)‪(3.82‬‬
‫‪η‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ ( Re c‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﺸﺎ‪‬ﻲ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ ) ‪ ( v c‬ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﺍﳊﺮﺝ‬
‫)‪ (Critical Reynolds Number‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﻳﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻠﺴﺎﺀ ) ‪ ( Re c = 2320‬ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ )‪.(Critical value‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ) ‪ ( Re < 2320‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺧﻄﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ) ‪ ( Re > 2320‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻀﻄﺮﺑﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (3.82‬ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪:‬‬
‫‪v⋅ D⋅ρ‬‬ ‫‪v⋅D‬‬ ‫‪4⋅Q‬‬
‫= ‪Re‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫)‪(3.83‬‬
‫‪η‬‬ ‫‪υ‬‬ ‫‪π ⋅ D ⋅υ‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪ : Re‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : Q‬ﻏﺰﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪. m 3 / s ،‬‬
‫‪ : D‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪m ،‬‬
‫‪ : ρ‬ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪Kg / m 3 ،‬‬
‫‪ :η‬ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪. pa ⋅ s ،‬‬
‫‪ :υ‬ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪. m 2 / s ،‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (3.83‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ) ‪ ( Re‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﺍﳌﻌﻤﻤﺔ ﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﱄ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ) ‪ (τ o‬ﻭﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪v⋅D⋅ρ‬‬
‫= * ‪Re‬‬ ‫)‪(3.84‬‬
‫‪τ ⋅D‬‬
‫‪η ⋅ (1 + o‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪6 ⋅η ⋅ v‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ *‪ : Re‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﺍﳌﻌﻤﻢ )‪.(Generalized Reynolds Number‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪@‡ÈjÛa@ð†byc@æbí‹§aI@paŒbÌÛa@òî×‹y‬‬
‫‪@ @HÂbÌ›ãýÛ@òÜibÔÛa@ÉöaìàÜÛ‬‬
‫‪òí‡îè¸@pbîbc -4.1‬‬
‫‪:òß‡Ôß -4.1.1‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ (Compressibility Effect‬ﻭﻧﻈﺮﹰﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺠﻢ ﻋﺎﺩ ﹰﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ )‪ ،(Temperature Changes‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﹰﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ )‪.(Second Law of Thermodynamics‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﹼﰎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ) ‪Incompressible‬‬
‫‪ ،(Analysis‬ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ )‪ ،(One-Dimensional Flows‬ﺛﻨﺎﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ )‪Two-‬‬
‫‪ (Dimensional‬ﻭﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ )‪.(Three-Dimensional‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓ )‪.(Steady and Unsteady Flows‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ )‪.(Rotational and Irrotational Flows‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﻴﺪ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ) ‪Subsonic‬‬
‫‪ :(Compressible Flow‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺎﺥ‬
‫)‪ (Mach Number‬ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ]‪. [0.4 ÷ 1‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬ــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ ]‪[181‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ )‪ :(Transonic Flow‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺎﺥ‬

‫ﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ )‪ :(Supersonic Flow‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺎﺥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ )‪ (1‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ )‪.(3‬‬
‫‪ .7‬ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﺑﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ )‪ :(Hypersonic Flow‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ )‪.(3‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺑﻴ‪‬ﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻠﻚ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﹰﺎ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﹰﺎ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪@ŒbÌÜÛ@ HThermodynamic RelationsI@ òîØîßbäí†ìßÛa@ pbÓýÈÛa -4.1.2‬‬
‫‪:ïÛbr¾a‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ )‪High-‬‬
‫‪ (Speed Flows‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼﻪ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺴﺪﺓ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺄﻟﻮﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﹼﰎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﳍﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻻﺣﻘﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ )‪ (Internal Energy‬ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﺗﺴﻠﻚ ﻭﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫⎞ ‪⎛ ∂u‬‬
‫⎜‬ ‫‪⎟ =0‬‬ ‫)‪(4.1‬‬
‫‪⎝ ∂ν ⎠ T‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺸﲑ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ )‪ (T‬ﺇﱃ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻭﺛﺮﻣﻲ )‪،(Isothermal Process‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺗﻌﲏ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﻫﺮﻳﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫) ‪u = u (T‬‬ ‫)‪(4.2‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﳑﺎﺛﻞ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ )‪ (Enthalpy‬ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪h = u + pν = u + RT‬‬ ‫)‪(4.3‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (4.3‬ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻱ ) ) ‪.( h = h(T‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﹼﺖ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪dh‬‬
‫= ‪cp‬‬ ‫)‪(4.4‬‬
‫‪dT‬‬
‫‪du‬‬
‫= ‪cv‬‬ ‫)‪(4.5‬‬
‫‪dT‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻼﻭ ﹰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ) ‪ ( c p‬ﻭ) ‪ ( cv‬ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (4.3‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (4.4‬ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪d (u + RT‬‬
‫= ‪cp‬‬ ‫‪= cv + R‬‬
‫‪dT‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫‪c p − cv = R‬‬ ‫)‪(4.6‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( c p‬ﻭ) ‪ ( cv‬ﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻻﺑﻌﺪﻱ‬
‫)‪ ،(Dimensionless Parameter‬ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪cp‬‬
‫‪=k‬‬ ‫)‪(4.7‬‬
‫‪cv‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ) ‪ ( k‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪:‬‬
‫‪k‬‬
‫= ‪cp‬‬ ‫‪R‬‬ ‫)‪(4.8‬‬
‫‪k −1‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫= ‪cv‬‬ ‫)‪(4.9‬‬
‫‪k −1‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺃﺷﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﻫﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺷﺮﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺒﲑﹰﺍ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺴﻴﻄﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﳊﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻﳛﺼﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ )‪ (System‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ‬
‫)‪ (Surrounding‬ﻓﻴﻌﲏ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻜﻢ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ) ‪ ( p‬ﻭ) ‪ (ν‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﺘﺎﺯ‬
‫ﲝﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﻮﺳﺔ )‪ (Adiabatic Reversible‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ )‪ (Isentropic‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( dh‬ﻭ) ‪( du‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺘﲔ )‪ (4.4‬ﻭ)‪ (4.5‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ )‪ (First-Law Equations‬ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪r‬‬
‫‪dQ 0 = du + pdν‬‬
‫‪cv dT = − pdν‬‬
‫‪r‬‬
‫‪dQ 0 = dh − νdp‬‬
‫‪c p dT = νdp‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪dp‬‬ ‫‪c p dν‬‬ ‫‪dν‬‬
‫⋅ ‪=−‬‬ ‫‪= −k‬‬
‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪cv ν‬‬ ‫‪ν‬‬
‫ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ) ‪ ( k‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳓﺼﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪ln p = lnν − k + ln const‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪pν k = const‬‬ ‫)‪(4.10‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﲔ ﻻﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ )‪ (1‬ﻭ)‪ (2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫‪k‬‬
‫⎞ ‪p1 ⎛ ν 2‬‬
‫⎟ ⎜=‬ ‫)‪(4.11‬‬
‫⎠⎟ ‪p 2 ⎜⎝ ν 1‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪k −1‬‬
‫⎞ ‪T1 ⎛ ρ1‬‬
‫⎟ ⎜=‬ ‫)‪(4.12‬‬
‫⎠⎟ ‪T2 ⎜⎝ ρ 2‬‬
‫‪( k −1) / k‬‬
‫⎞ ‪T1 ⎛ p1‬‬
‫⎟ ⎜=‬ ‫)‪(4.13‬‬
‫⎠⎟ ‪T2 ⎜⎝ p 2‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻈﺮﹰﺍ ﻷﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ )‪ (Thermodynamic Equilibrium‬ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻪ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ )‪ (Quasi-Static Restrictions‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺎﺕ )‪(Formulations‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻻﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﲢﺖ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ )‪،(Nonequilibrium Conditions‬‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﰲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫)‪ (Explosions‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ )‪ (Shock Waves‬ﺗﺒﺘﻌﺪ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﲑ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﳝﻨﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﻥ ﺗﻌﺒﲑﹰﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ ) ‪ ( pν k = const‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﺗﻴﺎﺏ ﺻﻐﲑ ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ )ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺿﺌﻴﻠﺔ(‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ )‪ (Compression‬ﲢﺖ‬

‫ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ )‪ (End Conditions‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﳛﺼﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Propagation of an Elastic Wave) òã‹¾a@òuì¾a@Šb“nãa -4.1.3‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻓﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ) ‪System of‬‬
‫‪ (Fluid Elements‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﺣﺠﻮﻡ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ )‪ (Varying Volumes‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ‬
‫)‪ ،(Space‬ﻭﺗﻌﲏ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ )‪ (Group‬ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺘﺸﺮ‬
‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺃﻭﺳﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺁﱐ ) ‪Simultaneous‬‬
‫‪ (Shift‬ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ )‪ (Small Shift‬ﰲ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ )‪ (Compressible Media‬ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ )‪ (Similar Small Movements‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ )‪ (Adjacent Elements‬ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﹰﺎ‬
‫)‪ (Disturbance‬ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ )‪ (Acoustic Wave‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ )‪ (Speed of Sound‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫)‪.(Medium‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺩﺭﺳﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺑﺄﻥ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫)‪ (Propagations‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻻ‪‬ﺎﺋﻴﺔ )‪ (Infinite Velocity‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ‬
‫)‪ (Adjustments‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺪﺙ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻮﺭﻱ )‪ (Instantaneously‬ﰲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺃﳓﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﺍﳌﺄﻟﻮﻑ ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺃﻭﻣﺮﻧﺔ )‪ .(Elastic Waves‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻧﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﺄﻥ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫)‪ ،(Finite‬ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ )‪.(Compressible-Flow Theory‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﻳﺔ ) ‪Some Vital‬‬
‫‪ (Consequences‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (4.1‬ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ) ‪Constant-Area‬‬
‫‪ (Duct‬ﻭﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻭﱄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺋﻊ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ )‪.(Rest‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(4.1‬ﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺠﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺿﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﻐﻂ ) ‪ ( dp‬ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮ ) ‪Infinitesimal‬‬

‫‪ (Pressure‬ﻗﺪ ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ (A-A‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﻲ )‪ (Molecular Action‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ ،(A-A‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺳﺘﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻪ ) ‪ ( c‬ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ) ‪Acoustic‬‬
‫‪ ،(Celerity‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺿﻐﻂ )‪(Pressure Wave‬‬
‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪ ( c‬ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺮﻭﺳﻜﻮﰊ‬
‫)‪ .(Microscopic Action‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(4.2.a‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫• ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ )‪ ،(Newton's Law‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ )‪ (Wave Front‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ( dp‬ﻗﻴﺎﺳﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪ ،( dV z‬ﻭﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ( dp‬ﺍﳌﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﻓﻌﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻟﻦ‬
‫ﳛﺪﺙ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﳏﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ) ‪،( dV z‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺟﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪،( dV z‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(4.2.b‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(4.2‬ﻀﻐﻁ ﻭﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻊ ﺨﻠﻑ ﺠﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺨﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( dt‬ﺗﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ) ‪ ( cdt‬ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ) ‪-( B‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ -(4.1‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﻗﺪ ﲢﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫) ‪ ( dV z dt‬ﻭﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ) ‪ ،( A1‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ) ‪ ( A‬ﻭ) ‪- ( B‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ) ‪ ( D‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ -(4.1‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻠﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫) ‪ ( D‬ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ) ‪ ( dVz dt‬ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ) ‪.( D1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ )‪ (Steady-Flow Analysis‬ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ‬
‫ﺟﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮ ) ‪Moving‬‬
‫‪ (Infinitesimal Control Volume‬ﳛﺼﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(4.3‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(4.3‬ﻴﺒﻴ‪‬ﻥ ﺠﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺔ ﻭﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ )‪ (Equation of Continuity‬ﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪cρA = ( ρ + dρ )(c − dV z ) A‬‬ ‫)‪(4.14‬‬
‫‪dρ‬‬
‫‪dV z = c‬‬ ‫)‪(4.15‬‬
‫‪ρ‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ) ‪Linear Momentum‬‬
‫‪ (Equation‬ﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﺍﺓ ﰲ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪dpA = ρc 2 A − ρAc(c − dV z‬‬ ‫)‪(4.16‬‬
‫‪dp‬‬
‫= ‪ρdV z‬‬ ‫)‪(4.17‬‬
‫‪c‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( dV z‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (4.15‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (4.17‬ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ )‪ (Velocity of Propagation‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪dp‬‬ ‫‪∂p‬‬
‫= ‪c2‬‬ ‫‪= ( )s‬‬ ‫)‪(4.18‬‬
‫‪dρ‬‬ ‫‪∂ρ‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ )‪ (Total Derivative‬ﺇﱃ‬

‫ﺍﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ )‪ (Partial Derivative‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪ :‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻼﻭ ﹰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﰎ ﺇﳘﺎﻝ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ )‪ (Friction Force‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﻟﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ )‪ .(Wave Propagation‬ﻭﺃﺧﲑﹰﺍ ﲢﻮﻝ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﻭﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ )‪.(Heat Transfer‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮ )‪ (Infinitesimal Acoustic Wave‬ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻷﻥ ﳛﻘﻖ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﰊ )‪ (Isentropic Process‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻮﻟﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ )‪ .(Action‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻭﺑﺪ ﹰﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫)‪ (Circumstances‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﹼﰎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ) ‪ ( dp / dρ‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﹼﰎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻖ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ) ‪ .( s‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺋﻊ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮ ﻭﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ )‪ (Nonisentropic Effects‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (4.10‬ﻟﻠﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪k‬‬
‫⎞‪⎛1‬‬
‫‪p⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ = const‬‬ ‫)‪(4.19‬‬
‫⎠‪⎝ρ‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺧﺬﻧﺎ ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ ﻟﻮﻏﺎﺭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﲔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ln p − k ln ρ = ln const‬‬
‫‪dp‬‬ ‫‪dρ‬‬ ‫)‪(4.20‬‬
‫‪−k‬‬ ‫‪=0‬‬
‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪ρ‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫⎞ ‪⎛ ∂p‬‬ ‫‪p‬‬
‫‪⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ = k‬‬ ‫)‪(4.21‬‬
‫‪⎝ ∂ρ ⎠ s‬‬ ‫‪ρ‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ ،(4.21‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫⎞ ‪⎛ ∂p‬‬
‫‪⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ = kRT‬‬ ‫)‪(4.22‬‬
‫‪⎝ ∂ρ ⎠ s‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﲟﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺘﲔ )‪ (4.21‬ﻭ)‪ (4.22‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ ،(4.18‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﳓﺼﻞ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺘﲔ ﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ )‪(Fluid Properties‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪kp‬‬
‫=‪c‬‬ ‫)‪(4.23‬‬
‫‪ρ‬‬
‫‪c = kRT‬‬ ‫)‪(4.24‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﰎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﺪﺑﲑﹰﺍ ﺍﺻﻄﻨﺎﻋﻴﹰﺎ‬
‫)‪ (Artificial Contrivance‬ﺪﻑ ﺗﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﹼﰎ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺻﻐﲑ )‪ (Small Disturbance‬ﰲ ﺗﻘﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ )‪.(Pressure Fluctuation‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ) ‪Weak Spherical‬‬
‫‪ (and Cylindrical‬ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫)‪ (4.23‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (4.24‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫)‪.(4.18‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﹼﰎ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻜﻢ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪ ( c‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﲰﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻌﺘﱪ ﺣﻘﹰﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ )‪.(Isothermal Flow‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﹼﰎ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ )‪ (Nonisoihermal Case‬ﻫﻲ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻃﺎﳌﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ )‪ (Nonisothermal Effects‬ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﳘﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓ )‪ (Unsteady Contributions‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻗﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﲰﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﹼﺖ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ )‪ (4.3‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺒﻬﺔ ﺿﻴﻘﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ )‪ (Very Narrow Front‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﲟﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ )‪ .(Shock Waves‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺋﻊ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﹼﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﳚﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻧﻔﻜﺮ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ) ‪Limiting‬‬
‫‪ (Cases‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(The Mach Cone) …bß@Âë‹¬ -4.1.4‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﻨﺎﻗﺶ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﺜﲑﺓ ﻭﺍﳍﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺳﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻧﺎ ﰲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (P‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺋﻊ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ )‪ (Stationary Fluid‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﻛﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻞ‪ ،‬ﺻﻐﲑ ﻭﳊﻈﻲ ) ‪Instantaneous, Small,‬‬
‫‪ ،(Spherically Symmetric Disturbance‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺟﺒﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ )‪.(Speed Of Sound‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻼﺣﻆ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (4.4‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﰎ ّﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﺒﻬﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﺔ )‪ (Succeeding Time Intervals‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻓﻘﺪ ﰎ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰﺓ )‪.(Concentric Circles‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(4.4‬ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺎﺌﻊ ﺴﺎﻜﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻋﺘﱪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﰲ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪ ( VO‬ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪ ،( c‬ﻭﲟﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺟﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ((4.5‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺮﻭﻱ‬
‫ﳓﻮ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪،( VO‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫) ‪ .( VO‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ) ‪ ( VO < c‬ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺃﺑﺪﹰﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﳝﺜﻞ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﺋﻊ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(4.5‬ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﻤﺎﺌﻊ ﺒﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﻤﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﲑﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪ ( VO‬ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪،( c‬‬
‫ﻭﲟﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺟﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ((4.6‬ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﳓﻮ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻲ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺗﺆﻟﻒ ﺳﻄﺢ ﳑﺎﺱ ﳐﺮﻭﻃﻲ ) ‪Conical Tangent‬‬
‫‪ (Surface‬ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﲟﺨﺮﻭﻁ ﻣﺎﺥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ) ‪ ( α‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺥ )‪ (Mach Angle‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻠﺜﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫= ‪sin α‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫)‪(4.25‬‬
‫‪V M‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪،(4.6‬ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﻤﺎﺌﻊ ﺒﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﺰﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻵﱐ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻨﺘﺨﻴﻞ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﺼﺪﺭﹰﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻔﻮﻕ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﳐﺮﻭﻁ ﻣﺎﺥ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻﻳﺴﻤﻊ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﲟﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺖ )‪ ،(Zone of Silence‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺪﻋﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﻭﻁ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻛﺎ ‪‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﲟﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ )‪ .(Zone of Action‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ )‪ (All Directions‬ﻭﺑﺄﺳﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻞ )‪ (Unsymmetrical Manner‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫)‪ (Continuous Disturbance‬ﺗﺘﻮﺯﻉ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻼﻭ ﹰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻮﻟﹼﺪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﳊﻈﻲ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻼ‪‬ﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻏﲑ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ‬
‫)‪ (Unreal‬ﺇﺫ ﺗﺒﺪﻱ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﻻﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪:ÂbÌ›ãýÛ@òÜibÔÛa@ÉöaìàÜÛ@‡ÈjÛa@ð†byþa@æbí‹§a@óÜÇ@òÄyýß -4.1.5‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﻭﺣﻀﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎﺋﻊ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻭﺻﻔﺔ ﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ )‪(One Spatial Coordinate‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺰﻣﻦ )‪ ،(Time‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﺑﲔ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻭﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ )‪ (Parallel-Flow Model‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻﻳ‪‬ﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺘﱪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (4.7‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺻﻔﺔ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ ((A-A‬ﻭﰲ ﺃﻱ ﳊﻈﺔ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ )‪ (Position‬ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺘﻈ ﹴﻢ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺘﱪ ﺃﻥ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺎﳚﻌﻞ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺒﺴﻴﻄﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﲢﻠﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(4.7‬ﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﺤﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﹰﺍ ﻫﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺚ )‪ ،(Nozzles‬ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺮﺓ‬
‫)‪ ،(Diffusers‬ﰲ ﺍﻷﻗﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ )‪ (High-Speed Ducts‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ )‪.(Wind Tunnels‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺪﺭﺱ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﺘﻀﻤﻨﹰﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻑ ﺣﱴ ﻻﳛﺼﻞ ﺍﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﺟﺬﺭﻱ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﹰﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ‬
‫)‪ (Boundary Layer‬ﻭﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﺎﻋﺪﺍ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﻟﺰﺝ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪ÉİÔ¾a@ñÌnß@òÔİäß@À@òîiëã⁄a@ðëbnß@æbí‹§a -4.2‬‬
‫‪:òîiëã⁄a@ðëbnß@æbí‹§a@òÛby@À@ñ‡Çb¾aë@òîbþa@µãaìÔÛa -4.2.1‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻭﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎﺋﻊ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ )‪(Straight Centerline‬‬
‫ﻭﳚﺮﻱ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﺋﻊ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮﹰﺍ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.((4.8‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(4.8‬ﻴﺒﻴ‪‬ﻥ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻊ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺘﱪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﲝﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳘﺎﳍﺎ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺭﻛﻮﺩ )‪ (Stagnation Conditions‬ﻭﻳﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ )‪ ،(0‬ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻌﲔ‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﻭ)‪:(2‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ )‪:(First Law of Thermodynamics‬‬
‫‪V12‬‬ ‫‪V22‬‬
‫‪h0 = h1 +‬‬ ‫‪= h2 +‬‬ ‫)‪(4.26‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻻﺗ‪‬ﻐﻴ‪‬ﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﳌﻌﱪ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﺎﻃﺆ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ ﰲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻻﺣﻖ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ ﻳﺸﲑ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ) ‪Original‬‬
‫‪ (Stagnation Enthalpy‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺑﻠﻮﻏﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﱴ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ )‪:(Second Law of Thermodynamics‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﲟﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﰎ ﺇﳘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻﳛﺪﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻺﻧﺘﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫)‪:(Direction of Flow‬‬
‫‪s0 = s‬‬ ‫)‪(4.27‬‬
‫• ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ )‪:(Continuity Equation‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﻲ )‪ (Mass Flow‬ﺧﻼﻝ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﳚﺐ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪ρVA = const = w‬‬ ‫)‪(4.28‬‬

‫• ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ )‪:(Linear Momentum Equation‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ‬
‫ﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﶈﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻌﲔ )‪ (1‬ﻭ)‪ (2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪p1 A1 − p 2 A2 + R = ρ 2V22 A2 − ρ1V12 A1‬‬ ‫)‪(4.29‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ :( R‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﺔ ) ‪Equation of State For Pure‬‬
‫‪:(Gaseous Substances‬‬
‫‪pν = RT‬‬ ‫)‪(4.30‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ) ‪ ( p,ν , T‬ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺘﱪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪h = h ( s, p‬‬ ‫)‪(4.31‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫) ‪ρ = ρ ( s, p‬‬ ‫)‪(4.32‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﳜﺺ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ )ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ( ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻻﻳﺴﻤﺢ ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺎﺋﻴﹰﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﲡﺮﻳﺒﻴﹰﺎ )‪.(Experimentally Derived Curves and Charts‬‬
‫ﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻟـ ) ‪ ( s0 ) ،( h0‬ﻭ) ‪ ( w‬ﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺿﻐﻂ ) ‪ ( p1‬ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ( p0‬ﻭﲟﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ،( s1 = s0‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫)‪ (4.31‬ﻭ)‪ (4.32‬ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( h1‬ﻭ) ‪ .( ρ1‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( V1‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ ،(4.26‬ﻭﺃﺧﲑﹰﺍ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﰊ ﺍﶈﺘﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫)‪ (Pressure Decrements‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻂ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ((4.9‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻤﺔ )‪ (Corresponding Areas‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﰊ )‪.(Isentropic Expansion‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻄﺮﺡ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ‪ :‬ﻛﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﰊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ )‪ (Actual Flow‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﳏﺴﻮﺏ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﺿﻊ ﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﻭﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(4.9‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻭل ﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪:ïiëãí⁄a@†ì×‹ÜÛ@òîÜa@˜öb—©a -4.2.2‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﺻﻄﻠﺤﻨﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﰊ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺮ ﲟﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺷﺮﻧﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺮ )‪ .(Zero Velocity‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺒﺎﻃﺄ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺇﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﰊ ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻻﳛﺪﺙ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻮﻑ ﳓﺼﻞ ﰲ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻹﻧﺘﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﳏﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺇﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﰊ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﳓﺪﺩ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺘﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺻﺢ ﺃﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺭﻛﻮﺩ ﺇﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻄﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﲢﺖ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﻛﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﰊ )‪.(Local Isentropic Stagnation Properties‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺘﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﹰﺎ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻤﻮﻣﹰﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﻠﻂ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﰊ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺮﻯ ﻻﺣﻘﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺳﺒﻖ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﰊ ﺑﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺑﻠﻮﻏﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻄﻰ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺎﻃﺆ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﰊ )‪ (Isentropic Retardation Process‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺮ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﳍﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻷﻭﱄ )‪ (Initial Condition‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﰊ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ‬
‫)‪- (Simple Pitot Tube‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،-(4.10‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﻬﺎ‬
‫ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳏﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻃﺆ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﰊ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ ،(A‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(4.10‬ﺃﻨﺒﻭﺒﺔ ﺒﻴﺘﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺋﻊ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ ) ‪the‬‬
‫‪ ، − p − (Undisturbed Pressure‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻮﻑ ﳕﻴﺰ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻄﲔ ) ‪ ( p‬ﻭ) ‪ .( p0‬ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ )‪ (Static Pressure‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ )‪ .(Total Pressure‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ )‪.(Dynamic Pressure‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﺰﻭﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﻴﺘﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺘﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (Pitot-Static Tube‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻼﺣﻆ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(4.11‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(4.11‬ﺃﻨﺒﻭﺒﺔ ﺒﻴﺘﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (B‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﰲ‬

‫ﺣﲔ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻄﲔ ) ‪ ( p A‬ﻭ) ‪ ( p B‬ﳛﺪﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪:‡ÈjÛa@òí†byþa@pì—Ûa@òÇ‹@ÖìÐm@Ûa@ÙÜmë@æë†bß@pbãbí‹§a -4.2.3‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻭﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺳﻮﺍ ًﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻮﻕ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺫﻱ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮ ) ‪Infinitesimal‬‬
‫‪- (Thickness‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .(4.12‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﲤﺜﻞ ) ‪ ( z‬ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(4.12‬ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻲ ) ‪Differential‬‬

‫‪ ،(Form‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ) ‪All‬‬
‫‪ (Dependent Quantities‬ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ) ‪ .( z‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﺗﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﲟﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،(4.12‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ‪:‬‬
‫‪V2‬‬ ‫‪V2‬‬ ‫‪V2‬‬
‫‪h+‬‬ ‫‪= (h + dh) +‬‬ ‫) (‪+ d‬‬ ‫)‪(4.33‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪V2‬‬
‫( ‪dh = − d‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ds = 0‬‬ ‫)‪(4.34‬‬
‫• ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻞ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﺧﺬ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻏﺎﺭﲤﻲ )‪ (Logarithmic Differential‬ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪،(4.28‬‬
‫‪ln ρ + ln V + ln A = ln const‬‬
‫‪dρ‬‬ ‫‪dV dA‬‬ ‫)‪(4.35‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪=0‬‬
‫‪ρ‬‬ ‫‪V‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬
‫• ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻲ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﶈﻴﻄﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﻫﻲ ) ‪ ،( p + dp / 2‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫⎞ ‪dp‬‬
‫‪pA + ⎜ p + ⎟ ⋅ dA − ( p + dp )( A + dA) = (ρVA)(V + dV ) − ρV 2 A‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠ ‪2‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪dp = − ρVdV‬‬ ‫)‪(4.36‬‬
‫‪dp‬‬
‫‪dV = −‬‬ ‫)‪(4.37‬‬
‫‪ρV‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ) ‪ ( dV‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (4.37‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (4.35‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻭﺣﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟـ ) ‪ ،( dA / A‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪dA‬‬ ‫‪dp‬‬ ‫‪dρ‬‬ ‫‪dp‬‬ ‫⎛‬ ‫⎞ ‪dρ‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪⎜⎜1 − V 2‬‬ ‫⎟‬ ‫)‪(4.38‬‬
‫‪A ρV‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ρ ρV 2‬‬ ‫⎝‬ ‫⎠⎟ ‪dp‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﰊ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟـ ) ‪ ( dp / dρ‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺎﺥ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (4.38‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪dA‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪A ρV‬‬
‫‪dp‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1− M2‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫)‬ ‫)‪(4.39‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﱪ ﻣﻨﻔﺚ )‪ (Nozzle‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺋﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟـ ) ‪ ( dp‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻭﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (4.37‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟـ ) ‪ ( dV‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺸﲑ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺧﲑﹰﺍ ﻭﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﱪ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺚ‬
‫ﻻﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ( M 2 < 1‬ﻭﻗﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( dp‬ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻭﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫)‪ (4.39‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟـ ) ‪ ( dA‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻓﻔﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺚ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ) ‪ ( M = 1‬ﺃﻱ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟـ ) ‪ ( dA‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺮ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺑﻠﻐﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ )‪ .(Minimum Area‬ﺃﻣﺎ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ )‪ ،(1‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟـ ) ‪ ( dA‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺚ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻔﻮﻕ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺮ )‪ (Diffuser‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻟﺮﻓﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟـ ) ‪ ( dp‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﺘﺒﺎﻃﺄ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ .(4.36‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻻﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻔﻮﻕ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(4.13‬ﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻔﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺸﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪:ïÛbr¾a@ŒbÌÜÛ@ïiëãí⁄a@æbí‹§a -4.2.4‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺄﻟﻮﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﰊ ) ‪Isentropic-Flow‬‬
‫‪ (Characteristics‬ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺎﺥ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻹﳒﺎﺯ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ )‪ (4.2.1‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪V2‬‬
‫‪c p T0 = c p T +‬‬ ‫‪= const‬‬ ‫)‪(4.40‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺭﻛﻮﺩ ) ‪Stagnation‬‬
‫‪ (Temperature‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ‪ .‬ﻭﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ‬
‫) ‪ ( p / p0 ) ،( T / T0‬ﻭ) ‪ ( ρ / ρ 0‬ﻧﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (4.40‬ﻋﻠﻰ ) ‪ ،( c pT‬ﻓﻨﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪V2‬‬
‫‪= 1+‬‬ ‫)‪(4.41‬‬
‫‪T0‬‬ ‫‪2c p T‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( c p‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (4.8‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ ،(4.41‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬

‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪k −1 V 2‬‬
‫‪= 1+‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫)‪(4.42‬‬
‫‪T0‬‬ ‫‪2 kRT‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ( c 2 = kRT‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫=‬ ‫)‪(4.43‬‬
‫‪T0 1 + [(k − 1) / 2] ⋅ M 2‬‬
‫ﻭﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (4.13‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪( k −1) / k‬‬
‫⎞ ‪T ⎛ p‬‬
‫⎟ ⎜=‬ ‫)‪(4.44‬‬
‫⎠⎟ ‪T0 ⎜⎝ p 0‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (4.44‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ ،(4.43‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬

‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫=‬ ‫)‪(4.45‬‬
‫‪p0‬‬ ‫{‬
‫‪1 + [(k − 1) / 2] ⋅ M 2‬‬ ‫}‬ ‫)‪k /( k −1‬‬
‫ﻭﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (4.12‬ﻧﻜﺘﺐ‪:‬‬

‫‪k −1‬‬
‫⎞ ‪T1 ⎛ ρ1‬‬
‫⎟ ⎜=‬ ‫)‪(4.46‬‬
‫⎠⎟ ‪T2 ⎜⎝ ρ 2‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (4.46‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ ،(4.43‬ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ρ‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫=‬ ‫)‪(4.47‬‬
‫)‪ρ 0 {1 + [(k − 1) / 2] ⋅ M 2 }1 /( k −1‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﺪ ) ‪ (1 + [(k − 1) / 2] ⋅ M 2‬ﻫﺎﻡ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﰊ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺎﺥ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ) *‪ ،( A / A‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ) ∗‪( A‬‬
‫ﳝﺜﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﻴﻖ )‪ ،(Throat Area‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪p‬‬
‫= ‪G = ρV‬‬ ‫‪V‬‬ ‫)‪(4.48‬‬
‫‪RT‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ) ‪ ( G‬ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺎﺥ ﻭﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﱪﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪k‬‬ ‫‪V‬‬ ‫‪k 1‬‬ ‫‪k‬‬
‫=‪G‬‬ ‫‪V‬‬ ‫‪=p‬‬ ‫‪= pM‬‬ ‫)‪(4.49‬‬
‫‪RT RT‬‬ ‫‪k‬‬ ‫‪kRT‬‬ ‫‪R‬‬ ‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪RT‬‬
‫ﺑﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑـ ) ‪ ( T0 / T0‬ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﳊﺪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ) ‪ ( T0 / T‬ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ ،(4.43‬ﻭﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﺑـ ) ‪( p0 / p0‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ) ‪ ( p / p0‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ ،(4.45‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﱪﺓ ﻋﻦ‬
‫) ‪ ( G‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪k p0‬‬ ‫‪M‬‬
‫=‪G‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫)‪(4.50‬‬
‫‪R T0 1 + [(k + 1)/2] ⋅ M 2‬‬ ‫{‬ ‫}‬ ‫])‪( k +1) /[ 2 ( k −1‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( G‬ﰲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﻴﻖ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬
‫) ‪ ( M = 1‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪:‬‬
‫])‪( k +1) /[ 2 ( k −1‬‬
‫⎞ ‪k p0 ⎛ 2‬‬
‫= ‪G‬‬ ‫*‬
‫⋅‬ ‫⎜⋅‬ ‫⎟‬ ‫)‪(4.51‬‬
‫⎠ ‪R T0 ⎝ k + 1‬‬
‫ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ‪ ، G = w / A‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ) *‪ ( A / A‬ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫])‪( k + ) /[ 2 ( k −1‬‬
‫*‪G‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫⎤⎞ ‪1 ⎡ 2 ⎛ k − 1 2‬‬
‫⎢ = * =‬ ‫‪⎜1 +‬‬ ‫⎥⎟ ‪M‬‬ ‫)‪(4.52‬‬
‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫⎝‪M ⎣k +1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫⎦⎠‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻓﻘﺪ ﹼﰎ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ )‪ (4.47) ،(4.45) ،(4.43‬ﻭ)‪ (4.52‬ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ‬

‫) ‪ ( M‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ) ‪ ،( k = 1,4‬ﻭﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﰲ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﳚﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺑﺄﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﺼﺎﻧﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﰊ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻨﺴﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﱪ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺰﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﳊﺎﺻﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻨﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺇﱃ ﻓﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﰲ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺷﺮﻧﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ )‪ (4.2.2‬ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﻠﻴﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻻ‪‬ﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻭﻧﺘﺮﻭﰊ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺭﻛﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﻄﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬ﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﻛﺘﻠﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﻼﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺗﻀﻴﻖ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ) ‪Common‬‬
‫‪ (Throat Area‬ﻭﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ )‪ .(Common Exit Area‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (4.51‬ﻳﺸﲑ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﻛﺘﻠﻲ ﻣﻌﻄﻰ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻀﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﻭﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺸﲑ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫)‪ (4.45‬ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻣﺎﺥ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻭﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (4.50‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﻴﻖ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﻛﺘﻠﻲ ﻣﻌﻄﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪:áîà—nÛa@Âë‹’@‡äÇ@sÐä¾a@Ç@ïÔîÔä@æbí‹§a -4.2.5‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﻴﻖ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳚﺘﺎﺯﻩ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﻛﺘﻠﻲ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﰊ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺭﻛﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ‪ .،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﻨﻊ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺚ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﺣﱴ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻔﺮﻭﺿﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺚ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﳊﺴﻦ ﺍﳊﻆ ﺃﻥ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﰲ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﰊ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻔﺚ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﲢﺖ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﳏﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﻄﻌﲔ )‪ (1‬ﻭ)‪.(2‬‬
‫‪V12‬‬ ‫‪V2‬‬
‫‪h1 +‬‬ ‫‪= h2 + 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﰊ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ) ‪ ( h2‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( V2‬ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺚ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ )‪ (High Kinetic Energy‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻳﻨﻘﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ )‪ (Effectiveness‬ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺘﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺟﻲ )ﺇﻧﺘﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ‪-‬ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ( ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.-(4.14‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(4.14‬ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁ )‪.(h-s‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﰊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻷﻭﱄ ) ‪ ( p1‬ﺇﱃ ) ‪ ( p 2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ )‪ .(Vertical Line‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﻳﺸﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ) ‪ ( p 2‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( B1‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳝﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪( B‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﲏ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺚ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺚ‬

‫)‪ (Nozzle Efficiency‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﻲ )‪ (Actual Kinetic Energy‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻐﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺚ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ )‪ (Theoretical‬ﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳒﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﰊ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ )‪(Inlet Conditions‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ )‪ ،(Exit Pressure‬ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫=‪η‬‬
‫)‪(V 2‬‬‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪act‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪(V‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪act‬‬
‫)‪(4.53‬‬
‫)‪(V 2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪isen‬‬
‫‪[V‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2 + (h1 − h2 ) isen‬‬ ‫]‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺸﲑ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺍﻥ )‪ (1‬ﻭ)‪ (2‬ﺇﱃ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺚ ﻫﻲ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ) ‪ ( h1 − h2‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳘﺎﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫=‪η‬‬
‫‪(V‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2 act‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫)‪(4.54‬‬
‫‪(h1 − h2 )isen‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﻓﺘﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (4.54‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫=‪η‬‬
‫‪(V‬‬‫‪2 act‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫)‬ ‫)‪(4.55‬‬
‫‪c p (T1 − T2 )isen‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺚ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ )‪ (Adjustments‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ ﻛﻲ ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﳏﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻋﺪ )‪ (Divergent Portion‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺚ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﻠﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﺏ‬
‫)‪ (Convergent Part‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺚ ﺷﻜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﻃﻴﹰﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺠﺰﺀ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﰲ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﲔ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤﲔ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑ ﻟﻠﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ‬
‫)‪ (Appreciable Velocity Component‬ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻩ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ )‪ (Loss in Thrust‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ )‪.(Divergence‬‬
‫• ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﻟﻠﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺋﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺒﺴﻂ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺚ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻔﻮﻕ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺘﱪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻛﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩًﹰﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ )‪ (Cross Section‬ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺚ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﺿﻌﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺻﻤ‪‬ﻢ ﻷﺟﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺇﺧﻀﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺚ‬
‫ﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻣﻦ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﰊ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺪ‪‬ﻟﺔ ﺑﺘﺼﺤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻗﺪ ﻻﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪:òîÈîjİÛa@òß‡—Ûa -4.3‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﳍﺎ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ )‪ ،(Finite Strength‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺷﺮﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﲢﺪﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﺼﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﻥ ﲰﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ‬
‫ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻧﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‬
‫)‪ (Discontinuous Changes‬ﰲ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺪﺙ ﻋﱪ ﺟﺒﻬﺔ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺷﺮﻧﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﲟﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫)‪ ،(Shock Structure‬ﻭﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺒﺔ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻼﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ) ‪Nonequilibrium‬‬
‫‪ .(Thermodynamics‬ﻭﻟﺴﻮﺀ ﺍﳊﻆ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﳛﺪﺩ ﺑﺄﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻭﻣﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻔﻮﻕ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Fanno and Rayleigh Lines) ÍîÜíŠë@ìãbÏ@bİ‚ -4.3.1‬‬

‫‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺪﺭﺱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺘﲔ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﲔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﳐﻄﻂ‬
‫)ﺇﻧﺘﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ‪-‬ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺃﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ ﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ )‪ (A‬ﻭﺁﺧﺬﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻼﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﰊ ﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ )ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﳏﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﻄﻌﲔ )‪ (1‬ﻭ)‪ (2‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(4.15‬ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻭﺭ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻌﻴﻥ )‪ (1‬ﻭ)‪.(2‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪V12‬‬ ‫‪V2‬‬
‫‪h1 +‬‬ ‫‪= h2 + 2‬‬ ‫)‪(4.56‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ρ1V1 = ρ 2V2 = G = const‬‬ ‫)‪(4.57‬‬
‫• ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫‪( p1 − p 2 ) +‬‬ ‫) ‪= G (V2 − V1‬‬ ‫)‪(4.58‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫) ‪h = h ( s, p‬‬ ‫)‪(4.59‬‬
‫) ‪ρ = ρ ( s, p‬‬ ‫)‪(4.60‬‬
‫ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ (1‬ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲤﺜﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ‬
‫) ‪ ( h − s‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (1‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻼﺣﻆ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(4.16‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(4.16‬ﺨﻁ ﻓﺎﻨﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ )‪ (States‬ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺋﻊ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ ،(1‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﺎﺓ ﺍﻵﻧﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ .(2‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﲏ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ (2‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ (1‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﺘﻐﲑﺓ ﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ) ‪ .( R‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪ ( V2‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫)‪ (4.57‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ) ‪ ( ρ 2‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫)‪ (4.56‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ .( h2‬ﻭﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﲟﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( s 2‬ﻭ) ‪ .( p 2‬ﻭﺃﺧﲑﹰﺍ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ) ‪Drag‬‬
‫‪ (Force‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (4.58‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻛﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ )‪ (Particular Frictional Effect‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ) ‪.( h − s‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (4.16‬ﻛﺨﻂ ﻓﺎﻧﻮ ﲤﺜﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ )‪ (Locus of States‬ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ (1‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺑﻠﻮﻏﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﲑ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﰲ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺃﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ) ‪ ( h − s‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺟﻲ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (4.16‬ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ )‪ (Extreme Point‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﻓﺎﻧﻮ ) ‪ ( a‬ﲤﺜﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﻟﻺﻧﺘﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ )‪ (Maximum Entropy‬ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ) ‪ .( M = 1‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻓﺮﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( a‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺘﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﻭﳝﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻣﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﳝﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( a‬ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻔﻮﻕ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﳊﺎﺻﻞ ﻭﺑﺈﳘﺎﻝ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺋﻊ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻌﲔ )‪ (1‬ﻭ)‪ (2‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .(4.15‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪V12 dQ‬‬ ‫‪V2‬‬
‫‪h1 +‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪= h2 + 2‬‬ ‫)‪(4.61‬‬
‫‪2 dm‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪ρ1V1 = ρ 2V2 = G = const‬‬ ‫)‪(4.62‬‬
‫• ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪( p1 − p 2 ) = G (V2 − V1‬‬ ‫)‪(4.63‬‬
‫) ‪h = h ( s, p‬‬ ‫)‪(4.64‬‬
‫) ‪ρ = ρ ( s, p‬‬ ‫)‪(4.65‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﳚﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (1‬ﻛﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ) ‪ ،( h − s‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ (2‬ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫) ‪ ( V2‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﲟﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (4.62‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ) ‪ ( ρ 2‬ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (4.63‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ،( p 2‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ .(2‬ﻭﺃﺧﲑﹰﺍ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ) ‪ ( dQ dm‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﻞ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ) ‪ ( h − s‬ﲞﻂ ﺭﻳﻠﻴﻎ ) ‪Rayleigh‬‬
‫‪- (Line‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(4.17‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(4.16‬ﺨﻁ ﺭﻴﻠﻴﻎ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( b‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﻟﻺﻧﺘﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( M = 1‬ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺤﲏ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( b‬ﺷﺮﻭﻁ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻔﻮﻕ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺧﻂ ﺭﻳﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻓﺎﻧﻮ ﻭﺭﻳﻠﻴﻎ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪:òîÈîjİÛa@òß‡—Ûa@pbÓýÇ -4.3.2‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺑﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻧﺎﺟﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺟ‪‬ﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻧﺎﻇﻤﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿ‪‬ﺢ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .(4.17‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮﹰﺍ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(4.17‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﻌﺘﱪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮ ﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﱢﻒ ﳌﻮﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ) ‪ .( dl‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﱪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ .(Finite‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻼ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺘﱪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻬﻤ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎ‪‬ﹰﺎ ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﱪ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﲡﺎﻫﻞ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ (1‬ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻄﺮﺡ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ (2‬ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺠﻤﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺋﻊ؟‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻏﲏ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﻺﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ‬
‫) ‪ ( h − s‬ﺍﳌﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻓﺎﻧﻮ ﻭﺭﻳﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﳌﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (1‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪(2‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﱪ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺧﻂ ﺭﻳﻠﻴﻎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ )‪ (2‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻈﺮﹰﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺧﻂ ﺭﻳﻠﻴﻎ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺎﻧﻮ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺎﻧﻮ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﳋﻄﻲ ﻓﺎﻧﻮ ﻭﺭﻳﻠﻴﻎ ﺃﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (2‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ) ‪.( h − s‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(4.18‬ﺨﻁﺎ ﻓﺎﻨﻭ ﻭﺭﻴﻠﻴﻎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (2‬ﺗﻘﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﺇﱃ ﳝﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫)‪ ،(1‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ ﻻﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﲑ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (1‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪(2‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻃﺎﳌﺎ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﺩﻳﺒﺎﺗﻴﺔ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﻋﻜﻮﺳﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺙ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﲢﺪﺙ ﻓﻘﻂ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻔﻮﻕ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻻﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺖ ﻛﻞ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺯﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻓﺎﻧﻮ ﻭﺭﻳﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﲤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳐﻄﻄﺎﺕ ) ‪.( h − s‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺳﺒﻖ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺪﺭﺱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻴﻢ ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪:òîÛbr¾a@paŒbÌÛa@òÛby@À@òîÈîjİÛa@òß‡—Ûa@pbÓýÇ -4.3.3‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻆ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (4.17‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪V12‬‬ ‫‪V22‬‬
‫‪c p T1 +‬‬ ‫‪= c p T2 +‬‬ ‫)‪(4.66‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﲟﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪V12‬‬
‫‪c p (T0 )1 = c p T1 +‬‬ ‫)‪(4.67‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪V22‬‬
‫‪c p (T0 ) 2 = c p T2 +‬‬ ‫)‪(4.68‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻭﲟﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ )‪ (4.67) ،(4.66‬ﻭ)‪ (4.68‬ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻧﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺄﻥ‬

‫‪(T0 )1‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ (T0 ) 2‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻧﺎ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﲟﻌﲎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﰲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (4.43‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺑﲔ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫⎞ ‪⎛ k −1 2‬‬ ‫⎞ ‪⎛ k −1 2‬‬
‫‪(T0 )1 = T1 ⎜1 +‬‬ ‫‪M 1 ⎟ = (T0 ) 2 = T2 ⎜1 +‬‬ ‫⎟ ‪M2‬‬ ‫)‪(4.69‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫⎠‬ ‫⎝‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫⎠‬
‫ﻭﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪T2 1 + [(k − 1) / 2]M 12‬‬
‫=‬ ‫)‪(4.70‬‬
‫‪T1 1 + [(k − 1) / 2]M 22‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺎﺥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (4.70‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﱵ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺭﺑﻂ ) ‪ ( M 2‬ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑـ ) ‪ ( M 1‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ) ‪( T2 / T1‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( M 1‬ﻭ) ‪ ،( k‬ﻭﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫⎞ ‪⎛ p‬‬ ‫⎞ ‪⎛ p‬‬
‫) ‪ρ1V1 = ⎜⎜ 1 ⎟⎟(c1 M 1 ) = ρ1V1 = ⎜⎜ 2 ⎟⎟(c 2 M 2‬‬ ‫)‪(4.71‬‬
‫⎠ ‪⎝ RT1‬‬ ‫⎠ ‪⎝ RT2‬‬
‫(‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬ ‫‪kRT‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ) ‪ ( c‬ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ )‬

‫‪p1‬‬ ‫‪T2 M 2‬‬
‫=‬ ‫)‪(4.72‬‬
‫‪p2‬‬ ‫‪T1‬‬ ‫‪M1‬‬
‫‪ ،( p 2‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬ ‫) ‪p1‬‬ ‫( ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (4.70‬ﻭﺣﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟـ‬ ‫‪T2 T1‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ )‬
‫=‬
‫{‬
‫‪p 2 M 1 1 + [(k − 1) / 2]M 12‬‬ ‫}‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫)‪(4.73‬‬
‫{‬
‫‪p1 M 2 1 + [(k − 1) / 2]M 22‬‬ ‫}‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ ﻋﱪ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪( p1 − p 2 ) = G (V2 − V1 ) = ( ρ 2V22 − ρ1V12‬‬ ‫)‪(4.74‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ،( p‬ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬ ‫) ‪RT‬‬ ‫‪ ( M‬ﻭﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ) ‪ ( ρ‬ﺑـ‬ ‫‪kRT‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ) ‪ ( V‬ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ )‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪p1 (1 + kM 12 ) = p 2 (1 + kM 22‬‬ ‫)‪(4.75‬‬
‫‪ ،( p 2‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬ ‫) ‪p1‬‬ ‫ﲝﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟـ‬
‫‪p 2 1 + kM 12‬‬
‫=‬ ‫)‪(4.76‬‬
‫‪p1 1 + kM 22‬‬
‫ﻭﲟﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺘﲔ )‪ (4.73‬ﻭ)‪ ،(4.76‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬

‫‪1 + kM 12 M 1 1 + [(k − 1) / 2]M 12‬‬
‫=‬
‫{‬ ‫}‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫)‪(4.77‬‬
‫‪1 + kM 22 M 2 1 + [(k − 1) / 2]M 22‬‬ ‫{‬ ‫}‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫‪M‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫=‬
‫[‬‫‪2 (1 − k )] − M 12‬‬
‫)‪(4.78‬‬
‫‪1 + [2k (1 − k )]M 22‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ) ‪ ( T2 / T1‬ﻭ) ‪ ( p 2 / p1‬ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( M 1‬ﻭ) ‪ .( k‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬

‫ﳓﺼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﲔ )‪ (4.70‬ﻭ)‪ (4.76‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪T2‬‬
‫=‬
‫{‬
‫‪1 + [(k − 1) 2]M 12 [2k (k − 1)]M 12 − 1‬‬ ‫{}‬ ‫}‬ ‫)‪(4.79‬‬
‫‪T1‬‬ ‫‪(k + 1)2 2(k − 1) M12‬‬ ‫[‬ ‫]‬
‫‪p2‬‬ ‫‪2k‬‬ ‫‪k −1‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪M 12 −‬‬ ‫)‪(4.80‬‬
‫‪p1 k + 1‬‬ ‫‪k +1‬‬
‫‪ ( ρ 2‬ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫) ‪ρ1‬‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﲟﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬

‫‪ρ 2 p 2 RT2 p 2 T1‬‬
‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫)‪(4.81‬‬
‫‪ρ1‬‬ ‫‪p1 RT1‬‬ ‫‪p1 T2‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﲔ )‪ (4.80‬ﻭ)‪ (4.81‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫)‪k − 1⎫ ⎧ (k + 1‬‬ ‫⎫‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪⎧ 2k‬‬
‫⎨‬ ‫‪M1 −‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫⎨⎬‬ ‫⎬ ‪M 12‬‬
‫‪ρ2 ⎩k +1‬‬ ‫)‪k + 1⎭ ⎩ 2(k − 1‬‬ ‫⎭‬
‫=‬ ‫)‪(4.82‬‬
‫‪ρ1‬‬ ‫‪⎧ k − 1 2 ⎫⎧ 2 k‬‬ ‫⎫‬
‫‪⎨1 +‬‬ ‫⎨⎬ ‪M 1‬‬ ‫⎬‪M 12 − 1‬‬
‫⎩‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪⎭⎩ k − 1‬‬ ‫⎭‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ] )‪ [ (k − 1) (k + 1‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻂ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﲝﺬﻑ‬
‫}]‪ {[2k (k − 1)M12 − 1‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻂ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪ρ2 k + 1‬‬ ‫‪M12‬‬
‫=‬ ‫)‪(4.83‬‬
‫‪ρ1‬‬ ‫‪2 1 + [(k - 1) 2]M12‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﻻﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﺗﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﻥ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺓ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ‪ .‬ﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺿﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪( p 0 )2‬‬ ‫‪( p 0 )2‬‬ ‫‪p 2 p1‬‬
‫=‬ ‫)‪(4.84‬‬
‫‪( p0 )1‬‬ ‫‪p2‬‬ ‫‪p1 ( p 0 )1‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (4.84‬ﺇﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ) ‪ ( M 1‬ﺃﻭ ) ‪ .( M 2‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ) ‪ ( ( p0 )2 ( p0 )1‬ﻭ) ‪( p1 ( p0 )1‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ ،(4.45‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ) ‪ ( p 2 p1‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫)‪ .(4.80‬ﻭﺃﺧﲑﹰﺍ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (4.78‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ) ‪ ( M 2‬ﺑـ ) ‪:( M 1‬‬
‫)‪k ( k −1‬‬
‫⎫ ‪⎧ [(k + 1) 2]M 12‬‬
‫⎨‬ ‫⎬ ‪2‬‬
‫‪( p 0 )2‬‬
‫=‬ ‫⎭ ‪⎩1 + [(k − 1) 2]M 1‬‬ ‫)‪(4.85‬‬
‫‪( p0 )1‬‬ ‫( })‪{[2k (k + 1)]M − (k − 1) (k + 1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫)‪1 k −1‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (4.19‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺎﺥ ﺍﻷﻭﱄ‬

‫) ‪.( M 1‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(4.19‬ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ) ‪.( k = 1‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻆ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﱪ ﰲ ﺣﲔ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺒﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ) ‪ ( M1‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻷﺱ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ ) ‪ ،( k = 1,4‬ﻭﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﻞ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺎﺥ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ ‪ ( A2* A1* ) -Critical Area Ratios-‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ )‪ (Just Before‬ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ) ‪Just‬‬
‫‪ .(after‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ )‪ (Unity‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﺪﻱ )‪ (Dissipative Action‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪‬‬
‫‪@ @ÝöaìÛa@ò×‹y@‡äÇ@ÁÌ›Ûa@Êbîš‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻔﻘﺪ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﲤﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ ﺑﺎﳊﺪ‬
‫) ‪ .( h f‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻮﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ )ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ( ‪.Head Loss-‬‬
‫‪  (a‬א‪   ‬א‪ :-Friction Loss- ( hL ) ‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻮﺯﻉ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺲ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪  (b‬א‪ ‬א‪ :-Local Loss-‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳛﺼﻞ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ )ﻛﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺻﻤﺎﻡ‪ (....،‬ﻭﲢﺪﻳﺪﹰﺍ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ) ‪.( hJ‬‬
‫ﻼ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬ ‫ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.1‬ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻮﻉ )‪ (I‬ﻭﺻﻤﺎﻡ )‪ (II‬ﻣﻐﻠﻖ ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻌﲔ )‪ (1-1‬ﻭ)‪- (2-2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ‬
‫)‪ -(A, B, C‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻀﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ –ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ )‪ -(D، E‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳛﺼﻞ ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.1‬ﻀﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪ ‬ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ ]‪[223‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ‬
‫) ‪ (τ‬ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻳﺘﻮﺯﻉ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ) ‪ (τ‬ﻳﺘﻮﺯﻉ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻻﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪h f = hL + ∑ h J‬‬ ‫)‪(5.1‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (Frictional Resistance‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﲟﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ) ‪ -Friction Coefficient– ( λ‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻓﻴﺤﺪﺙ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﲟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ) ‪،( ξ‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻨﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻻﺣﻘﹰﺎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪@À@ ÝöaìÜÛ@ HSteady FlowI@ ‹Ôn¾a@ æbí‹vÜÛ@ òîbþa@ òÛ†bÈ¾a -5.1‬‬

‫‪ZHïÜ‚a‡Ûa@ÚbØnyüa@ôìÓ@ÝàÇI@òàÄnä¾a@ðŠb§a‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺿﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ (τ o‬ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻼﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ) ‪ (τ o = const‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍ‪‬ﺮﻯ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﺿﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.2‬ﺟﺰﺀﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﻳﺮﺓ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ) ‪ ( L‬ﳛﺪﺩﻩ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻌﺎﻥ )‪ (1-1‬ﻭ)‪(2-2‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻠﺆﻫﺎ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻓﻌﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ) ‪ ،( γ‬ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ )‪ (S‬ﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺧﻂ ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ( p − p‬ﳝﺜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﻣﺎﺋ ﹰ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﳛﺪﺩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﺒﻮﻃﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ) ‪ ( L‬ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪.( hL‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ )ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻌﲔ )‪(1-1‬‬
‫ﻭ)‪ ((2-2‬ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﰲ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.2‬ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻅﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺭﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺑﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪G = w ⋅ L ⋅γ‬‬ ‫)‪(5.2‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ : w‬ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﻘﻂ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ )‪:(S‬‬
‫‪G S = w ⋅ L ⋅ γ ⋅ sin β‬‬ ‫)‪(5.3‬‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳓﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪β‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.2‬ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪L ⋅ sin β = Z 1 − Z 2‬‬ ‫)‪(5.4‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪GS = w ⋅ γ ⋅ (Z1 − Z 2‬‬ ‫)‪(5.5‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ ) ‪ ( F1‬ﻭ) ‪:( F2‬‬
‫‪F1 = p1 ⋅ w‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪F2 = p 2 ⋅ w‬‬ ‫)‪(5.6‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ ( p1‬ﻭ) ‪ ( p 2‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻌﲔ )‪ (1-1‬ﻭ)‪(2-2‬‬

‫ﻧﺸﲑ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ) ‪ ( F1‬ﻭ) ‪ ( F2‬ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺣﺎﻣﻠﻬﺎ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ )‪.(S‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ‪‬ﺎ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ) ‪ – ( To‬ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﻭﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ -‬ﺗﺘﺠﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ )‪ .(S‬ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ) ‪ ( To‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻗﻮﻯ ﻟﻼﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲤﻴﻴﺰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ) ‪.( T‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪.(5.3‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﺪﺭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.3‬ﻣﻘﻄﻌﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﳓﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺧﻄﲔ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ) ‪ ( a‬ﻭ) ‪ .( b‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻱ‬
‫) ‪ ( u a ≠ u b‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ) ‪ ( a‬ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳛﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺤﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭ ) ‪ ،( b‬ﻭﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﳋﻂ ) ‪ ( b‬ﻣﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ ) ‪ ( Tb‬ﻭﺗﺘﺠﻪ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳋﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ) ‪ ( b‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳚﺮﻱ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺒﺢ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ) ‪ ( a‬ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( Ta‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺠﻪ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺯﻭﺟﻲ ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫‪Ta = Tb‬‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫‪∑T = 0‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ : T‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻻﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ ﻷﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( dt‬ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﰲ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﻣﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ )‪:(S‬‬
‫‪G S + F1 + F2 + To = 0‬‬ ‫)‪(5.7‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﲔ )‪ (5.5‬ﻭ)‪ (5.6‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ ،(5.7‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪w ⋅ γ ⋅ ( Z 1 − Z 2 ) + p1 ⋅ w - p 2 ⋅ w - To = 0‬‬ ‫)‪(5.8‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ) ‪ ،( γ ⋅ w‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪p1 − p 2‬‬ ‫‪To‬‬
‫‪(Z1 − Z 2 ) +‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪=0‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪γ ⋅w‬‬
‫‪p1‬‬ ‫‪p2‬‬ ‫‪To‬‬
‫‪(Z1 +‬‬ ‫‪) − (Z 2 +‬‬ ‫=)‬ ‫)‪(5.9‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪γ ⋅w‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.2‬ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.9‬ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ) ‪:( hL‬‬

‫‪p1‬‬ ‫‪p2‬‬
‫‪(Z1 +‬‬ ‫‪) − (Z 2 +‬‬ ‫‪) = hL‬‬ ‫)‪(5.10‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪γ‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.9‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪To‬‬
‫= ‪hL‬‬ ‫)‪(5.11‬‬
‫‪γ ⋅w‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ‪) τ o‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ( ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪To =∝ ⋅L ⋅ τ o‬‬ ‫)‪(5.12‬‬
‫‪ :τ o‬ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫∝ ‪ :‬ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺒﻠﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ )‪ (5.12‬ﰲ )‪ ،(5.11‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬

‫‪∝ ⋅L‬‬
‫= ‪hL‬‬ ‫‪τo‬‬ ‫)‪(5.13‬‬
‫‪γ ⋅w‬‬
‫‪hL‬‬ ‫‪τ‬‬
‫‪⋅R = o‬‬ ‫)‪(5.14‬‬
‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪γ‬‬
‫‪τo‬‬
‫‪= R⋅J‬‬ ‫)‪(5.15‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ : R = w‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ )‪ (Hydraulic Radius‬ﻭ ‪. J = hL‬‬
‫‪L‬‬ ‫∝‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.15‬ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﺭﻱ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪τo L‬‬
‫= ‪hL‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫)‪(5.16‬‬
‫‪γ R‬‬
‫‪@ÝöbÛa@Šbîm@À@òÇ‹Ûa@ÊŒìm@M@H hL I@ lìjãþa@Þì @óÜÇ@ÁÌ›Ûa@Êbîš -5.2‬‬

‫‪Z‹Ôn¾a@ïİ©a@æbí‹§a@‡äÇ‬‬
‫‪:ïİ©a@æbí‹§a@òÛby@À@òÇ‹Ûa@ÊŒìm -5.2.1‬‬
‫ﻧﺪﺭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.4‬ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﻳﺮﺓ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ) ‪ ( ro‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﳐﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ )‪ (ACB‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ )‪(AB‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻨﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.4‬ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺘﻭﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺟﺰﺀﹰﺍ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﻴﹰﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﹰﺎ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ ) ‪– ( r‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻬﺸﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪-‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﲔ‬
‫ﳐﺘﻠﻔﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﲝﺴﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪r‬‬
‫‪τ =γ ⋅R⋅J =γ ⋅ ⋅J‬‬ ‫)‪(5.17‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ‪:‬‬

‫‪w πr 2 r‬‬
‫=‪R‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫)‪(5.18‬‬
‫‪∝ 2πr 2‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﲝﺴﺐ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪du‬‬ ‫‪du‬‬
‫‪τ =η‬‬ ‫‪= −η‬‬ ‫)‪(5.19‬‬
‫‪dy‬‬ ‫‪dr‬‬
‫‪du‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ) ‪.( r‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ (η‬ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫‪dr‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﳊﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﲔ )‪ (5.17‬ﻭ)‪ ،(5.19‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪du‬‬
‫‪γ ⋅ ⋅ J = −η‬‬ ‫)‪(5.20‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪dr‬‬
‫‪1 γ‬‬
‫‪du = − ⋅ ⋅ J ⋅ rdr‬‬ ‫)‪(5.21‬‬
‫‪2 η‬‬
‫ﲟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬

‫‪γ‬‬
‫‪u=−‬‬ ‫‪⋅ J ⋅r2 + C‬‬ ‫)‪(5.22‬‬
‫‪4 ⋅η‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪r = ro ⇒ u = 0‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ) ‪:( C‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬
‫‪0=−‬‬ ‫‪⋅ J ⋅r2 + C‬‬ ‫)‪(5.23‬‬
‫‪4 ⋅η‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬
‫=‪C‬‬ ‫‪⋅ J ⋅ ro2‬‬ ‫)‪(5.24‬‬
‫‪4 ⋅η‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ )‪ (5.24‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ ،(5.22‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬

‫‪γ‬‬
‫=‪u‬‬ ‫) ‪⋅ J ⋅ (ro2 − r 2‬‬ ‫)‪(5.25‬‬
‫‪4 ⋅η‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﲤﺜﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ )‪ ،(ACB‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﺜﻞ ) ‪ ( J‬ﺍﳌﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺸﲑ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.25‬ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ )‪ (ACB‬ﳝﺜﻞ ﻗﻄﻌﹰﺎ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺌﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬
‫) ‪ ( r = 0‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ) ‪ ( u max‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬
‫= ‪u max‬‬ ‫‪⋅ J ⋅ ro2‬‬ ‫)‪(5.26‬‬
‫‪4 ⋅η‬‬
‫‪:‹Ôn¾a@ïİ©a@æbí‹§a@òÛby@À@ÁÌ›Ûa@Êbîš -5.2.2‬‬
‫ﻧﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻌﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ((5.4‬ﻭﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻋﱪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺧﺎﲤﻴﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ) ‪ ( dw‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ) ‪ ( r‬ﻭﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ) ‪( r + dr‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ) ‪:( dQ‬‬
‫‪dQ = u ⋅ dw = 2π u rdr‬‬ ‫)‪(5.27‬‬
‫‪dw = 2π rdr‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.25‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ ،(5.27‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪π γ‬‬
‫= ‪dQ‬‬ ‫‪⋅ ⋅ J ⋅ (ro2 − r 2 ) ⋅ rdr‬‬ ‫)‪(5.28‬‬
‫‪2 η‬‬
‫ﲟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ro‬‬
‫‪π γ‬‬ ‫‪π γ‬‬
‫‪Q = ⋅ ⋅ J ∫ (ro2 − r 2 ) ⋅ rdr = ⋅ ⋅ J ⋅ ro4‬‬
‫‪2 η 0‬‬ ‫‪8 η‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪π‬‬‫‪γ‬‬
‫=‪Q‬‬ ‫⋅‬
‫‪⋅ J ⋅ D4 = M ⋅ J ⋅ D4‬‬ ‫)‪(5.29‬‬
‫‪128 η‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ ( M‬ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ‪:‬‬

‫‪π‬‬‫‪γ‬‬
‫= ‪M‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫)‪(5.30‬‬
‫‪128 η‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.29‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﺑﻮﺍﺯﻳﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‬

‫)‪ ،(1840‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪π‬‬
‫‪⋅ J ⋅ D4‬‬ ‫⋅‬
‫‪Q 128 η‬‬ ‫‪1 γ‬‬
‫= =‪v‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪⋅ ⋅ J ⋅ D2‬‬ ‫)‪(5.31‬‬
‫‪w‬‬ ‫‪π ⋅D‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪32 η‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪1 γ hL‬‬ ‫‪1 γ‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫=‪v‬‬ ‫‪⋅ ⋅ ⋅ D 2 = ⋅ ⋅ J ⋅ ro2 = u max‬‬ ‫)‪(5.32‬‬
‫‪32 η L‬‬ ‫‪8 η‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻼﺣﻆ ﻓﺈﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪η L‬‬
‫⋅ ‪hL = 32‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫‪⋅v‬‬ ‫)‪(5.33‬‬
‫‪γ D2‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.33‬ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﺎﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ﻳﺘﺼﻒ‬
‫ﲟﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﲟﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ )ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﺮﺩﹰﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ ﰲ ﺃﺳﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻻﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﲞﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﺎﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ) ‪ ( hL‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ﰲ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪η v‬‬ ‫‪υ L v 2v‬‬
‫⋅ ‪hL = 32‬‬ ‫⋅ ⋅ ⋅ ⋅ ‪⋅ 2 ⋅ L = 32‬‬
‫‪γ D‬‬ ‫‪D D g 2v‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪υ‬‬ ‫‪L v2‬‬

‫⋅ ‪hL = 64‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫)‪(5.34‬‬
‫‪v ⋅ D D 2g‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺩﺍﺭﺳﻲ ﻓﻴﺴﺒﺎﺥ )‪ (Darcy Weisbach Formula‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪L v2‬‬
‫⋅ ‪hL = λ‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫)‪(5.35‬‬
‫‪D 2g‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪64‬‬ ‫‪v⋅D‬‬
‫=‪λ‬‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫= ‪Re‬‬ ‫)‪(5.36‬‬
‫‪Re‬‬ ‫‪υ‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ :( λ‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ )ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ( ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.36‬ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ( λ‬ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ –ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ‪ -‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪( v‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﰲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫)‪λ = f (Re‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺑﻀﺮﺏ ﻃﺮﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.35‬ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ) ‪ ( γ‬ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪L v2‬‬
‫⋅ ‪∆p = λ‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫‪ρ‬‬ ‫)‪(5.37‬‬
‫‪D 2‬‬
‫‪ : ∆p‬ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﱵ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪.( pa ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : hL‬ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ )ﺍﻟﻀﺦ(‪.( m ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : λ‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : D‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ‪.( m ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : L‬ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﱵ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪.( m ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : v‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.( m / s ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : ρ‬ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.( Kg / m 3 ) ،‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪:l‹İ›¾a@æbí‹§a@òÛby@À@òÇ‹Ûa@ÊŒìm -5.2.3‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺼﻒ ﳐﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ –ﺍﳋﻂ )‪ (AB‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ -(5.5‬ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ )ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ( ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫)ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ( ﺇﱃ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﻟﻠﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫) ‪ ( v u max = 0.5‬ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ ( u max‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ) ‪- ( v u max = 0.7 ÷ 0.9‬ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ) ‪ ( Re‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﲞﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ‪ -‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺴﺐ ﺃﲝﺎﺙ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﻝ )‪ (Prandtl‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﱪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍ‪‬ﺮﻯ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺭﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﲰﺎﻛﺘﻬﺎ ) ‪ ( δ‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﻫﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﺝ‬
‫)‪ (Viscous Sublayer‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﲰﺎﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﺗﻘﻞ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺸﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﻲ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪300 υ‬‬
‫=‪δ‬‬ ‫)‪(5.38‬‬
‫‪v‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪ :υ‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.5‬ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﻲ )ﺍﳋﻄﻲ(‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻣﻜﱪ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﻺﻳﻀﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.5‬ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺘﻭﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻁﺭﺏ‪ ( δ ) ،‬ﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻸﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺋﻪ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﺍﳌﻼﺳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻧﺪﺧﻞ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺧﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ) ‪Wall‬‬
‫‪.-(Roughness‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.6‬ﺨﺸﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ )‪ -a‬ﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﺃﻤﻠﺱ‪ -b ،‬ﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﺨﺸﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻟﱪﻭﺯﺍﺕ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀ )∆( ﺑﺎﳋﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ‬

‫)‪ (Absolute Roughness‬ﻟﻠﺠﺪﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻗﻴﻢ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺸﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﻲ ) ‪ ( δ‬ﻭﺍﳋﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ )∆( ﻟﻠﺠﺪﺍﺭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ (5.6‬ﺑﲔ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫• ‪‬א‪ ،(Hydraulically Smooth Walls)   ‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫‪ ( δ‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﲣﺘﻔﻲ ﺑﺮﻭﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﻲ ﻭﻗﺪ‬ ‫)∆ >‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﻀﺢ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﺎﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ) ‪ ( hL‬ﻻﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﲞﺸﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪‬א‪ ،(Hydraulically Rough Walls)   ‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ) ∆ < ‪ ،( δ‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺑﺮﻭﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﻻﺗﺘﻐﻄﻰ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺇﺛﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ( hL‬ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﲞﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻛﺄﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻠﺴﺎﺀ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ )ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ( ﻭﺧﺸﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ )ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺼﻒ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ (5.7‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺣﺖ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪﺕ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﲝﺎﺙ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﲡﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﰲ ﻋﺎﻡ )‪ (1921‬ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻛﺎﺭﻣﻦ )‪ (Kármán‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻠﺴﺎﺀ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪r‬‬
‫‪u = u max (1 − ) m‬‬ ‫)‪(5.39‬‬
‫‪ro‬‬
‫‪ : ro‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : r‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : m‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.(5.8‬‬
‫‪ : u max‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻋﺎﻡ )‪ (1956‬ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺃﻟﺘﺸﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (5.39‬ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻠﺴﺎﺀ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺸﻨﺔ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ )ﺃﻱ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ( ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ ﰎ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ) ‪( 1‬‬
‫‪m‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪= 0.9 ⋅ λ‬‬ ‫)‪(5.40‬‬
‫‪m‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.7‬ﺘﻭﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻨﺒﻭﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.8‬ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻲ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺩﺍﺌﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻁﺭﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫) ‪ ( m‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪.(4.39‬‬
‫‪:(Boundary Layer) òí‡ä@òÔjİÛa -5.3‬‬

‫ﻧﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.9‬ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ )‪ (AB‬ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻨﺪﺭﺱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻧﻔﺘﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ )‪ (0-0‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ) ‪.( u = const‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ )‪ (AB‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻼﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ) ‪ (τ o‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻜﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻼ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ )ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ (III-III‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻭﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺢ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﻩ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻓﺈﻥ ﳐﻄﻂ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪( u‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﳛﺪﺩﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ )‪– (abcd‬ﻣﻊ ﺇﳘﺎﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ‬
‫) ‪ ( ∆Ω‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪.-‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ) ‪ – ( Z o3‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﻄﻊ ) ‪ -( am 3‬ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﲑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪ ( u‬ﺳﺘﺘﻐﲑ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪du‬‬
‫‪≈ 0،‬‬ ‫‪τ =0‬‬
‫‪dn‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.9‬ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺔ ﺒﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ) ‪.( Z o‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺒﺘﻪ )‪ ،(AB‬ﺍﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ)‪ (ACB‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻛﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫)‪ (I‬ﻭﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ (II‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ( Z o‬ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪Z o1 < Z o 2 < Z o 3‬‬
‫ﺑﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻭﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ ) ‪ ( Z o‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ )‪ (AC‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ‬
‫ﲟﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ) ‪ ( Z o‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ) ‪ (τ‬ﻭﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪ ( du‬ﻗﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪dn‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ (τ‬ﻭ) ‪ ( du‬ﺻﻐﲑﹰﺍ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫‪dn‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳘﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳉﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺜﺎﱄ‪.‬‬
‫‪@À@ õ‡jÛa@ òÏbß@ âìèÐßI@ ïÔÏc@ lìjãc@ À@ òíaŠ‡§a@ òí‡ä@ òÔjİÛa@ ì¹ -5.3.1‬‬
‫‪ZHkîibãþa‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.10‬ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻋﺎﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻧﺴﻴﺎﰊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.10‬ﻨﻤﻭ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻨﺎﺒﻴﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ) ‪ ( A1 − A1‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﳐﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﹰﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﰒ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ) ‪– ( L1‬ﺣﱴ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ) ‪ -( A2 − A2‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ) ‪ ( Z o‬ﻭﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ) ‪– (τ o‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪ -‬ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﳚﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ )ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﻬﺸﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ) ‪ ( A2 − A2‬ﳛﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( b‬ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﲢﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﶈﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ) ‪ ( a 1 − b − a 2‬ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ) ‪ ( L1‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ) ‪ ( u = const‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﹰﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﻀﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻨﺤﲏ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺷﻜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺟﺘﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ) ‪ ( L2‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ) ‪ ( LH = L1 + L2‬ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ )ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ(‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺩﺭﺀﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﻮﻗﻮﻉ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻲ ) ‪ ( LH‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﰲ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ ) ‪ ( D‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪LH = (25 ÷ 50) ⋅ D‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺣﱴ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪Zl‹İ›¾a@æbí‹§a@‡äÇ@H hL I@òiìjãþa@Þì @óÜÇ@ÁÌ›Ûa@Êbîš -5.4‬‬

‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( τ o‬ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪γ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪τ o λ v2‬‬
‫⋅ =‬ ‫)‪(5.41‬‬
‫‪γ 4 2g‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ : λ‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﲟﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺘﲔ )‪ (5.15‬ﻭ)‪ ،(5.41‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪λ v2‬‬
‫= ‪R⋅J‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫)‪(5.42‬‬
‫‪4 2g‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ( J = hL‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪L v2‬‬
‫‪hL = λ‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫)‪(5.43‬‬
‫‪4R 2 g‬‬
‫‪ : L‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪ : R‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﻳﺮﺓ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ) ‪ ( D = 4 R‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪L v2‬‬
‫‪hL = λ‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫)‪(5.44‬‬
‫‪D 2g‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﲟﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺩﺍﺭﺳﻲ‪ -‬ﻓﻴﺴﺒﺎﺥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.35‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ) ‪ ( λ‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫)‪ (5.44‬ﳝﺜﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺩ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.44‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻭﺟﻴﺰﺓ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﻭﺃﺧﲑﹰﺍ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻔﲔ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( λ‬ﻭﺑﲔ ﺧﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻏﲑ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪﺕ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( λ‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﻭﺧﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( λ‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ﻭﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﲟﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.44‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪hL‬‬ ‫‪2g‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫=‪λ‬‬ ‫‪⋅D 2 = J ⋅g 2‬‬ ‫)‪(5.45‬‬
‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬

‫‪8‬‬
‫‪λ = JR ⋅ g‬‬
‫‪v2‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻋﺎﻡ )‪ (1932‬ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﳊﺴﺎﺏ ) ‪ ( λ‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﻠﺲ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪= 2 log (Re λ ) − 0,8‬‬ ‫)‪(5.46‬‬
‫‪λ‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻋﺎﻡ )‪ (1913‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺑﻼﺯﻳﻮﺱ )‪ (Blasius‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻠﺴﺎﺀ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ) ‪:( 4 000 ÷ 100 000‬‬
‫‪0.3164‬‬
‫=‪λ‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫)‪(5.47‬‬
‫‪Re‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ) ‪ ( λ‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺸﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﲝﺎﺙ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﺭﺍﺩﺳﻲ )‪ (Nikuradse‬ﺣﻮﻝ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.11‬ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ ) ‪ ( D‬ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺄﻧﺒﻮﺑﺘﲔ ﺑﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻳﺘﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ) ‪ ( L‬ﻭﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ )ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ( ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﺎﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ‬
‫) ‪ ( hL‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ) ‪.( L‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.11‬ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﻨﻴﻜﻭﺭﺍﺩﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ) ‪ ( λ‬ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﲔ )‪ (5.44‬ﻭ)‪ (3.83‬ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪hL‬‬ ‫‪D3 1‬‬
‫=‪λ‬‬ ‫‪⋅ 2g 2 ⋅ 2‬‬ ‫)‪(5.48‬‬
‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪υ Re‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ) ‪ ( v ) ،( hL‬ﻭ) ‪ (υ‬ﲡﺮﻳﺒﻴﹰﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ) ‪ ( λ‬ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫)‪λ = f (Re‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﲝﺚ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﺭﺍﺩﺳﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ )‪ (1933‬ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻌﻲ ﰲ‬

‫ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﳋﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﺼﻖ‬
‫ﺭﻣﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ) ∆ ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍ‪‬ﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﲡﺎﺭﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ (5.12‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( λ‬ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ) ‪ ( Re‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳋﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﺪﺍﺭ‪:‬‬
‫∆‬
‫= ‪∆r‬‬ ‫)‪(5.49‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫∆ ‪ :‬ﺍﳋﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : D‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.12‬ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﻨﻴﻜﻭﺭﺍﺩﺴﻲ )ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ )‪ λ = f (Re‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻗﻴﻡ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺨﺸﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ‪.( ∆ r‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.12‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( λ‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﲔ )‪(5.43‬‬
‫ﻭ)‪ (5.44‬ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﳋﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( ∆ r‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ) ‪.( Re‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺑـ‬
‫) ‪ ( ∆ r‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺑـ ) ‪ ( Re‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻳﻘﺴﻢ ﳐﻄﻂ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﺭﺍﺩﺳﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ‪:‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ )‪ (Laminar Flow Zone‬ﻣﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ )‪ (1-2‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺳﺘﻮﻛﺲ )) ‪ (Stokes( λ = 64‬ﻓﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﻁ‬
‫‪Re‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻼﻗﺔ ) )‪ ( λ = f (Re‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻗﻴﻢ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟـ ) ‪ ( ∆ r‬ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ )‪ .(1-2‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﳕﻴﺰ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻻﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ) ‪ ،( Re c = 2320‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺯ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﳛﺪﺙ ﻣﺎﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ "ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﻜﺮ" ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﺍﳊﺪﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻻﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﺎﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ) ‪ ( hL‬ﲞﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﻃﺮﺩﹰﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺃﺳﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ )ﺃﻱ ‪ ( m = 1‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫)‪.(5.39‬‬
‫א‪ ‬א‪ :‬ﲢﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﶈﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﻦ )‪ (III‬ﻭ)‪(IV‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺔ )‪ (Transition Zone‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻫﻨﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ) ‪( Re c = 2320 − 4000‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﻭﻳﺘﺴﻊ ﰒ ﳜﺘﻔﻲ ﻟﻴﻌﻮﺩ ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺿﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ )‪ (Turbulent Flow Zone‬ﻭﺗﻘﻊ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﳝﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ )‪ (IV‬ﻭﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﳎﺎﻻﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :(Smooth Flow Zone) áÇbäÛa@ æbí‹§a@ Þbª (a‬ﳝﺜﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(4.12‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ )‪ (II‬ﻭﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ) ‪ ( hL‬ﻃﺮﺩﹰﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺑﺄﺱ ) ‪ ( m = 1,75‬ﻭﻻﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳋﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ) )‪ ( λ = f (Re‬ﺗﺘﺤﺪ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺤﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ )ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ) ‪.(( ∆ r = const‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ) ‪ ( hL‬ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( λ‬ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ‬‫‪ (2‬ﺇﻥ ﻛ ﹰ‬
‫ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻼﺯﻳﻮﺱ )‪ (5.47‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﻝ )‪.(5.46‬‬
‫‪ :(Mixed Flow Zone) ÁÜnƒ¾a@ÚbØnyüa@Þbª (b‬ﻭﻳﻘﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫)‪ (II‬ﻭﺍﳋﻂ )‪ ،(AB‬ﻭﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.12‬ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ( hL‬ﻭ) ‪ ( λ‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﻭﺑﺎﳋﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻱ ) ‪λ = f (Re, ∆ r‬‬
‫‪ (Rough Flow Zone) å“©a@ æbí‹§a@ Þbª (c‬ﺃﻭ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﻳﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳝﲔ ﺍﳋﻂ )‪ (AB‬ﻭﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺑﺎﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ) ‪ ( hL‬ﻃﺮﺩﹰﺍ ﻭﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪ ( m = 2‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪.(5.39‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻻﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ )ﲨﻴﻊ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﲑﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻳﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﺭﺍﺩﺳﻲ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻌﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ )ﺩﻓﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺩﻓﻌﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﺗﻀﺢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﺭﺍﺩﺳﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻻﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ )ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺮﻯ ﻗﺪﳝﹰﺎ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺿﺖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻣﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﻂ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﻮﺕ‪...‬ﺍﱁ( ﻷﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ‬
‫ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪@À@ H λ I@ òîØîÛëŠ‡îa@ òßëbÔ¾a@ ÝßbÈß@ µîÈnÛ@ òîÜàÈÛa@ Ö‹İÛa -5.5‬‬
‫‪ZHòÈi‹¾a@ëc@ÉİÔ¾a@ñ‹í‡nßI@kîibãþa‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻮﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳋﺸﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳍﺎ ﺧﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ‬
‫)ﻛﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻋﻤﻞ ‪‬ﺎ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﺭﺍﺩﺳﻲ( ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﳍﺎ ﺧﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ )ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻮﺀﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻑ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﻮﺟﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﲞﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻭﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ZòÜqbàn¾a@Ë@òãì“©a@paˆ@òîÇbä—Ûa@kîibãþa@pbiby -5.5.1‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲡﺎﺭﺑﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﲔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻛﻮﻟﱪﻭﻙ‬
‫)‪ (Colebrook‬ﻋﺎﻡ )‪ (1938‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2,5 1‬‬ ‫∆‬
‫( ‪= −2 log‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫)‪+ r‬‬ ‫)‪(5.50‬‬
‫‪λ‬‬ ‫‪Re λ 3,7‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ : ∆ r‬ﺍﳋﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ‪ ،(5.49‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺪﻋﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﳋﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.50‬ﰎ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(5.13‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺘﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( λ‬ﻟﻸﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪– (5.50‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺒﺴﻴﻄﻬﺎ‪ -‬ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪0,25‬‬
‫=‪λ‬‬ ‫)‪(5.51‬‬
‫∆‬
‫‪(log r ) 2‬‬
‫‪3,7‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳋﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ) ‪ ( ∆ r‬ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻮﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﲡﺮﻳﺒﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﲟﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.44‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ) ‪،( λ‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.51‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ) ∆ ( ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﳋﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ‬
‫)‪ ،(Equivalent Roughness‬ﻭﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﲟﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻭﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﻨﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳋﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ) ∆ ( ﳝﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.49‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫∆‬
‫‪ ،( ∆ r‬ﰒ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (3.83‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ) ‪ .( Re‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫=‬ ‫)‬ ‫ﺍﳋﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫) ‪ ( λ‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ )‪ (5.13‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪.(5.50‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺃﻟﺘﺸﻮﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺃﺑﺴﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.50‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪100 0, 25‬‬ ‫‪68 0, 25‬‬
‫‪λ = 0,1 ⋅ (1,46 ⋅ ∆ r +‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪≈ 0,11 ⋅ ( ∆ r +‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫)‪(5.52‬‬
‫‪Re‬‬ ‫‪Re‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺆﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺷﻴﻔﺮﻧﺴﻮﻥ‪:‬‬

‫‪λ = 0,11 ⋅ 4 ∆ r‬‬ ‫)‪(5.53‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.53‬ﺑﺪ ﹰﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.50‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬

‫) ‪.( ∆ r < 0,007‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.13‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﲔ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﲔ ﳛﺪﺩﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬א‪‬א‪) ‬א‪ (‬ﻳﻘﻊ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ‬
‫‪0 < Re ≤ 2320‬‬ ‫)‪(5.54‬‬
‫ﻭﳛﺴﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( λ‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺳﺘﻮﻛﺲ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪.( λ = 64‬‬
‫‪Re‬‬
‫‪  (2‬א‪ ‬א‪ I@ ‬א‪ ‬א‪  ‬א‪ ZH‬ﻳﻘﻊ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫≤ ‪4000 ≤ Re‬‬ ‫)‪(5.54‬‬
‫‪∆r‬‬
‫ﻭﳛﺴﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( λ‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﻼﺯﻳﻮﺱ )‪.(5.47‬‬
‫‪ (3‬א‪‬א‪) ‬א‪‬א‪ :(‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬

‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪500‬‬
‫≤ ‪≤ Re‬‬ ‫)‪(5.55‬‬
‫‪∆r‬‬ ‫‪∆r‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( λ‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺃﻟﺘﺸﻮﻝ )‪.(5.52‬‬
‫‪ (4‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪) ‬א‪‬א‪ :(‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬

‫‪500‬‬
‫≥ ‪Re‬‬ ‫)‪(5.56‬‬
‫‪∆r‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺷﻴﻔﺮﻧﺴﻮﻥ )‪.(5.53‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.13‬ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﻜﻭﻟﺒﺭﻭﻙ ﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ) ‪ ( λ‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻨﺎﺒﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (5.1‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪.‬‬

‫∆ ﺑﺎﳌﻴﻠﻠﻤﻴﺘﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﹼﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪0 − 0,002‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﻣﻠﺴﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪0,004‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪0,01 − 0,02‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪0,014‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬
‫‪0,15 − 0,3‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﻌﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﳊﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪0,2‬‬ ‫ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪0,03 − 0,1‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪0,05‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬
‫‪0,3 − 0,7‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻠﺤﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪﺋﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪0,5‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪0,8 − 1,5‬‬
‫ﻗﺪﳝﺔ ﻭﺻﺪﺋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2−4‬‬ ‫ﺻﺪﺋﺔ ﺑﺸﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪0 − 0,16‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻐﻄﺎﺓ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﻔﻠﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪0,12‬‬
‫‪0,2 − 0,5‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻃﻼﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫‪0,3‬‬
‫‪0,5 − 1,5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪To 3‬‬ ‫ﻗﺪﳝﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪0,5 − 0,1‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺒﺘﻮﺱ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪0,085‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻹﲰﻨﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪.(5.1‬‬
‫‪:õbÜ¾a@òîÇbä—Ûa@kîibãþa@pbiby -5.5.2‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ )‪ (5.50‬ﻭ)‪ (5.51‬ﺇﱃ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﺪﻝ )‪ (5.46‬ﻭﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﻼﺯﻳﻮﺱ )‪ ،(5.47‬ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﻼﺯﻳﻮﺱ ﰲ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﲞﻄﺄ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ) ‪ ( Re > 4000‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.46‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪﻫﺎ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫=‪λ‬‬ ‫)‪(5.57‬‬
‫‪(1,82 ⋅ log Re− 1,64) 2‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻻﺫ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺄﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪﺕ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﹰﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﳊﺴﺎﺏ ) ‪ ( λ‬ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺃﺳﻴﭭﻠﻴﻮﭪ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ) ‪ ( Re ≥ 9,2 ⋅ 10 5‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪0,021‬‬
‫=‪λ‬‬ ‫)‪(5.58‬‬
‫‪D 0,3‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ) ‪ ( Re ≤ 9,2 ⋅ 10 5‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪1,5 ⋅ 10 −6‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫(= ‪λ‬‬ ‫‪+ ) 0,3‬‬ ‫)‪(5.59‬‬
‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪Re‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ ( D‬ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ )‪ (5.12‬ﻭ)‪ (5.13‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻻﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( λ‬ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ) ‪ .( Re‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﻌﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻌﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﻗﻄﺮﻩ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫)ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ( ﻓﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﹰﺎ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﲟﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫)‪.(5.44‬‬
‫‪:Chézy FormulaMHðî’@òÛ†bÈßI@ÉİÔ¾a@Ñí‹—m@î¿ -5.6‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻌﻲ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ) ‪- ( D = 4 R‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫) ‪ ( R‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‪ .-‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪(5.44‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪L v2‬‬ ‫‪L ⋅ v2‬‬
‫‪hL = λ‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫‪=λ‬‬ ‫)‪(5.60‬‬
‫‪4R 2 g‬‬ ‫‪8R ⋅ g‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫‪8g‬‬ ‫‪hL‬‬
‫=‪v‬‬ ‫⋅‪⋅ R‬‬ ‫)‪(5.61‬‬
‫‪λ‬‬ ‫‪L‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫)‪(5.62‬‬ ‫‪v = C⋅ R⋅J‬‬

‫‪ : J‬ﺍﳌﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.62‬ﲟﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺷﻴﺰﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ) ‪ ( C‬ﲟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻴﺰﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪8g‬‬
‫=‪C‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫)‪(5.63‬‬
‫‪λ‬‬
‫‪8g‬‬
‫=‪λ‬‬ ‫)‪(5.64‬‬
‫‪C2‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (5.64‬ﺑﲔ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( λ‬ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻴﺰﻱ‬
‫) ‪ ( C‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﲟﻌﺮﻓﺔ ) ‪ ( λ‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ) ‪ .( C‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ( λ‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ) ‪ ( C‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﳉﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻲ ﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ،( λ‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﲞﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻭﻻﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻴﺰﻱ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﳋﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﻭﻻﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺷﻴﺰﻱ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻂ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ) ‪ ( C‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.63‬ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻴﺰﻱ ﻟﻸﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺷﻴﺰﻱ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻡ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪:ðî’@òÛ†bÈß@åß@òÔn“¾a@pbÓýÈÛa -5.6.1‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.62‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪v2‬‬
‫‪J= 2‬‬ ‫)‪(5.65‬‬
‫‪C ⋅R‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪v2‬‬
‫= ‪hL = J ⋅ L‬‬ ‫‪⋅L‬‬ ‫)‪(5.66‬‬
‫‪C2 ⋅ R‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ) ‪ :( L‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻀﺮﺏ ﻃﺮﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.62‬ﲟﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺷﻴﺰﻱ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Q = ω⋅ v = ω⋅C ⋅ R ⋅ J‬‬ ‫)‪(5.67‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪K = ω⋅C ⋅ R‬‬ ‫)‪(5.68‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.67‬ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪Q=K⋅ J‬‬ ‫)‪(5.69‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Q‬‬
‫=‪K‬‬ ‫)‪(5.70‬‬
‫‪J‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ ( K‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ ) ‪.( Q‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ ،(5.70‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪Q2‬‬
‫=‪J‬‬ ‫)‪(5.71‬‬
‫‪K2‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪Q2‬‬
‫= ‪hL = J ⋅ L‬‬ ‫‪⋅L‬‬ ‫)‪(5.72‬‬
‫‪K2‬‬
‫‪:( Wo ) òÇ‹Ûa@ÝßbÈß -5.6.2‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪Wo = C ⋅ R‬‬ ‫)‪(5.73‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬

‫‪v = Wo ⋅ J‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫= ‪Wo‬‬ ‫)‪(5.74‬‬
‫‪J‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.74‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪ ( Wo‬ﻫﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪v2‬‬
‫=‪J‬‬
‫‪Wo2‬‬
‫‪v2‬‬
‫= ‪hL‬‬ ‫‪⋅L‬‬ ‫)‪(5.75‬‬
‫‪Wo2‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ) ‪ ( K‬ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪ ( Wo‬ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (5.2‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ) ‪( K‬‬
‫ﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪K (m 3 s‬‬ ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ‪( m ) ،D‬‬ ‫)‪K (m 3 s‬‬ ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ‪( m ) ،D‬‬
‫‪0,6515‬‬ ‫‪0,275‬‬ ‫‪0.009416‬‬ ‫‪0,125‬‬
‫‪1,065‬‬ ‫‪0,300‬‬ ‫‪0,02225‬‬ ‫‪0,150‬‬
‫‪1,643‬‬ ‫‪0,325‬‬ ‫‪0,05274‬‬ ‫‪0,175‬‬
‫‪2,452‬‬ ‫‪0,350‬‬ ‫‪0,1078‬‬ ‫‪0,200‬‬
‫‪4,850‬‬ ‫‪0,400‬‬ ‫‪0,2074‬‬ ‫‪0,225‬‬
‫‪0,3871‬‬ ‫‪0,250‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪.(5.2‬‬
‫‪:ðî’@ÝßbÈß@µîÈni@ò–b©a@pü†bÈ¾a -5.6.3‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺷﻴﺰﻱ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫=‪C‬‬ ‫)‪(5.76‬‬
‫‪R⋅J‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻴﺰﻱ ) ‪ ( C‬ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻴﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﲝﺴﺎﺏ ) ‪ ( C‬ﻧﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻛﺘﺮﻭ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻭﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪23 +‬‬
‫=‪C‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬ ‫)‪(5.77‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪1 + 23‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪1 16‬‬
‫=‪C‬‬ ‫‪⋅R‬‬ ‫)‪(5.78‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﭬﻠﻮﭬﺴﻜﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ) )‪:( R < (3 ÷ 5‬‬

‫‪1 y‬‬
‫=‪C‬‬ ‫‪⋅R‬‬ ‫)‪(5.79‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫)‪y = f (Re, n‬‬‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪87‬‬
‫=‪C‬‬ ‫)‪(5.80‬‬
‫‪m‬‬
‫‪1+‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺃﻟﺘﺸﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫⎡‬ ‫‪R‬‬ ‫⎤‬
‫⎢ ⋅ ‪C = 25‬‬ ‫⎥‬ ‫)‪(5.81‬‬
‫‪⎣ (80 n) + 0,025‬‬ ‫⎦ ‪R⋅J‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪ n‬ﻭ ‪ m‬ﺗﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺧﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﲢﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﲡﺎﺭﺏ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : R‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‪.( m ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : C‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻴﺰﻱ ) ‪.( m 0,5 / s‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻚ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﻗﻴﻢ ) ‪ ( n ) ،( m‬ﻭ) ‪ ( C‬ﲜﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ( ﺃﻭ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.14‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﲟﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﭬﻠﻮﭬﺴﻜﻲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻴﺰﻱ ) ‪.( C‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.14‬ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺸﻴﺯﻱ ) ‪ ( C‬ﻓﻲ ﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺒﺎﭭﻠﻭﭭﺴﻜﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﲡﺮﻯ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ‪:‬‬
‫‪hL‬‬
‫‪Q=K‬‬ ‫)‪(5.82‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ‪:‬‬
‫‪Q2 ⋅ L‬‬
‫= ‪hL‬‬ ‫)‪(5.83‬‬
‫‪K2‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ )‪ (5.82‬ﻭ)‪ (5.83‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ) ‪( v = 1,2 m/s‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪ ( v < 1,2 m/s‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﲑ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﻌﻲ ﻭﳚﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﰲ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪K′ = B ⋅ K‬‬ ‫)‪(5.84‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ ( B‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (5.3‬ﺗﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫) ‪, v(m/s‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫) ‪, v(m/s‬‬
‫‪1,030‬‬ ‫‪0,8‬‬ ‫‪1,187‬‬ ‫‪0,2‬‬
‫‪1,020‬‬ ‫‪0,9‬‬ ‫‪1,131‬‬ ‫‪0,3‬‬
‫‪1,015‬‬ ‫‪1,0‬‬ ‫‪1,095‬‬ ‫‪0,4‬‬
‫‪1,01‬‬ ‫‪1,1‬‬ ‫‪1,072‬‬ ‫‪0,5‬‬
‫‪1,0‬‬ ‫‪1,2‬‬ ‫‪1,054‬‬ ‫‪0,6‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪1,040‬‬ ‫‪0,7‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪.(5.3‬‬
‫‪:(Nonnewtonian Fluids) òîãìmìîäÛa@Ë@ÝöaìÛa -5.7‬‬

‫‪ZòîãìmìîäÛa@Ë@ÝöaìÜÛ@éã‹¾a@™aì©a -5.7.1‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﻮﺙ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻠﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﺻﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺷﺬﻭﺫ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﰲ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺧﺮ )ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ(‬
‫ﻭﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﳌﺆﺛﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﺘﺠﻴﺐ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮ ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺯﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺗﻀﺢ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﹰﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺧﺮ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﹰﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﹰﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﺄﻥ ﺗﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﺒﻜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﺃﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ‬
‫ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﳔﻔﺾ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺧﺮ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭﹰﺍ ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺯﻧﹰﺎ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺃﻭﲟﻌﲎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ ﻋﻮﻣﻠﺖ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﺘﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻻﺧﺘﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺯﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺃﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻏﲑ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ‪‬ﺎﺗﲔ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺘﲔ ﻏﲑ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﺜﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳘﺎﳍﺎ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﺰﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﺑﺄﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻗﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻭﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺪﻭﻡ ﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻷﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﺻﹰﺎ ﻣﺮﻧﺔ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻨﺄﰐ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻻﺣﻘﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪:éã‹¾a@ÝöaìÛa@la‹İša -5.7.2‬‬
‫ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻨﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﺜﺎ ﹰﻻ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﶈﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﻤﲑﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﹰﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﰲ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﻇﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺄﻟﻮﻓﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﹰﺎ ﲜﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ ﻫﺎﻡ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻠﻌﺒﻪ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻼ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻡ ﺟﺪﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺇﳚﺎﰊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜ ﹰ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﺨﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺦ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺭﺗﺸﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﳝﻠﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺎﰿ ﻇﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﻭﲨﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﺩﻭﺭﹰﺍ ﻫﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻭﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﳜﺺ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻭﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﻭﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺃﻭﻝ ﲝﺚ ﺃﺟﺮﻱ ﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﻡ )‪ (1926‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺻﺎﺑﻮﱐ ﻛﺜﻴﻒ ﰲ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﻭﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﺒﻀﺎﺕ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﻔﻲ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﺎﻥ ﺃﻭﺳﺘﻔﻠﺪ ﻭﺃﻭﺭﺑﺎﺥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺑﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻭﺍ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﲡﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﹰﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻆ ﻻ ﳛﺪﺩ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪v⋅D‬‬
‫= ‪Re‬‬
‫‪υ‬‬
‫‪ : v‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : D‬ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :υ‬ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻨﻤﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﱂ ﻳﻨﺎﻗﺶ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻟﻠﻮﻫﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﺪﻱ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺃﻭﺳﺘﻔﻠﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﻮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﺍﻧﻀﻤﺖ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﺪﻱ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﹰﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﲤﺜﻠﺖ ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻭﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﻲ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﳏﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﻤﲑﻳﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺌﻲ )ﳏﺎﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻤﻎ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰎ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﻤﲑﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﺎﺯﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﻤﲑﻳﺔ ﲤﺘﺎﺯ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﺃﻧﻪ ﱂ ﻳﺮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺫﻫﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﻤﲑﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎﻳﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫"ﺑﺎﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﺒﻜﺮ" ﺣﻴﺚ ﺩﻋﻴﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺎﺑﻌﺖ ﺍﻷﲝﺎﺙ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﰲ ﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﻼ ﳎﺮﺩﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻀﻤﻨﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻋﺎﻣ ﹰ‬
‫‪θ⋅ γ‬‬
‫=‪ε‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ : θ‬ﺯﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : γ = V / D‬ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺒﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﭬﺎﻳﺴﻨﱪﻍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﳘﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﻭﻳﻠﻌﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳍﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﺟﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻗﺘﺮﺍﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺖ ﻓﻘﺪ ﰎ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﭬﺎﻳﺴﻨﱪﻍ‪:‬‬
‫‪θ⋅ v‬‬
‫= ‪we = θ ⋅ γ‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭬﺎﻳﺴﻨﱪﻍ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻗﻮىﺎﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫= ‪we‬‬
‫ﻗﻮىﺎﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻮىﺎﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫= ‪Re‬‬
‫ﻗﻮىﺎﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﺒﻜﺮ ﻭﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺰﺍﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﻭﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﹰﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻔﻘﺪ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺯ‪‬ﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺩﻋﻲ ﺑﺎﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﳛﻘﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ‪:‬‬
‫‪v⋅D‬‬
‫= ‪Re‬‬
‫‪υ‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻔﻘﺪ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺯ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﺒﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﭬﺎﻳﺴﻨﱪﻍ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺑﺎﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﻭﳛﻘﻘﻪ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﭬﺎﻳﺴﻨﱪﻍ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪θ⋅ v‬‬
‫= ‪we‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺟﺮﻳﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﻤﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﺑﺔ ﻭﺳﻮﺍﺋﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﺟﺔ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﻇﻬﻮﺭﻩ ﳛﺪﺩ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭬﺎﻳﺴﻨﱪﻍ ﺍﳊﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺑﲔ ) ‪ ،(1 ÷ 10‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﱪﺯ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩﺕ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﻭﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻤﹰﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ؟‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺳ‪‬ﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ‬
‫ﺟﺪﹰﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﺪﺭﺱ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﰲ‬
‫) ‪ ،( Re, we‬ﻭﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(5.15‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ -1 ،(5.15‬ﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﺼﻔﺤﻲ‪ -2 ،‬ﺍﻀﻁﺭﺍﺏ ﻋﻁﺎﻟﻲ‪ -3 ،‬ﺍﻀﻁﺭﺍﺏ ﻋﻁﺎﻟﻲ‪-‬ﻤﺭﻥ‪،‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺍﻀﻁﺭﺍﺏ ﻤﺭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ )ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻲ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻀﻄﺮﺑﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ) ‪( Re, we‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺤﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﺧﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﺴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﳎﺎﻻﺕ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫• ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( we‬ﻭ) ‪.( Re‬‬
‫• ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﱄ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻴﻢ ) ‪ ( Re‬ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻭﻗﻴﻢ ) ‪ ( we‬ﺻﻐﲑﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ‪ :‬ﻭﻳﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻗﻴﻢ ) ‪ ( Re‬ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻭﻗﻴﻢ‬
‫) ‪ ( we‬ﻛﺒﲑﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﱄ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺮﻥ‪ :‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ ( we‬ﻭ) ‪( Re‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﲑﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﱄ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﱄ ﻭﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﲡﺴﻴﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﲢﺪﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ) ‪ ( Z = θ ⋅ υ / D 2‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ) ‪ ( Re, we‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ) ‪ ( Z = we‬ﻛﺒﲑﹰﺍ ﻓﺴﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ‬
‫‪Re‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﱄ ‪-‬ﺍﳌﺮﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﱄ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﱄ ‪-‬ﺍﳌﺮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﺪﺙ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﱄ –ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﱄ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﺘﺤﺪﺩﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﻴﻮﻣﺘﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻺﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﳒﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﻴﻮﻣﺘﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺬﻭﺫ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﻲ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﻴﻮﻣﺘﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻟﻮﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫) ‪ ( we‬ﻳﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ) ‪ ( Re‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺸﺎ‪‬ﻴﺔ )ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺗﻔﺴﲑﹰﺍ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﲞﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(5.15‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻝ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﺴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻼ ﺃﻱ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ) ‪ ،( D‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺎﺕ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ) ‪ (υ‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺧﺮ ) ‪ ( θ‬ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ) ‪ ( Z = θ ⋅ υ / D 2‬ﺻﻐﲑﹰﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﻲ ﻭﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﻳﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﱐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﻻﳛﺪﺙ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﰲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﱄ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﱄ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻓﻖ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﳔﻔﺎﺽ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﱐ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ) ‪ ( Z‬ﻛﺒﲑﹰﺍ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﻲ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﺒﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﱄ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﱄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻠﺴﺎﺀ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪v* = τ ρ‬‬
‫‪υ‬‬
‫‪ ( δ‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﺼﻒ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ ( ρ‬ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻭ)‬
‫*‪v‬‬
‫ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﱄ ﺇﱃ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﱄ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﻛﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﭬﺎﻳﺴﻨﱪﻍ‪:‬‬
‫*‪θ ⋅ v‬‬
‫= ‪we‬‬
‫‪δ‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪v2‬‬
‫⋅ ‪τ = Cf ⋅ρ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻐﲑ ﺃﺳﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫= ‪Cf‬‬
‫‪Re n‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺼﻒ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﲔ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﱄ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫= ‪we‬‬
‫‪Re1− n‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫* ‪2 ⋅ we‬‬
‫=‪A‬‬
‫‪C‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ) * ‪ ( we‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﭬﺎﻳﺴﻨﱪﻍ ﺍﳊﺮﺝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﱄ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﱄ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﻋﱪ ﻋﺘﺒﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ‪:‬‬
‫‪θ ⋅ υ − 2− n‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫( ⋅ ‪Re = B‬‬ ‫)‬

‫‪D2‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ ( B‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ‪:‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪B=A‬‬ ‫‪2−n‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍ‪‬ﺮﺍﺓ ﺻﺤﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻇﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻗﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺭﺗﺸﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻼﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ‪ .‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺿﺦ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﱄ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ‬
‫ﻛﺒﲑ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﻗﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺧﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﱄ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﻘﻴﻢ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻘﻴﻢ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪Zkîibãþa@Ç@ÝöaìÛa@ÝÔã@‡äÇ@òß‡ƒn¾a@òîšbí‹Ûa@xˆbàäÛa -5.7.3‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﻮﺻﻒ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﺝ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺘﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻄﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﳕﺎﺫﺝ ﺣﺘﻤﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺼﻒ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻛﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﳊﺘﻤﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﳕﺎﺫﺝ ﺗﻜﻴﻒ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺘﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﻳﺼﻔﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻫﻮﻙ )‪ (Hooke’s law‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪τ = G ⋅γ‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ (τ‬ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ‪ ( G ) ،‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻮﻧﻎ ﻭ) ‪ ( γ‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﺝ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﳛﻘﻘﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ) ‪Newton’s‬‬
‫‪:(law‬‬
‫&‪τ = η ⋅ γ‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪dγ‬‬
‫= &‪γ‬‬
‫‪dt‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﲜﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺘﲔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪ )ﺍﳌﺮﻥ‪-‬ﺍﻟﻠﺰﺝ(‪:‬‬
‫&‪τ = G ⋅ γ + η ⋅ γ‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺰﺟﺔ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺎﻛﺴﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫)‪ (Maxwell‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﳌﺎﻛﺴﻮﻳﻞ ﻳﺒﺪﻱ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﻮ ﳝﺜﻞ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ )ﺯﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺧﺮ(‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﺟﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﻐﻬﺎﻡ )‪:(Bingham’s Law‬‬
‫&‪τ = τ o + η ⋅ γ‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪∂u‬‬
‫= &‪γ‬‬
‫‪∂r‬‬
‫‪ :τ‬ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ‪.( pa ) ،‬‬
‫‪ :τ o‬ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﱄ‪.( pa ) ،‬‬
‫&‪ : γ‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪.(1 s ) ،‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻳﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ ) ‪ (τ o‬ﻭ) ‪ (η‬ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻨﺤﲏ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﳌﺎﻥ‬
‫)ﻫﻴﺴﻮﻥ‪-‬ﺷﻮﳌﺎﻥ(‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪τ‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫‪= τ + ( K ⋅ γ& ) m‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫‪ : m, n‬ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ) ‪.( m = n = 2‬‬
‫‪ : K‬ﻣﺘﻐﲑ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲣﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻪ ﻋﱪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻀﻪ ﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺘﲔ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻐﲑﺓ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﺍﳊﻠﻘﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻭﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ) ‪ (τ‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ) ‪.(η E‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﻭﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻛﺮﻭﺱ )‪(Cross‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪τ‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫‪η‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪E‬‬ ‫‪η‬‬ ‫‪t‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪4G ⋅η t2‬‬‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪ηt‬‬
‫=‪θ‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪ : G‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :η t‬ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ) ‪.( t‬‬
‫‪ : θ‬ﺯﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ) ‪ (τ 2 ، 1 η E2‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ‬
‫)ﺃﻭﳑﺎﺳﻪ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ( ﻣﻊ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ) ‪ (1 η 2‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﻴﺔ‬
‫) ‪ (η t‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﻧﺔ ) ‪ ( G‬ﻓﺘﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫(‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻨﺄﰐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻕ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪4G ⋅ η t2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﲑﹰﺍ ﻭﻧﻈﺮﹰﺍ ﻟﻸﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﻟﻠﺨﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﻭﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻡ ﻏﲑ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻮﱐ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪ :‬ﺗﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﰲ ﲤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﱪ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ) ‪ ( Q − ∆p‬ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﻄﻠﻖ ﺍﳋﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻮﱐ ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ) ‪ ( ∆po‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ ﻻﻳﻨﻄﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻮﱐ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﻉ ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﲞﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﭬﺎﻳﺴﻨﱪﻍ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﺑﺎﻵﰐ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ ﻣﻐﻤﻮﺱ ﰲ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻮﱐ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﻣﺸﻜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻗﻤﻌﹰﺎ ﻳﺘﺠﻪ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ )ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ )‪ (a‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ)‪ ((5.16‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﱐ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻗﻤﻌﹰﺎ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ )ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ )‪.((b‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.16‬ﺨﺎﺼﻴﺔ ﭭﺎﻴﺴﻨﺒﺭﻍ‪ -"a" ،‬ﺴﺎﺌل ﻏﻴﺭ ﻨﻴﻭﺘﻭﻨﻲ‪ -"b" ،‬ﺴﺎﺌل ﻨﻴﻭﺘﻭﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪@ @ZHòã‹¾aI@òîãìmìîäÛa@Ë@ÝöaìÛa@òî×ìÜ -5.7.4‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﺤﺪﺩ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﻐﻬﺎﻡ‪:‬‬
‫‪du‬‬
‫⋅ ‪τ = τ o +η‬‬
‫‪dr‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ (τ o‬ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻟﺔ )ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ(‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ )ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ( ﻭﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ) ‪ ( ∆po‬ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ) ‪ (τ o‬ﺣﱴ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.((5.17‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.17‬ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺍﺌل‪ -1 ،‬ﺴﺎﺌل ﻨﻴﻭﺘﻭﻨﻲ‪ -2 ،‬ﺴﺎﺌل ﻏﻴﺭ ﻨﻴﻭﺘﻭﻨﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻭﺗﺘﺠﻪ ﺑﻌﻜﺲ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﻥ ) ‪ ( ∆po‬ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺼﻒ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪∆p o ⋅ π ⋅ r 2 = τ o ⋅ 2π ⋅ r ⋅ L‬‬
‫‪ : r‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : L‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪2L‬‬
‫⋅ ‪∆p o = τ o‬‬
‫‪r‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﲑ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻻﲣﻀﻊ ﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﱐ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﺮﻗﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ) ‪.(τ o‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ )‪– (Rheology‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻛﻴﺔ‪ ،-‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ ) ‪ (τ‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳌﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﻣﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ‬
‫ﲟﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪.( γ& = du‬‬
‫‪dn‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﺟﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺷﻴﻮﻋﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪τ = K ⋅ γ& n‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ‪ : n‬ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ‪ : K‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ) ‪ ( n < 1‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫)ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﱐ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ) ‪ ( n > 1‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﺼﻒ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ )ﻏﲑ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻮﱐ(‪.‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ) ‪ ( n = 1‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﻒ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ) ‪ ( K‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ) ‪ ( K‬ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻛﺒﲑﹰﺍ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.18.a‬ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻐﻬﺎﻡ‪:‬‬
‫&‪τ = τ o + η ⋅ γ‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺻﻠﺒﺔ ﻭﻻﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﺪﻯ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ،(τ o‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳚﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﳚﺮﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﱐ ﺫﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ) ‪ (η‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ) ‪ (τ o‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ) ‪(η‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.18‬ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺍﺌل‪.‬‬

‫"‪ -"a‬ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ) ‪ -"b" ،( τ = K ⋅ γ& n‬ﺤﺴﺏ ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺒﻨﻐﻬﺎﻡ‪ -"c" ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺍﺌل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴﻭﺘﺭﻭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻤﻴﺯ ﺒﻨﻘﻁﺔ ﺨﻀﻭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ZòîãìmìîäÛa@Ë@ÝöaìÛa@æbí‹u@‡äÇ@ÁÌ›Ûa@Êbîš -5.7.5‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﳚﺮﻱ ﰲ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ ) ‪( R‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ًﺀ ﻣﻦ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺃﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﻐﻬﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪dv‬‬
‫⋅ ‪τ = τ o −η‬‬ ‫)‪(5.85‬‬
‫‪dr‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺘﻄﻊ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺘﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﻧﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺤﻬﺎ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.((5.19‬‬
‫‪∆p ⋅ π ⋅ r 2 = 2π ⋅ r ⋅ L ⋅ τ‬‬ ‫)‪(5.86‬‬
‫‪ : ∆p‬ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : r‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : L‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.19‬ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺘﻭﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺍﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻐﺎﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪:(5.86‬‬

‫‪∆p ⋅ r‬‬
‫=‪τ‬‬ ‫)‪(5.87‬‬
‫‪2L‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ (τ‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.85‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ) ‪ ( r‬ﻣﻦ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∆p ⋅ r‬‬ ‫‪1 ∆p ⋅ r 2‬‬
‫‪v = ∫-‬‬ ‫(⋅‬ ‫( ⋅ ‪− τ o ) ⋅ dr = −‬‬ ‫‪− τ o ⋅ r) + C‬‬ ‫)‪(5.88‬‬
‫‪η‬‬ ‫‪2L‬‬ ‫‪η‬‬ ‫‪4L‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ) ‪ ( C‬ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ‪:‬‬
‫‪r = R،‬‬ ‫‪v=0‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪∆p ⋅ R 2‬‬

‫=‪C‬‬ ‫(⋅‬ ‫)‪− τ o ⋅ R‬‬
‫‪η‬‬ ‫‪4L‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ) ‪ ( C‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.88‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪1 ⎡ ∆p ⋅ ( R 2 − r 2‬‬ ‫⎤‬
‫(⎢ ⋅ = ‪v‬‬ ‫⎥) ‪− τ o ( R − r‬‬ ‫)‪(5.89‬‬
‫⎣ ‪η‬‬ ‫‪4L‬‬ ‫⎦‬
‫ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (4.19‬ﳐﻄﻂ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺣﺪﹰﺍ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﹰﺎ ) ‪ (τ o‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻻﺗﺒﺪﺃ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻧﻮﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻭﻛﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺻﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ) ‪ ( ro‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ) ‪ ( τ = τ o‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.87‬ﻭﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪2L ⋅τ o‬‬
‫= ‪ro‬‬ ‫)‪(5.90‬‬
‫‪∆p‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻧﻮﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ) ‪ ( v‬ﻓﺘﺤﺪﺩ ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( ro‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.90‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬ ‫‪R‬‬
‫)‪:(5.89‬‬
‫‪∆p‬‬
‫= ‪vR‬‬ ‫) ‪( R 2 − ro2‬‬
‫‪4η ⋅ L‬‬
‫ﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.19‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻧﻮﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻛﺠﺴﻢ ﺻﻠﺐ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﲝﺮﻛﺔ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﲢﺪﺩ ﻏﺰﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(5.91‬‬
‫‪Q = 2π r ⋅ dr ⋅ v + π ro2 ⋅ v R‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( v‬ﻭ) ‪ ( v‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.91‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪R‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫⎤ ‪πR 4 ⋅ ∆p ⎡ 4 2 L ⋅ τ o 1 2 ⋅ L ⋅ τ o 4‬‬
‫=‪Q‬‬ ‫‪1−‬‬ ‫( ‪+‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫)‪(5.92‬‬
‫⎦⎥ ‪8η ⋅ L ⎢⎣ 3 R ⋅ ∆p 3 R ⋅ ∆p‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﻨﻐﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﻡ )‪(1921‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.90‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ( ∆p‬ﺻﻐﲑﹰﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻧﻮﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺒﲑﹰﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ) ‪ ( ∆p‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ) ‪ ( ∆po‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ) ‪ ( R‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪2L ⋅τ o‬‬
‫= ‪∆p o‬‬ ‫)‪(5.93‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫ﲟﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﲔ )‪ (4.92‬ﻭ)‪ (4.93‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﻨﻐﻬﺎﻡ‪:‬‬

‫⎤ ‪πR 4 ⋅ ∆p ⎡ 4 ∆po 1 ∆p o 4‬‬
‫=‪Q‬‬ ‫‪1−‬‬ ‫( ‪+‬‬ ‫)‬
‫⎦⎥ ‪8η ⋅ L ⎢⎣ 3 ∆p 3 ∆p‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( ∆po‬ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( ∆p‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﳘﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫⎡ ‪πR 4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫⎤‬
‫=‪Q‬‬ ‫⎢‬ ‫⎥ ‪∆p − ∆p o‬‬ ‫)‪(5.94‬‬
‫⎣ ‪8η ⋅ L‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫⎦‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺼﻒ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﲟﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ) ‪ ( Q‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( ∆po‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﲡﺮﻳﺒﻴﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(5.17‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ) ‪ (τ o = 0‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ( ∆po = 0‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫)‪ (5.94‬ﺗﺆﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﲟﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺯﻳﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪πR 4‬‬
‫=‪Q‬‬ ‫‪⋅ ∆p‬‬ ‫)‪(5.95‬‬
‫‪8η ⋅ L‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ZòîÜa@òßëbÔ¾a@ÝßbÈßë@ïÜa@‡ÔÐÛa -5.8‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻛﻮﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ‪....‬ﺍﱁ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻮﺍﻗﺪ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ )‪ ،(Local Losses‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﺗﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﻭﺍﻣﻴﺔ )‪ (Vortex Currents‬ﺗﺆﺩﻱ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﻓﻘﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺑﺄﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ZÝ‚‡¾a@‡äÇ@‡ÔÐÛa -5.8.1‬‬
‫ﻧﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.20‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﻣﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ‬
‫ﳛﺼﻞ ﺍﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ )ﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ( ﳋﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ )ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫‪ (B‬ﳒﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺃﻗﻞ ﺿﻐﻂ‪ .‬ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (C‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺸﻮﺵ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﲔ )‪ (B‬ﻭ)‪(C‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﹰﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪.(C‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.20‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺩ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺨل‪ -1 ،‬ﺨﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪ -2 ،‬ﺨﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺩﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻞ )ﻻﺣﻆ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ )‪ ((1‬ﻳﻮﺯﻉ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ )‪– (AC‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻳﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪ .-‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﻭﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻣﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﳚﻌﻼﻥ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺃﻛﱪ‬
‫ﺑﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﹰﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻻﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﰲ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺟﺰﺀ ) ‪ ( h′‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻼﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺿﺎﰲ ) ‪ .( he′‬ﻭﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪v2‬‬
‫‪he′ = ξ‬‬ ‫)‪(5.96‬‬
‫‪2g‬‬
‫‪ : v‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : ξ‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻞ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﺵ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﳎﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ ،(B‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻘﻠﺺ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺧﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﻛﺜﲑﹰﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺪﺩ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( ξ‬ﲡﺮﻳﺒﻴﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺪﻳﺮﹰﺍ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ )ﻻﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺣﻮﺍﻑ ﺣﺎﺩﺓ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.21.a‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳛﺪﺙ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻠﺺ ﳋﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻞ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﺻﻐﲑﹰﺍ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ) ‪.( ξ = 0,04‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺣﻮﺍﻑ ﺣﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺪﺧﻞ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ((5.21.b‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ )ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ( ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ) ‪ .( ξ = 0,5‬ﻭﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ (4.21.c‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﻘﻠﺺ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﺃﺷﺪﻩ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ) ‪ ( ξ‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪.( 0,8‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪.(5.21‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪Zx‹ƒ¾a@‡äÇ@‡ÔÐÛa -5.8.2‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﱪ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ) ‪ ( v‬ﻭﻳﺼﺐ ﰲ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﻛﺒﲑ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻬﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﲤﺘﺺ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺝ‪:‬‬
‫‪v2‬‬
‫‪hd′ = ξ‬‬
‫‪2g‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ ﻟﻼﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﲔ )‪ (a‬ﻭ)‪ (c‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ .(5.22‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (a‬ﻛﻤﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫) ‪ ( y‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (c‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪v2‬‬
‫= ‪hd′ = H a − H c‬‬
‫‪2g‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ξ =1‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺝ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻣﺒﺎﻋﺪ )‪ .(Diffuser Tube‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫ﳛﺪﺙ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺳﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.22‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺩ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺝ‪ -1 ،‬ﺨﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪ -2 ،‬ﺨﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺩﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﳏﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻧﻮﺭﺩ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ )‪.(5.4‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪ZòÓbİÛa@À@ïÜØÛa@‡ÔÐÛa -5.8.3‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﲟﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﺎﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ) ‪ ( hL‬ﻣﻀﺎﻓﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪h f = hL + ∑ h ′‬‬ ‫)‪(5.97‬‬
‫‪v2‬‬
‫‪∑ h′ = ∑ ξ‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪2g‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺩﺍﺭﺳﻲ‪-‬ﻓﻴﺴﺒﺎﺥ ﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪L v2‬‬ ‫‪v2 v2‬‬ ‫‪L‬‬
‫‪hf = λ‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫⋅ ‪+ ∑ξ‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫) ‪⋅ (λ + ∑ ξ‬‬
‫‪D 2g‬‬ ‫‪2g 2g‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ ﻭﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺗﻪ ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﳋﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ) ‪ ( 0.02‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪A2‬‬
‫(= ‪ξ‬‬ ‫‪− 1) 2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﺴﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﻟﻠﺘﺪﻓﻖ‬
‫‪A1‬‬
‫‪A2‬‬
‫( ⋅ ‪ξ = 0,5‬‬ ‫‪− 1) 2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻨﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺪﻓﻖ‬
‫‪A1‬‬
‫‪ξ = 0,5‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‬

‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺳﻠﺲ ‪ξ = 0,2‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﻼﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﻳﺮﺓ‬
‫‪ξ = 0,05‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﳐﺮﺝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺣﻮﺽ ﺫﻱ‬

‫‪ξ = 1,0‬‬
‫ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ‪‬ﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻸﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﻉ )ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺪﺍﺭﺓ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻭﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬

‫] ‪ξ = [0,131 + 0,163 ⋅ (d R) 3,5‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ ) ‪ (( 90 o‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ξ = 0,5‬‬ ‫‪. R > 2 d -1‬‬
‫‪ξ = 0,3‬‬ ‫‪. R = (3 ÷ 7) ⋅ d -2‬‬
‫‪ξ = 1,1‬‬ ‫ﺍﳓﻨﺎﺀ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ξ = 0,25 ÷ 0,40‬‬

‫)ﺣﺴﺐ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺶ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﻉ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺶ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ(‬
‫‪A2‬‬
‫(⋅ ‪ξ = Z‬‬ ‫‪− 1) 2‬‬
‫‪A1‬‬
‫‪α = 2o‬‬ ‫‪, 4o‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪, 6 o‬‬ ‫ﳐﺮﻭﻁ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ )ﻧﺎﺷﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ‪Z = 0.12 , 0.14 , 0.23‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪7 o < β < 30 o‬‬

‫ﻓﺈﻥ ‪ξ = 016 ÷ 0,24‬‬
‫ﳐﺮﻭﻁ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ )ﺧﺎﻧﻖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪35 o < β < 80 o‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ‪ξ = 0,26 ÷ 0,35‬‬
‫ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﱰﻟﻖ ﰲ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ‬

‫‪ξ = 0,12‬‬
‫‪-1‬ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪ξ = 0,26‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫)‪(h d = 3 4‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ξ = 2,06‬‬
‫)‪(h d =1 2‬‬
‫ﺻﻨﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ‬

‫‪ξ = 5÷7‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫) ‪.( α = 30 o‬‬
‫‪ξ = 1÷ 3‬‬ ‫ﳏﺒﺲ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ )ﻣﺼﻔﺎﺓ(‬

‫‪ξ = 5 ÷ 10‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪.(5.4‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪ZHValvesI@pbßbà—Ûa -5.9‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﺰﺍ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Globe Valves) òíë‹ØÛa@pbßbà—Ûa -5.9.1‬‬
‫ﲝﺴﺐ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﻳﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﻐﻴ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﹰﺎ ﻭﳚﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ (5.23‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺈﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﳚﺐ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﻱ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﺎﳝﻜﻦ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.23‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ ﻜﺭﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Gate Valves) òîiaìjÛa@pbßbà—Ûa -5.9.2‬‬

‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻼﻥ )‪ (5.24‬ﻭ)‪ ((5.25‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﳚﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻛﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
‫ﻼ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺴﻚ ﺍﻹﺳﻔﻴﲏ )‪(Solid Wedge Disk‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﺻﻌﻮﺩﹰﺍ ﻭﻫﺒﻮﻃﹰﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻻﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ )‪ (Wheel‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺴﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﳏﻮﺭ )‪ (Stem‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳍﺒﻮﻁ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻞ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫)‪ (Inclined Seat‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﳏﻜﻢ ﰲ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ .‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﹰﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﲟﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﰲ ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﹰﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﻗﺪ ﳛﺪ‪‬ﺙ ﺿﺮﺭﹰﺍ ﰲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.25‬ﺼﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﻭﺍﺒﻲ ﺇﺴﻔﻴﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.24‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﻭﺍﺒﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Check Valves) Êìu‹Ûa@â‡Ç@pbßbà– -5.9.3‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﳌﺮﻭﺭ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ )‪ (5.28)، (5.27) ،(5.26‬ﻭ)‪ (5.29‬ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺴﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﲔ )‪ (5.26‬ﻭ )‪ (5.27‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﲔ )‪ (5.28‬ﻭ)‪ (5.29‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬ ‫א‬‫א‬
Ball Check Valve ،(5.27) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬ Swing Check Valve ،(5.26) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬
Angle Check Valve ،(5.29) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬ Wedge Check Valve ،(5.28) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬
:pý–ìÛaë@Êaì×þa -5.10
:‫ﻭﳕﻴﺰ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
.(Tee) ‫( ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺷﻌﺐ‬1
.( 90o Elbow ) ( 90o ) ‫( ﻛﻮﻉ‬2
.( 45o Elbow ) ( 45o ) ‫( ﻛﻮﻉ‬3
.(Return Bends) ‫( ﻛﻮﻉ ﻣﻨﺤﲏ‬4
(5.30) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬
Return Bends 45o Elbow 90 o Elbow Tee
[282] ‫ ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ‬‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬ ‫א‬‫א‬
:‫ ﺃﻱ‬،‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﲟﺮﺑﻊ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬

v2
HJ = ξ ⋅
2g
‫( ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‬5.5) ‫ ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬.‫ ( ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ )ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ( ﺍﶈﻠﻲ‬ξ ) ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ‬
.‫ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬ ( ξ )‫ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
Fully Open 10.0

Globe Valve
½ Open 12.5
Fully Open 0.19
¾ Open 0.90
Gate Valve
½ Open 4.5
¼ Open 24.0
Swing Check Through Flow 2.0

Valve
Blocked Flow ∞
Line Flow 0.40

Tee
Branch Flow 1.5
45o 0.40
Elbow 90o 0.75
Return Bend 2.2
.‫ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‬،(5.5) ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬
[283] ‫ ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ‬‫א‬‫א‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪:(Hydraulic Hammer) òîØîÛëŠ‡îa@òß‡—Ûa@âìèÐß -5.11‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﳊﺎﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺟﺊ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻄﺮﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺗﻐﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺣﱴ ﻣﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﻟﻠﺼﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﱰﻟﻖ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺤﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﺠﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﲢﺪﺙ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﱰﻟﻖ ﻓﺠﺎﺋﻴﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺺ ﺍﳊﺎﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪ :‬ﻧﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻃﻮﳍﺎ )‪ (L‬ﺗﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﲝﻮﺽ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﱰﻟﻖ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪((5.31‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ )‪ .(v‬ﻧﻐﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﱰﻟﻖ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻓﺘﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺿﻐﻂ )ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻨﺔ(‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﱰﻟﻖ ﲝﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.31‬ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺩﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻻﳛﺪﺛﺎﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﺘﺒﺎﻃﺄ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﳌﱰﻟﻖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺎﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ )‪ (C‬ﰲ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺩﺧﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺫﺑﺬﺑﺎﺕ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺘﻼﺷﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺟﻮﻛﻮﻓﺴﻜﻲ ‪) -Joukowski-‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ(‪:‬‬
‫‪E‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫=‪C‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫)‪(5.98‬‬
‫‪ρ‬‬ ‫‪E⋅d‬‬
‫‪1+‬‬
‫‪G ⋅e‬‬
‫‪ : C‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : E‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : G‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : d‬ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : e‬ﲰﺎﻛﺔ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪⎡ E‬‬ ‫⎤‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.98‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﰲ ﻭﺳﻂ‬ ‫⎢‬ ‫⎥ ‪= Co‬‬ ‫ﻳﻌﱪ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫‪⎣ ρ‬‬ ‫⎦‬
‫‪.(( C o‬‬ ‫) ‪= 1425 m / s‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ )ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ) ‪ ( E = 206 ⋅ 10 9 pa‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ) ‪ ( E = 2,06 ⋅ 10 9 pa‬ﻭﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( C‬ﺑـ ) ‪.( m / s‬‬
‫‪Co‬‬ ‫‪1425‬‬
‫=‪C‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫)‪(5.99‬‬
‫‪E⋅d‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬
‫‪1+‬‬ ‫‪1 + 0,01‬‬
‫‪G⋅e‬‬ ‫‪e‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺗﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺿﻌﻒ ﳑﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﻭﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﰲ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺊ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﻟﻠﺼﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺒﹰﺎ ﻃﺮﺩﻳﹰﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ) ‪،( ρ‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ) ‪ ( C‬ﻭﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ) ‪ ( v‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ‪:‬‬
‫‪∆p = ρ ⋅ C ⋅ v‬‬ ‫)‪(5.100‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺘﺎﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪∆p‬‬ ‫‪C⋅v‬‬
‫=‪h‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫)‪(5.101‬‬
‫‪ρ⋅g‬‬ ‫‪g‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﻴﺔ ) ‪،( C ≅ 1000 m / s‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.101‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺗﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫) ‪ ،( g = 9,8 m / s 2‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫]‪h = 102 m [H 2 O‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ) ‪ ( v = 1 m/s‬ﻭﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﳌﱰﻟﻖ ﻓﺠﺄﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﳊﻈﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ‬
‫) ‪.(10 atm‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻮﺽ ﻭﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻭﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺼﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﱰﻟﻖ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪2L‬‬
‫= ‪tp‬‬ ‫)‪(5.102‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ ( L‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ ) ‪( t g‬‬
‫ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﺮﻛﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺻﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﱰﻟﻘﺔ ﺗﻐﻠﻖ ﺑﺒﻂﺀ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﺐ ﺟﻮﺍﻣﻊ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪@òîÈÏ‡Ûa@kîibãþa@À@ÝöaìÜÛ@ñ‹Ôn¾a@ò×‹ä@‡äÇ@ÁÌ›Ûa@Êbîš -5.12‬‬
‫‪ZHòÜíìİÛa@kîibãþaë@ñ—ÔÛa@kîibãþa@âìèÐßI‬‬
‫ﻧﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓ ﻷﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ) ‪ ( D‬ﻭﻃﻮﻟﻪ ) ‪ ( L‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ‪:‬‬
‫‪ω D‬‬ ‫‪π ⋅ D2‬‬
‫=‪R‬‬ ‫‪= ,‬‬ ‫‪∝= π ⋅ D ,‬‬ ‫=‪ω‬‬
‫‪∝ 4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ )ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﲑ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺳﻨﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺦ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﳜﺺ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﱃ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﻌﻲ ﻟﻼﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﰲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺩﺍﺭﺳﻲ ﻓﻴﺴﺒﺎﺥ ﺑﺪ ﹰﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺷﻴﺰﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ZÁÌ›Ûa@lby@pü†bÈß -5.12.1‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬א‪‬א‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ( ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻣﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻐﲑﹰﺍ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ‬
‫ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳘﺎﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ) ‪ ( hL‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪Q2‬‬
‫‪hL = h f = 2 ⋅ L‬‬ ‫)‪(5.103‬‬
‫‪K‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪.( Q 2‬‬ ‫‪=J‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ )‬
‫‪K‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ) ‪ ( K 2‬ﻓﺘﺤﺴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪π ⋅ D2‬‬ ‫‪D π 2 ⋅C2‬‬
‫( = ‪K 2 = ω2 ⋅ C 2 ⋅ R‬‬ ‫⋅ ‪)⋅C2‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪⋅ D5‬‬ ‫)‪(5.104‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪64‬‬
‫ﲟﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.78‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬

‫‪D‬‬
‫‪C = f (n, R) = f (n,‬‬‫)‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪8g‬‬ ‫∆‬
‫=‪C‬‬ ‫) ( ‪= f (∆ r ) = f‬‬
‫‪λ‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ) ‪ ( K‬ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‬

‫ﻭﳋﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺟﺪﺭﺍ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺧﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﹰﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻘﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﰲ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺗﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﲟﻌﺮﻓﺔ ) ‪ ( K‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻏﺰﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ) ‪ ( Q‬ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﹰﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ) ‪ ( L‬ﻭﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ) ‪.( hL‬‬
‫‪ .2‬א‪‬א‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻﳚﻮﺯ ﺇﳘﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ) ‪(( ∑ h′‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺑﺎﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ) ‪ ،( hL‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺳﻲ‪-‬ﻓﻴﺴﺒﺎﺥ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪:( hL‬‬
‫‪L v2‬‬
‫‪hL = λ‬‬ ‫⋅‬
‫‪D 2g‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﲢﺴﺐ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( λ‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ )ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ )‪(5.58) ،(5.57‬‬

‫ﻭ)‪ ((5.59‬ﺃﻭ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺮﺩ ﰲ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺮ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪.(5.96‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺑﺎﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ) ‪ ( hL‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ) ‪ ،( h′‬ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪h f = hL + ∑ h ′‬‬ ‫)‪(5.105‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺩﺍﺭﺳﻲ –ﻓﻴﺴﺒﺎﺥ ﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪v2‬‬
‫⋅ ‪hL = ξ L‬‬ ‫)‪(5.106‬‬
‫‪2g‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫⋅ ‪ξL = λ‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪D‬‬

‫‪v2‬‬
‫= ‪hf‬‬ ‫) ‪⋅ (ξ L + ∑ ξ‬‬ ‫)‪(5.107‬‬
‫‪2g‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪v2‬‬
‫⋅ ‪hf = ξ f‬‬ ‫)‪(5.108‬‬
‫‪2g‬‬
‫‪ξ f = ξ L + ∑ξ‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.107‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﺘﻐﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﲢﺴﺐ ﻛ ﹰ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﻴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ) ‪ ( hL‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪h f = hL‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻﳚﻮﺯ ﺇﳘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺪﻋﻰ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪Zñ—ÔÛa@kîibãþa -5.12.2‬‬
‫ﳕﻴﺰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑﺓ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : .1‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪) ÝöbÛa@ôìnß@o¥@‹Ôn¾a@ÕÏ‡nÛa (a‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪:((5.32‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﲔ )‪ (A‬ﻭ)‪ ،(B‬ﻭﻧﻔﺘﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻻﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ )‪ (A‬ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( Q‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ )‪ (B‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﲔ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ )‪ (1-1‬ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﰲ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ )‪ (A‬ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ )‪ (2-2‬ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﰲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ )‪ .(B‬ﻭﳔﺘﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ )‪ (O-O‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ )‪ (2-2‬ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.32‬ﺍﻷﻨﺎﺒﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺭ ﺘﺤﺕ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺌل‪.‬‬

‫‪ :P‬ﺨﻁ ﺘﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ‪ :E ،‬ﺨﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪Z 2 = 0, v A = v B = 0, p = p a‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻌﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪p1‬‬ ‫‪α ⋅ v12‬‬ ‫‪p2‬‬ ‫‪α ⋅ v 22‬‬
‫‪Z1 +‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪= Z2 +‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+ hf‬‬ ‫)‪(5.109‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪2g‬‬ ‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪2g‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺋﲔ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺃﻥ ) ‪.( Z1 = Z 2‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻋﺘﱪﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ( α = 1‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ ،(5.109‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪Z = hf‬‬ ‫)‪(5.110‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﱪ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﲔ ﳑﺘﻠﺌﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﲔ ﻳﺼﺮﻑ ﻛﻔﺎﻗﺪ ﻟﻠﻀﺦ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻮ ﻋﱪﻧﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ) ‪ ( h f‬ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪v2‬‬
‫⋅ ‪hf = ξ f‬‬ ‫)‪(5.111‬‬
‫‪2g‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ξf‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ‬

‫ﻭﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ )‪ (5.111‬ﰲ )‪ ،(5.110‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪v2‬‬
‫⋅ ‪Z =ξf‬‬ ‫)‪(5.112‬‬
‫‪2g‬‬
‫ﻭﳓﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫=‪v‬‬ ‫‪⋅ 2g ⋅ Z‬‬ ‫)‪(5.113‬‬
‫‪ξf‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ‪:‬‬
‫‪π ⋅ D2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫= ‪Q = ω⋅v‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫‪⋅ 2g ⋅ Z‬‬ ‫)‪(5.114‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪ξf‬‬
‫‪) ïuŠb©a@ì§a@¶g@ÕÏ‡nÛa (b‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪:(5.33‬‬

‫ﻧﺪﺭﺱ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ ) ‪ ( v = const , H = const‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ‬
‫)‪ (A‬ﻋﱪ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﻮ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﺜﻞ ) ‪ ( H‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ )‪ (A‬ﻋﻦ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪.(2-2‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.33‬ﺍﻷﻨﺎﺒﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻓﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :P‬ﺨﻁ ﺘﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ‪ :E ،‬ﺨﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻌﲔ )‪ (1-1‬ﻭ)‪ (2-2‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ )‪ (0-0‬ﻫﻮ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻭﲟﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪Z 1 = H , v1 = v 2 = 0, v 2 = v, p1 = p 2 = p a , α = 1‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ )‪ ،(5.109‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪v2‬‬
‫‪H = hf +‬‬ ‫)‪(5.115‬‬
‫‪2g‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ ( v‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ )‪.(2-2‬‬
‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.115‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ) ‪- ( H‬ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺦ‪ -‬ﻳﺼﺮﻑ ﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻭﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺿﺦ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( h f‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.108‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ ،(5.115‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪v2 v2‬‬
‫‪H =ξf‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫‪2g 2g‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫=‪v‬‬ ‫‪⋅ 2 gH‬‬ ‫)‪(5.116‬‬
‫‪1+ ξ f‬‬
‫ﻭﳓﺼﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ‪:‬‬

‫‪π ⋅ D2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫=‪Q‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫‪⋅ 2 gH‬‬ ‫)‪(5.117‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪1+ ξ f‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪ 2‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪:‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ )‪ (5.114‬ﻭ)‪ (5.117‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪Q = µt ⋅ ω ⋅ 2g ⋅ Z‬‬ ‫)‪(5.118‬‬
‫‪Q = µ t ⋅ ω ⋅ 2 gH‬‬ ‫)‪(5.119‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ ( µ t‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﳛﺴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﲢﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫= ‪µt‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫)‪(5.120‬‬
‫‪ξf‬‬ ‫‪ξ L + ∑ξ‬‬ ‫‪λ⋅L‬‬
‫‪+ ∑ξ‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﻮ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫= ‪µt‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫)‪(5.121‬‬
‫‪1+ ξ f‬‬ ‫‪λ⋅L‬‬
‫‪1+‬‬ ‫‪+ ∑ξ‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ )‪ (5.118‬ﻭ)‪ (5.119‬ﰲ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑﺓ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺣﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ) ‪ ( D‬ﻭ) ‪) ( Z‬ﺃﻭ ) ‪ (( H‬ﻭﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ) ‪.( Q‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ) ‪ ( D‬ﻭ) ‪ ( Q‬ﻭﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ) ‪) ( Z‬ﺃﻭ ) ‪.(( H‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ) ‪ ( Q‬ﻭ) ‪) ( Z‬ﺃﻭ ) ‪(( H‬ﻭﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ) ‪.( D‬‬
‫‪@ @Zñ—ÔÛa@kîibãþa@À@ò–b©a@pübä -5.12.3‬‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ‪ ZæìÐîÛa -‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺟﺰﺅﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻐﺬﻳﻬﺎ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.(5.26‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.34‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻔﻭﻥ‪ :( E − E ) ،‬ﺨﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪ :( P − P ) ،‬ﺨﻁ ﺘﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻞﺀ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.34‬ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﱪﻫﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﲔ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ) ‪ ( n − n‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ) ‪ ( h′‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ) ‪ ،( h′′‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺿﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﳝﻸ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻔﻮﻥ ﻳﻘﻊ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ) ‪ ( n − n‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪p1 = p a + (−h ′ ⋅ γ‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ) ‪ ( n − n‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ‪:‬‬

‫) ‪p 2 = p a + (−h ′′ ⋅ γ‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ( p1 > p 2‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻻﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ )ﺃﻱ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﻞ(‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻔﻮﻥ ) ‪ ( Z = const‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ‬

‫ﺑﲔ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺋﲔ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ )‪ (1-1‬ﻭ)‪ (3-3‬ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ )‪ (5.12.2.1‬ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺷﺒﻴﻬﺔ ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ )‪(5.118‬‬
‫ﻭ)‪.(5.119‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻣﺎﳝﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻔﻮﻥ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ) ‪ ،( hv‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﰲ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ )ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ‪ .( n − n‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﹰﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ) ‪ ( n − n‬ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ ،(2-2‬ﻭﻧﻄﺒﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻌﲔ )‪ (1-1‬ﻭ)‪ (2-2‬ﻣﻌﺘﱪﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ )‪(O-O‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ )‪ ،(1-1‬ﻓﻴﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫‪p1‬‬ ‫‪α ⋅ v12‬‬ ‫‪p2‬‬ ‫‪α ⋅ v 22‬‬
‫‪Z1 +‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪= Z2 +‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+ h ′f‬‬ ‫)‪(5.122‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪2g‬‬ ‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪2g‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫‪p1‬‬ ‫‪pa‬‬ ‫‪α ⋅ v12‬‬
‫‪Z 1 = 0,‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪≅0‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪2g‬‬
‫)‪(5.123‬‬
‫‪p2‬‬ ‫‪pn‬‬ ‫‪α ⋅ v 22‬‬‫‪v2‬‬
‫‪Z 1 = h ′,‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪= 2‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪2g‬‬ ‫‪2g‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : v‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : p n‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ) ‪.( n − n‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ) ‪ ( h′f‬ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻌﲔ )‪ (1-1‬ﻭ)‪ (2-2‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪v2‬‬
‫⋅ ‪h f = ξ ′f‬‬ ‫)‪(5.124‬‬
‫‪2g‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ ( ξ ′f‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻌﲔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ )‪ (5.123‬ﻭ)‪ (5.124‬ﰲ )‪ ،(5.122‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪pa‬‬ ‫‪pn‬‬ ‫‪v 22‬‬ ‫‪v2‬‬

‫‪= h′ +‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫⋅ ‪+ ξ ′f‬‬ ‫)‪(5.125‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪2g‬‬ ‫‪2g‬‬
‫‪pa‬‬ ‫‪pn‬‬ ‫‪v2‬‬
‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪= h′ +‬‬ ‫) ‪⋅ (1 + ξ ′f‬‬ ‫)‪(5.126‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪2g‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ) ‪ ( hv‬ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪pa‬‬ ‫‪pn‬‬
‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪= (hv ) max‬‬ ‫)‪(5.127‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪γ‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫‪v2‬‬
‫‪(hv ) max = h ′ +‬‬ ‫) ‪⋅ (1 + ξ ′f‬‬ ‫)‪(5.128‬‬
‫‪2g‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.128‬ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻛﺎﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ (4-4‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﺸﲑ ) ‪ ( h′‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ (4-4‬ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﲑ ) ‪ ( ξ ′f‬ﺇﱃ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﲑ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ،( h′‬ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﻛﺒﲑﹰﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻔﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻔﻮﻥ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺍﺟﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪(hv ) max = (hv ) c‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ] ‪ :[ (hv ) c‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﰲ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪(hv ) c‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫]‪(hv ) c = 6 ÷ 7 m [H 2 O‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻔﻮﻥ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻔﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻠﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺗﺘﺠﻤﻊ ﰲ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ )ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ‪ .( n − n‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﲡﻤﻊ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺎﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻬﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﻻﳚﻮﺯ ﻃﺮﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻋﱪ ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻄﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﺩ ﹰﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻀﺨﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.128‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ) ‪ ،( v‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻭﺳﻄﻲ ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻭﺑﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻗﺪ ﳛﺼﻞ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ ) ‪ ( p n‬ﺍﳌﻌﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (5.128‬ﺇﱃ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻹﺷﺒﺎﻉ ) ‪.( p sat‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﻟـ ) ‪ ( h′‬ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻔﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ )‪ (5.27.a‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻬﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ) ‪،( n − n‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( h′‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﻓﻊ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻔﻮﻥ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻬﻒ ﻭﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(5.35.b‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻻﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻔﻮﻥ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﻋﻴﺔ ) ‪ .( Z‬ﻭﻣﻊ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ) ‪ ( h′‬ﳛﺪﺙ ﺍﻻﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬

‫)‪.(5.35.c‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﲑﹰﺍ ﻧﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ) ‪ ( E − E‬ﻭﺧﻂ ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪( P − P‬‬
‫ﻳﺄﺧﺬﺍﻥ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻔﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.34‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻉ ) ‪.( n − n‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻔﻮﻥ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ) ‪ ،( Z‬ﻭﻳﻘﻊ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ( P − P‬ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ) ‪ ( E − E‬ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ) ‪.( v‬‬
‫‪2g‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.35‬ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻔﻭﻥ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻨﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺨﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ‪ Zòƒ›¾a@ kz@ òiìjãc -‬ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺘﺺ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ .(5.36‬ﻭﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺴﻴﻔﻮﻥ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﺃﺷﺪﻩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪.(2-2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.36‬ﺃﻨﺒﻭﺒﺔ ﺴﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺪﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ (1-1‬ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﻞ‬

‫ﺑﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )‪ .(2-2‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (5.128‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ) ‪ ( h′‬ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( a‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ) ‪ ( ξ ′f‬ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( ξ f‬ﺃﻱ ﲟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻭﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪v2‬‬
‫‪(hv ) max = a +‬‬ ‫) ‪⋅ (1 + ξ f‬‬ ‫)‪(5.129‬‬
‫‪2g‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ] ‪ : [(hv ) max‬ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻛﻮﻻﺱ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﳛﻘﻖ‬
‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻛﻮﻻﺱ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫]‪(hv ) max ≤ 4 ÷ 6,5 m [H 2 O‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻛﻮﻻﺱ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‬
‫ﻻﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﻨﺸﻂ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻬﻒ ﻭﺗﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﲟﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ] ‪ [(hv ) max‬ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲟﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.129‬ﲢﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪v2‬‬
‫‪a = (hv ) max −‬‬ ‫) ‪⋅ (1 + ξ f‬‬ ‫)‪(5.130‬‬
‫‪2g‬‬
‫‪ZòÜíìİÛa@kîibãþa -5.12.4‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ )ﻃﻮﳍﺎ ﻻﻳﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ) ‪ (1000‬ﺿﻌﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ(‪،‬‬
‫‪‬ﻤﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺻﻐﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ) ‪ ،( hL‬ﻭﺳﻨﻌﺘﱪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻂ ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪.‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﲢﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺧﻂ ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ( P − P‬ﺷﻜﻠﻪ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ ،(5.37‬ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺎ‬

‫ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﳌﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ ) ‪ .( J‬ﻭﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫) ‪ ( D2 > D1‬ﻓﺈﻥ ) ‪ ( J 1‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﱪﻣﻦ ) ‪.( J 2‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.37‬ﺃﻨﺒﻭﺏ ﻁﻭﻴل ﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭ ) ‪.( J 1 > J 2‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﲢﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﰲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﰲ‬

‫ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ‪:‬‬
‫‪Z = h L + hL + h L‬‬ ‫)‪(5.131‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ ( hL )،( hL‬ﻭ) ‪ ( hL‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﳛﺴﺐ ) ‪ ( hL‬ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.103‬ﻓﺒﻤﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (5.131‬ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪Q2‬‬ ‫‪Q2‬‬ ‫‪Q2‬‬
‫=‪Z‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫‪L‬‬‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪⋅ L3‬‬ ‫)‪(5.132‬‬
‫‪K 12‬‬ ‫‪K 22‬‬ ‫‪K 32‬‬
‫‪ K 2 ، K1‬ﻭ ‪ : K 3‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻟﻸﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ L2 ، L1‬ﻭ ‪ : L3‬ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : Q‬ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ )ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺈﺧﺮﺍﺝ ) ‪ ( Q 2‬ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻗﻮﺳﲔ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫∑ ⋅ ‪Z = Q2‬‬ ‫)‪(5.133‬‬
‫‪K2‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪Z‬‬
‫=‪Q‬‬ ‫)‪(5.134‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫‪∑ K2‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ )‪ (5.133‬ﻭ)‪ (5.134‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪ :‬ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪:‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫• ‪ :ÝÜnÛa@óÜÇ@Ý–ìÛa‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.30‬ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ ( Q = Q1 = Q2 = Q3‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻌﲔ )‪ (A‬ﻭ)‪ (B‬ﻫﻮ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﻗﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪(hL ) AB = hL1 + hL2 + hL3‬‬ ‫)‪(5.135‬‬
‫‪L1 v12‬‬ ‫‪L v2‬‬ ‫‪L v2‬‬
‫‪(hL ) AB = λ1‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫‪+ λ 2 2 ⋅ 2 + λ3 3 ⋅ 3‬‬
‫‪D1 2 g‬‬ ‫‪D2 2 g‬‬ ‫‪D3 2 g‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.38‬ﺍﻟﺭﺒﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴل‪.‬‬

‫• ‪ :ðŒaìnÛa@ óÜÇ@ Ý–ìÛa‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.39‬ﻳﺒﲔ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻉ(‪ .‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻻﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.135‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻻﳚﻮﺯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﲨﻊ ﻓﻮﺍﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﻟﻸﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.39‬ﺍﻟﺭﺒﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺪﺭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.40‬ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻮﻃﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻞ )‪ (A‬ﻭﺍﳌﺨﺮﺝ )‪ (B‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻧﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺘﲔ ﺑﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻳﺘﲔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻫﺎﺗﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﲔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ) ‪:( AB‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪(hL ) AB = ( H e ) A − ( H e ) B‬‬ ‫)‪(5.136‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ :( H e‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.40‬ﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻨﺎﺒﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺒﻭﻁﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪hL1 = ( H e ) A − ( H e ) B‬‬
‫‪hL2 = ( H e ) A − ( H e ) B‬‬ ‫)‪(5.137‬‬
‫‪hL3 = ( H e ) A − ( H e ) B‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ ( hL )،( hL‬ﻭ) ‪ ( hL‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ ،(5.137‬ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪(hL ) AB = hL1 = hL2 = hL3 = ( H e ) A − ( H e ) B‬‬ ‫)‪(5.138‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (5.103‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (5.138‬ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪Q12‬‬ ‫‪Q22‬‬ ‫‪Q32‬‬
‫‪(hL ) AB‬‬ ‫‪= 2 ⋅ L1 = 2 ⋅ L2 = 2 ⋅ L3‬‬ ‫)‪(5.139‬‬
‫‪K1‬‬ ‫‪K2‬‬ ‫‪K3‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪(hL ) AB‬‬
‫⋅ ‪Q1 = K 1‬‬
‫‪L1‬‬
‫‪(hL ) AB‬‬
‫⋅ ‪Q2 = K 2‬‬ ‫)‪(5.140‬‬
‫‪L2‬‬
‫‪(hL ) AB‬‬
‫⋅ ‪Q3 = K 3‬‬
‫‪L3‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪Q = Q1 + Q2 + Q3‬‬ ‫)‪(5.141‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ )‪ (5.140‬ﰲ )‪ ،(5.141‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪(hL ) AB‬‬ ‫‪(hL ) AB‬‬ ‫‪(hL ) AB‬‬
‫⋅ ‪Q = K1‬‬ ‫⋅ ‪+ K2‬‬ ‫⋅ ‪+ K3‬‬ ‫)‪(5.142‬‬
‫‪L1‬‬ ‫‪L2‬‬ ‫‪L3‬‬
‫‪K‬‬
‫∑ ⋅ ‪Q = (hL ) AB‬‬ ‫)‪(4.143‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪Q2‬‬
‫= ‪(hL ) AB‬‬ ‫)‪(5.144‬‬
‫‪K‬‬
‫‪(∑ ) 2‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ) ‪ ( K‬ﻭ) ‪ ( L‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﲟﻌﺮﻓﺔ ‪ (hL ) AB‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (5.144‬ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ )‪ (4.140‬ﰲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺓ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪.(5.41‬‬
‫‪Zpbãa‚@òqýq@åÇ@òÛdß -5.12.5‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.41‬ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ )‪(2) ،(1‬‬
‫ﻭ)‪ .(3‬ﻭﺑﻔﺮﺽ ) ‪ ( ∇ 2 ) ،( ∇1‬ﻭ) ‪ ( ∇ 3‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻄﻰ‬
‫) ‪] ( D3 ) ،( D2 ) ،( D1 ) ،( L3 ) ،( L2 ) ،( L1‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ) ‪،[( K 3 ) ،( K 2 ) ،( K1‬‬
‫) ‪ ( ∇ 2 ) ،( ∇1‬ﻭ) ‪ .( ∇ 3‬ﻭﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫• ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ )‪ (3‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻮﺑﺘﲔ‬
‫)‪.(2) ،(1‬‬
‫• ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ) ‪ ( Q2 ) ،( Q1‬ﻭ) ‪.( Q3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(5.41‬ﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﺨﺯﺍﻨﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .I‬ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (5.33‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ( J‬ﻟﻸﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺸﲑ‬

‫) ‪ ( ∇ o‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ( Po‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪- (o‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪ -‬ﻭﳕﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ )‪:(3‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻐﺬﻯ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ )‪ (III‬ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ )‪ (I‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﳌﺎ ) ‪.( ∇ o > ∇ 3‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ )‪ (III‬ﻳﻐﺬﻱ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ )‪ (II‬ﻓﺎﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻟﻸﺳﻔﻞ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫) ‪.( ∇ o < ∇ 3‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ )‪ (3‬ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ) ‪.( ∇ o = ∇ 3‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪(4.33‬‬
‫ﳒﺮﻱ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪.( ∇ o‬‬ ‫) ‪= ∇3‬‬ ‫‪ (a‬ﻧﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ )‪،(3‬‬
‫ﳓﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ ) ‪ ( Q1‬ﻭ) ‪:( Q2‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪hL1‬‬ ‫‪∇1 − ∇ o‬‬ ‫‪∇1 − ∇ 3‬‬

‫⋅ ‪Q1 = K 1‬‬ ‫⋅ ‪= K1‬‬ ‫⋅ ‪= L1‬‬
‫‪L1‬‬ ‫‪L1‬‬ ‫‪L1‬‬
‫‪hL2‬‬ ‫‪∇o − ∇2‬‬ ‫‪∇3 − ∇2‬‬
‫⋅ ‪Q2 = K 2‬‬ ‫⋅ ‪= K2‬‬ ‫⋅ ‪= K2‬‬
‫‪L2‬‬ ‫‪L1‬‬ ‫‪L1‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﻧﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﲔ ) ‪ ( Q1‬ﻭ) ‪:( Q2‬‬

‫ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺗﺒﲔ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ( Q1 = Q2‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ )‪ (III‬ﻓﻌ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﻻﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ) ‪.( ∇ o = ∇ 3‬‬
‫ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺒﲔ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ( Q1 > Q2‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ( ∇ o > ∇ 3‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ )‪(III‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻐﺬﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ )‪ (I‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺎﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ )‪ (3‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺒﲔ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ( Q1 < Q2‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ( ∇ o < ∇ 3‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ )‪ (III‬ﻳﺘﻐﺬﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ )‪ (II‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ )‪(3‬‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .II‬ﻧﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ )‪ (III‬ﻳﻐﺬﻱ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ )‪ ،(II‬ﻭﲟﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫)‪ ،(4.103‬ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Q12‬‬
‫= ‪∇1 − ∇ o‬‬ ‫‪⋅ L1‬‬
‫‪K 12‬‬
‫‪Q32‬‬
‫= ‪∇3 − ∇o‬‬ ‫‪⋅ L3‬‬
‫‪K 32‬‬
‫‪Q22‬‬
‫= ‪∇o − ∇2‬‬ ‫‪⋅ L2‬‬
‫‪K 22‬‬
‫‪Q1 + Q3 = Q2‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﳎﺎﻫﻴﻞ ) ‪( Q3 ) ،( Q2 ) ،( Q1‬‬

‫ﻭ) ‪ .( ∇ o‬ﻭﲟﻌﺮﻓﺔ ) ‪ ( ∇ o‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪@ @pbƒ›¾a‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﻲ ﺁﻻﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺳﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺄﻣﲔ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺿﺎﻏﻂ ‪ .‬ﺗﺼﻨ‪‬ﻒ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﻃﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﳌﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺣﺠﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ )‪ (Positive Displacement‬ﻭﻣﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪] (Dynamic Pumps‬ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﻛﻴﻨﻴﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ )‪ .[(Kinetic‬ﻭﻳﺒﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﰐ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﲢﺖ ﻛﻞ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺗﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﳌﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﻨﻨﺔ )‪.(Gear‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺎﺋﺤﻴﺔ )‪.(Vane‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ)‪(Rotary‬‬ ‫ﻣﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺣﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﺒﻴﺔ )‪.(Screw‬‬
‫ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻘﺎﺕ )‪.(Lobe‬‬ ‫‪Positive Displacement‬‬
‫)‪Pump (P.D.P‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺒﺴﻴﺔ )‪.(Piston‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻏﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ )‪.(Diaphragm‬‬ ‫)‪(Reciprocating‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﺑﺬﺓ )‪.(Radial Flow‬‬

‫)‪(Centrifugal‬‬
‫ﳏﻮﺭﻳﺔ )‪.(Axial Flow‬‬ ‫)‪(Rotary‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳐﺘﻠﻄﺔ )‪.(Mixed Flow‬‬ ‫‪Dynamic Pumps‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺫﻓﺔ )‪.(Jet or Ejector‬‬ ‫)‪(D.P‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺧﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫)‪Electro-‬‬ ‫ﻛﻬﺮﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬ ‫)‪(Special Design‬‬
‫‪.(magnetic‬‬
‫א‪‬א‪ ‬ــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ ]‪[307‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻱ ﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺋﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﻨﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺿﺨﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﺘﺴﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻻﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺿﻐﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ )‪ (P.D.P‬ﻭﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ )‪.(D.P‬‬
‫‪Positive Displacement ) òjuì¾a@òyaŒ⁄a@paˆ@òîàvä@pbƒ›¾a -6.1‬‬
‫‪:(Pump‬‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﻣﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﳊﺠﻮﻡ ﻓﻤﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻟﺒﻴﺔ )‪ (Screw pump‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6.1‬ﺗﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﺠﻮﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻮﺭ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﳌﻠﺌﻬﺎ ﰒ ﺗﻐﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﻮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺝ‪ .‬ﻭ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺬﻑ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﳐﺮﺝ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺘﹰﺎ ﻭﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﳑﺎ ﳚﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﰲ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫)ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ‪.(...‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(6.1‬ﻴﺒﻴ‪‬ﻥ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﻟﻭﻟﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﲢﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺿﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺴﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻷﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﰲ ﺿﺦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻭﳌﻨﻊ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺿﺮﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﻳﺮﻛﱠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳐﺮﺝ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﲣﻔﻴﻒ )‪ (Relief Valve‬ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﻮﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Screw Pump) òîjÛìÜÛa@pbƒ›¾a -6.1.1‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﻣﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺣﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺩﻭ‪‬ﺍﺭ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻟﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱄ ﺣﱴ ) ‪ ( 90%‬ﻭﺑﺄ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺿﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﺘﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﻧﻊ ﻣﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﻟﺒﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺗﺼﺎﻣﻴﻢ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻲ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻟﻮﻟﺒﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﺐ ﻗﺎﺋﺪ ﻭﻟﻮﻟﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﺒﲔ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺼﻨﻒ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﻟﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻟﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﺄﻣﲔ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ) ‪( 0.2 − 1000 m 3 h‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺣﱴ ) ‪.( 250 at‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻟﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﻴﺺ )‪(Liner‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺪﺍﺧﻠﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺐ )‪ (Screws‬ﻣﺘﻌﺸﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻠﻮﻟﺐ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ )ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ( )‪ (Driver Screw‬ﻭﻟﻮﻟﺒﲔ ﺧﺎﻣﻠﲔ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﻦ ) ‪Idler‬‬
‫‪ (Screw‬ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﲔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺑﺄﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻳﺘﻮﺿﻌﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻟﺐ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺸﻴﻖ ﻛﺘﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﳝﻸ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﺑﲔ ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﻭﺭﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺘﻌﺸﻖ ﺃﺳﻨﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺑﺼﻤﺎﻡ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻫﻮ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﳝﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺪﳎﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺮﻛﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻂ ﻃﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﳌﻨﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﺏ ﺗﺮﻛﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (Mechanical Seal‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Gear Pumps) òîää¾a@pbƒ›¾a -6.1.2‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6.2‬ﺇﱃ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭ‪‬ﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6.3‬ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺘﲔ ﻣﺴﻨﻨﺘﲔ )‪ (Driven Gear‬ﻭﻣﻌﺸﻘﺘﲔ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﻳﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﲜﻬﺘﲔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻛﺴﺘﲔ ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﺎﳝﻜﻦ ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﻨﺎﻥ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻻﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺒﲑﹰﺍ‪.‬ﻳﺘﺮﻭﺍﺡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﲔ )‪ (8-12‬ﻭﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺧﻠﻮﺻﺎﺕ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻣﺎﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻠﺘﲔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ )‪.(Housing‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(6.2‬ﻴﺒﻴ‪‬ﻥ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﻤﺴﻨﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ )ﺍﳌﺴﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ( ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﳏﻮﺭ )‪ (Shaft‬ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻊ ﳏﺮﻙ‬

‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ )ﺍﳌﺴﻨﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺩ( ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻭﳝﺘﻠﺊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﺎﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺳﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻞ )‪ (inlet‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﲣﻠﺨﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺳﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﺪﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﻨﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ )‪ (Outlet‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻄﺮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(6.3‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﲡﻬﺰ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﲜﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺎﻛﺲ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻀﺦ‬
‫] ‪ [ (1 − 100) ⋅10−4 m3 s‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺣﱴ ) ‪ ( 20 − 30 MPa‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻀﺦ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﺟﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﲢﺖ ﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﺎ ﹴﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺪﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻸﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Lobe Pumps) pbÔÜÐÛa@paˆ@pbƒ›¾a -6.1.3‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6.4‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﻀﺨﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻓﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺘﲔ ﺍﳌﻀﻠﻌﺘﲔ )‪ (Poles‬ﺗ‪‬ﺤﺮﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻻﺗﺘﻤﺎﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻔﺠﻮﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻀﻠﻌﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻀﺎﺕ )‪.(Pulsation‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (6.4‬ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻓﻠﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Vane Pumps) òîzöbÐ—Ûa@pbƒ›¾a -6.1.4‬‬

‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6.5‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺋﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ )‪ (Rotor‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻘﻮﻕ ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ (Slots‬ﺇﱃ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ )‪ (Shaft‬ﻭﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻏﻼﻑ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ )‪(Housing‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6.6‬ﺷﻘﲔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ )‪(Vane‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﻤﻤﺔ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻼﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﳍﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (6.5‬ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﺼﻔﺎﺌﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺋﺢ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮﻱ ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﱰﻟﻖ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺋﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻮﺹ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ‪ .‬ﺧﻼﻝ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻟﻠﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﻭﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺒﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ )‪(Inlet Port‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﻴﻤﻸ ﺟﻮﻑ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻟﻠﺠﺰﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻳﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺋﺢ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ ﺇﱃ ﺷﻘﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻳﻨﺨﻔﺾ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﶈﺠﻮﺯ ﺑﲔ ﺟﺰﺀﻱ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺬﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻋﱪ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺝ )‪.(Outlet Port‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(6.6‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺌﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Piston Pumps) òîjØ¾a@pbƒ›¾a -6.1.5‬‬

‫ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺴﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻀﺨﺔ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﺑﺲ )‪.(Pistons‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺑﺲ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺲ‬

‫ﻭﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺑﺲ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺑﺲ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺑﺲ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺒﺲ ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻓﻌﻞ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﲔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﻗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6.7‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﲢﺮﻙ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ ﻳﻨﺸﺄ ﲣﻠﺨﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﻳﻨﻀﻐﻂ ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ) ‪- ( K p‬‬
‫‪ -Discharge Valve‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻭﻳﻐﻠﻖ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‬
‫ﻼ ﻭﳝﺘﺺ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﻊ ﺧﻼﻝ‬ ‫) ‪ -Suction Valve- ( K s‬ﻓﲑﺗﻔﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ )‪ (Suction Pipe‬ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻳﻘﻔﻞ‬
‫ﻼ ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ) ‪ ( K p‬ﻭﻳﻄﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ) ‪ ( K s‬ﻭﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﻭﺑﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺒﺲ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﰒ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻋﻴﺒﹰﺎ ﻛﺒﲑﹰﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(6.7‬ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺒﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﻓﻲ ﺍﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺐ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻓﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﲔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6.8‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﲔ )ﺫﺍﺕ ﻏﺮﻓﺘﲔ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﻠﺘﲔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻢ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﰲ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺘﲔ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(6.8‬ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁﻲ ﻟﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻓﻌل ﻓﻲ ﺍﺘﺠﺎﻫﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺇﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‪ -2 ،‬ﻣﻜﺒﺲ‪ -3 ،‬ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺲ‪ -4 ،‬ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‪ -5 ،‬ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ‪ -6 ،‬ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﳌﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺮﻳﺐ‪-7 ،‬‬
‫ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺳﺤﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ -8 ،‬ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺿﺦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ -9 ،‬ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺳﺤﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ -10 ،‬ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺿﺦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ -f ،‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺲ‪ -F ،‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺲ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﻗﻴﺔ )ﻣﻜﺒﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﻏﻮﺍﻃﺲ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6.9‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻜﺒﺴﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫) ‪ ( D1‬ﻭ) ‪ ،( D2‬ﻭﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﰲ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺳﺤﺐ ﻛﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻓﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻛﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻓﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻧﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺷﻮﻁ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺒﺲ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺿﺦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻴﺘﻢ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺷﻮﻃﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺲ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺘﲔ )‪ (A‬ﻭ)‪ (B‬ﰲ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺴﻴﺔ )ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﻮﺍﻃﺲ( ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺃﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(6.9‬ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁﻲ ﻟﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﻓﺭﻗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Zpbƒ›¾a@òí‹Äã@À@òß‡ƒn¾a@òîbþa@áîçbÐ¾a -6.2‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6.10‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻄﻲ ﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺿﺦ ﻣﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺿﺦ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻀﺨﺔ ﻭﳏﺮﻙ )ﺍﶈﺮﻙ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ( ﻭﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺳﺤﺐ )‪(B‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺩﻓﻊ )‪ (T‬ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(6.10‬ﺭﺴﻡ ﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁﻲ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻀﺦ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﲢﻤﻲ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﳌﻞﺀ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ )ﰲ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺶ( ﻭﳝﻨﻊ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻋﻜﺴﻲ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ZkzÜÛ@ïÌí‹ÐnÛa@ÊbÐmŠüa -6.2.1‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﲣﻠﺨﻞ ﰲ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ (6.10‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺍﻩ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﺣﱴ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ) ‪،( hs‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ) ‪ ،( hϖs‬ﻭﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ) ‪ .( v‬ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( hs‬ﺑﺎﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻐﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﺤﺐ‬
‫‪2g‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺇﱃ‪:‬‬
‫‪po − pe‬‬ ‫‪v2‬‬
‫= ‪hs‬‬ ‫‪− hws − s‬‬ ‫)‪(6.1‬‬
‫‪ρ⋅g‬‬ ‫‪2g‬‬
‫‪ : po‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳊﺮ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : pe‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : v s‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﲢﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺴﻴﺔ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﰲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺬﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ) ‪.( hϖv‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﻹﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺴﺎﺭﻋﹰﺎ ﻃﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺒﺲ‬
‫) ‪- ( hϖi‬ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ‪.-‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻐﻲ ﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺴﻴﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪p o − p e v s2‬‬
‫= ‪hs‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪− hϖs − hϖv − hϖi‬‬ ‫)‪(6.2‬‬
‫‪ρ⋅g‬‬ ‫‪2g‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺴﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﺘﻐﲑﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ )ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ( ﻟﻠﻔﻘﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪L F 2‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬
‫= ‪(hϖi ) max‬‬ ‫) ‪⋅ ϖ ⋅ r (1 +‬‬ ‫)‪(6.3‬‬
‫‪g fs‬‬ ‫‪l‬‬
‫‪ : L‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : F‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : f s‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :ϖ‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : r‬ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻧﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : l‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺘﺒﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (6.2‬ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﳊﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪∆p‬‬ ‫‪v s2‬‬
‫= ‪hs‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪− ∑ ho‬‬ ‫)‪(6.4‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪2g‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫‪∑h‬‬ ‫‪o‬‬ ‫‪= hϖs + hϖv + hϖi‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻏﻠﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ( pe‬ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺗﺸﺒﻊ ﲞﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﺏ ) ‪ ( p sat‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﱃ ﲞﺎﺭ ﳛﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﲞﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﺏ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﺎﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻈﺮﹰﺍ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﳛﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺳﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺣﱴ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( pe < po‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻛﻲ‬
‫ﻻﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬
‫‪p sat < p e < p o‬‬
‫ﻭﳚﺐ ﺃﻻ ﺗﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ) ‪ ( pe‬ﺗﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (6.1‬ﺣﱴ ﻻﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻬﻒ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻨﺄﰐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﻻﺣﻘﹰﺎ‬
‫‪p sat , Kpa‬‬ ‫‪m, H 2 O‬‬ ‫) ‪T ,( o C‬‬ ‫‪p sat , Kpa‬‬ ‫‪m, H 2 O‬‬ ‫) ‪T ,( o C‬‬
‫‪19,8‬‬ ‫‪2,03‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪0,88‬‬ ‫‪0,09‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫‪31,1‬‬ ‫‪3,18‬‬ ‫‪70‬‬ ‫‪1,18‬‬ ‫‪0,12‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫‪47,3‬‬ ‫‪4,83‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪2.36‬‬ ‫‪0,24‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬
‫‪70,3‬‬ ‫‪7,15‬‬ ‫‪90‬‬ ‫‪4,22‬‬ ‫‪0,43‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬
‫‪101,3‬‬ ‫‪10,33‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪7,36‬‬ ‫‪0,75‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬
‫‪12,3‬‬ ‫‪1,26‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ ،(6.1‬ﻴﺒﻴ‪‬ﻥ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻀﻐﻁ ﺒﺨﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ) ‪ ( p sat‬ﺒﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪Zòƒ›¾a@ÉÏ† -6.2.2‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻴﺔ ) ‪ ( h p‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺣﱴ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳉﻴﻮﺩﻳﺰﻱ ﻟﻠﻀﺦ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﰲ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﲔ ﺍﳉﻴﻮﺩﻳﺰﻳﲔ‬
‫) ‪- ( hs + h p‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ -(6.10‬ﻣﻀﺎﻓﹰﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ) ‪:( H‬‬
‫‪H = hs + h p + hϖs + hϖp‬‬ ‫)‪(6.5‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲢﺪﺛﻪ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻀﺨﻮﺥ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﺑﺄﻣﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﻮﺥ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﻘﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ‬
‫‪-‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ -(6.10‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲢﺪﺛﻪ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫‪v 2p − v 2s‬‬
‫‪H = hm + hvac + ∆h +‬‬ ‫)‪(6.6‬‬
‫‪2g‬‬
‫‪ : H‬ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪.( m ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : hm‬ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻌﱪﹰﺍ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﻣﺘﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﻮﺥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : hvac‬ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﻣﻌﱪﹰﺍ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﻣﺘﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﻮﺥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : ∆h‬ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻴﺔ( ﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﱵ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻭﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ‪،‬‬
‫) ‪.( m‬‬
‫‪ : v p , v s‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺘﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ )ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻭﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ(‪.( m / s ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : g‬ﺗﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‪.( m / s 2 ) ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺈﳘﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻢ ) ‪ ( ∆h‬ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻗﻄﺮﻱ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﱵ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ) ‪ ،( v p = v s‬ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪H = hm + hvac‬‬ ‫)‪(6.7‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (6.5‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺴﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (6.6‬ﺃﻭ )‪ (6.7‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﺋﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ) ‪ ( p‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ) ‪ ( H‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪p‬‬
‫=‪H‬‬
‫‪ρ⋅g‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ ( ρ‬ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.( Kg / m 3 ) ،‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ) ‪ ( p‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪v o2 − v e2‬‬
‫‪p = po + pe + ρ‬‬ ‫) ‪+ ρ ⋅ g (Z o − Z e‬‬ ‫)‪(6.8‬‬
‫‪2g‬‬
‫‪ : po , pe‬ﳘﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﳐﺮﺝ ﻭﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪.( pa ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : v o , v e‬ﺳﺮﻋﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﳐﺮﺝ ﻭﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪.( m / s ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : Z o , Z e‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺝ ﻭﺍﳌﺪﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪.( m ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : g‬ﺗﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‪.( m / s 2 ) ،‬‬
‫‪Zbèäß@òíbÌÛaë@òîöaìa@òîİËþa -6.2.3‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺙ‬

‫ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺓ ﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺴﻮﺀ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺪﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﺐ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﻭﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‬
‫ﺃﻏﻄﻴﺔ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻏﺮﻑ ﻣﻘﻔﻠﺔ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﳑﻠﻮﺀﺓ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺟﺰﺋﻴﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳍﻮﺍﺀ‪ ) .‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.(6.11‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(6.11‬ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁﻲ ﻟﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻷﻏﻁﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﻛﺎﻵﰐ‪ :‬ﻳﻨﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻧﻘﺺ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﲢﺪﺙ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﹰﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ﺛﻠﺜﻲ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﻄﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪@ @Zòƒ›¾a@ñŠ‡Ó -6.2.4‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ) ‪ ( LJ‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺆﺩﻳﻪ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺨﻬﺎ ﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ) ‪( m‬‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ) ‪ ( H‬ﻣﻘﺎﺳﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺘﺎﺭ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪LJ = m ⋅ g ⋅ H‬‬ ‫)‪(6.9‬‬
‫‪.m = ρ ⋅V‬‬
‫‪ : V‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ‪.( m 3 ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : ρ‬ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.( Kg / m 3 ) ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (6.9‬ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪LJ = ρ ⋅ g ⋅ H ⋅ V‬‬ ‫)‪(6.10‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪LJ ρ ⋅ g ⋅ H ⋅ V‬‬
‫=‪N‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= ρ ⋅ g ⋅ H ⋅Q‬‬ ‫)‪(6.11‬‬
‫‪t‬‬ ‫‪t‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ) ‪ ( LJ‬ﺑﺎﳉﻮﻝ ﻭ) ‪ ( t‬ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻮﺍﱐ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( N‬ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻁ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻭ‪:‬‬
‫‪ρ ⋅H ⋅V‬‬ ‫‪Q⋅ p‬‬
‫=‪N‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫)‪(6.12‬‬
‫‪102‬‬ ‫‪1000‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪ : Q = V‬ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪.( m 3 / s ) ،‬‬
‫‪t‬‬
‫‪ : p‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺊ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪.( pa ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : N‬ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪.( KW ) ،‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻮﺍﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﳛﺼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﺆﺧﺬ‬
‫ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ) ‪ ( η h‬ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ) ‪.( η m‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ ) ‪ ( η v‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻔﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﲟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ηt = η h ⋅ η m ⋅ η v‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ) ‪ :(η t‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪N‬‬
‫= ‪ηt‬‬ ‫)‪(6.13‬‬
‫‪N total‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺴﻴﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ‬

‫) ‪ ،( η t = 0,6 ÷ 0,9‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ) ‪.( η t = 0,77 ÷ 0,88‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪:(Pump Performance Curves) òƒ›¾a@õa†c@pbîäzäß -6.2.5‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﲟﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻭﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﲤﺜﱠﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ (6.12‬ﻣﻨﺤﲏ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻣﺴﻨﻨﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳ‪‬ﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺎﻥ ﻏﺰﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺑـ ) ‪ ( gpm‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ‪ ( psi‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﲔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫) ‪.( 860 rpm,1140 rpm‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﹰﺎ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﹰﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﳛﺪﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﻦ ﻭﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺷﺢ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺻﻐﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱄ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ‪.‬‬‫ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (6.12‬ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻟﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﻤﺴﻨﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪:(Pump volumetric Efficiency) òƒ›àÜÛ@ïàvä@†ë†‹¾a -6.2.6‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪QT = VD ⋅ N‬‬ ‫)‪(6.14‬‬
‫‪ : QT‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ‪.( L / s ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : VD‬ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻴﺔ‪.( L ) ،‬‬
‫‪ : N‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪.( RPS ) ،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﱪ ﺍﳌﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪QA‬‬
‫= ‪ηV‬‬ ‫‪× 100‬‬ ‫)‪(6.15‬‬
‫‪QT‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ‪ QA‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6.13‬ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﲔ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6.14‬ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (6.14‬ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻤﻌﺩل ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻓﻕ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪،(6.13‬ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻤﻌﺩل ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻓﻕ‬

‫ﻤﻊ ﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺨﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﹰﺎ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﹰﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ )ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻂ( ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺭﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﻦ ﻭﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻳﻨﺤﺪﺭ ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﳌﺼﻨ‪‬ﻊ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﳌﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ ﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪( 84% ) :‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﻨﻴﺔ‪ ( 90% ) ،‬ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺋﺤﻴﺔ ﻭ) ‪ ( 98%‬ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Zòƒ›¾a@†ë†‹ß -6.2.7‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﱪ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻛﺘﺴﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﻟﺪﺓ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪output Power‬‬
‫= ‪ηp‬‬
‫‪input Power‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫) ‪∆p ( pa) × Q A (m 3 s‬‬
‫= )‪η out ( Kw‬‬ ‫)‪(6.16‬‬
‫‪1000‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫) ‪T ( N ⋅ m) × N (rad s‬‬
‫= )‪η in ( Kw‬‬ ‫)‪(6.17‬‬
‫‪1000‬‬
‫‪: ∆p‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : QA‬ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : T‬ﻋﺰﻡ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : N‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﳌﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ( 85% ) ،( 75% ) :‬ﻭ) ‪( 95%‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺋﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺒﺴﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Centrifugal Pumps) ð×‹¾a@†‹İÛa@pbƒ›ß -6.3‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﻉ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻧﻈﺮﹰﺍ ﻟﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﳍﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﻀﺨﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺭﻳﺶ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ‪ .‬ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻓﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ) ‪Dynamic‬‬
‫‪ (Pumps‬ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺃﻳﻀًﹰﺎ ﻣﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﻛﻴﻨﻴﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ )‪.(Kinetic Pump‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(6.15‬ﺍﻷﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻱ –ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ -(6.15‬ﻫﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻀﻌﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻭﺻﻤﻤﺖ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻭﺗﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﺪﻓﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻻﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ )‪ (Impeller‬ﻭﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺻﲔ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﲔ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺧﻠﻔﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺭﻳﺶ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ )‪ (Blade‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﺗﺪﻋﻰ)‪ (Vane‬ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﻜﺲ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻻﺏ ﻭﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺻﲔ ﺟﻴﻮﺑﹰﺎ ﲤﺘﻠﻰﺀ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺶ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺻﲔ )‪ (Hub Plate‬ﺣﻮﻝ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﲔ )‪ (Eye‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﻭ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻩ ﺇﱃ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ )‪ (Housing‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻏﻼﻑ ﺣﻠﺰﻭﱐ ) ‪Stationary‬‬
‫‪ ،(Volute‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﳛﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﻻﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻟﻪ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻭﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻊ ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﺒﻮﺑﱵ ﺳﺤﺐ ﻭﺿﺦ ﻳﺮﻛﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺻﻤﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻻﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺭﺑﻂ ﳏﻮﺭﻩ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻣﺎ )ﳏﺮﻙ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﳏﺮﻙ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﳏﺮﻙ ﻋﻨﻔﺔ (‪.‬‬
‫‪‬ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻜﻮ‪‬ﻧﺎﺕ ﳋﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺝ‪ .‬ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﲔ )‪ (eye‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺶ ﺍﻟﺪﻭ‪‬ﺍﺭ ﹶﺓ )‪(vane tips‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻻﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺯﻋﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌ ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﺘﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻧﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﺬﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻻﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﶈﺮﻙ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻳﻘﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﳊﻠﺰﻭﱐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻏﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﳊﻠﺰﻭﱐ ﻫﻮ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﻜﻠ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﳊﻠﺰﻭﱐ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳊﻠﺰﻭﱐ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺇﱃ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺝ ﲝﺴﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫‪ρV 2‬‬
‫( ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﰲ‬ ‫) ‪+ P + γZ = C BP‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻜﺎﰱﺀ ﰲ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6.16‬ﻣﻀﺨﺔ ﻃﺮﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﶈﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﺆﻣﻦ ﻏﺰﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺣﱴ ) ‪ ( 2725 m 3 hr‬ﻭﺿﻐﻂ ﺣﱴ ) ‪ ،(10 bar = 140 psig‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ (6.17‬ﻣﻘﻄﻌﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻀﺨﺔ ﻃﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6.18‬ﻓﺎﻟﺪﻭﺍﻟﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﺫﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺷﻔﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻟﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﺫﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﻤﺲ ﺷﻔﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺦ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(6.16‬ﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﻁﺭﺩ ﻤﺭﻜﺯﻱ ﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺭﺒﺎﺌﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(6.17‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﻤﻘﻁﻌﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﻁﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(6.18‬ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﻟﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺔ ﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺆﻣﻦ ﺗﻴﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﹰﺍ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻼ ﰲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻠﺤﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺫﻯ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﻛﺜﲑﹰﺍ ﺑﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﻮﺧﺔ ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﺰﺟﹰﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﳔﻔﻀﺖ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺿﺦ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ‪(Pump Head) H p‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ‪ (Flow Rate) Q‬ﲟﻨﺤﲏ ﳑﻴﺰ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6.19‬ﳑﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﺨﺔ ﻃﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﲔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﳋﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻂ ﳝﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺤﲏ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺘﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﲟﻌﺪﻝ ) ‪ ( 300‬ﻣﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﳛﺪﺙ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻱ )‪ (Pump Shutoff Head‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺻﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(6.19‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﻤﻤﻴﺯ ﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﻁﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺴﺎﺌﻠﻴﻥ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺯﻭﺠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Characteristic Curves) ð×‹¾a@†‹İÛa@òƒ›¾@õa†þa@pbîäzäß -6.3.1‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﻄﻰ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﲔ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ) ‪Flow‬‬
‫‪ (Rate‬ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ )‪ (Head‬ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺩﻭﺩ )‪ (Efficiency‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫)‪ (Power‬ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6.20‬ﳕﻮﺫﺟﹰﺎ ﳌﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﻣﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﺣﻴﺚ‬

‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﳌﺮﺩﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺑﺄﻓﻀﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ])‪ [Best Efficiency Point (BEP‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﲟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ )‪.(Design Flow Rate‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(6.20‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﻟﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﻁﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Cavitation) ÑèØnÛa -6.3.2‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻬﻒ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﻮﺥ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻏﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﲢﺪﺙ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺒﻮﻁ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺮ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﻮﺥ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻠﻴﺎﻥ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺮ( ﻭﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﲝﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﰲ ﺟﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻻﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻻﳝﺘﻠﺊ ﺣﻮﺽ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺣﺎﺩ ﰲ ﻏﺰﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻭﺿﻐﻄﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (6.21‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻳﻐﻠﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ) ‪ (100 oC‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻖ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ) ‪ ،( 101 KPa abs‬ﻭﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻠﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ) ‪ ( 65 oC‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ‬
‫) ‪ ( 26 KPa abs‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﳔﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫) ‪ ( 26 KPa abs‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻮﻑ ﲢﺪﺙ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻬﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (6.21‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪Net Positive Suction (NPSH)] òƒ›àÜÛ@ Àb—Ûa@ kzÛa@ ÁÌš -6.3.3‬‬

‫‪:[Head‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﺈ‪‬ﺎ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺮﻓﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻮﺽ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ (1‬ﺇﱃ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ‪-‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ )‪ -(2‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ (6.22‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﰲ )‪ (NPSH‬ﻳﻌﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﰲ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻧﺎﻗﺼﹰﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﻮﺥ‪.‬‬
‫‪p2‬‬ ‫‪v 22 pv‬‬
‫= ‪NPSH‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫)‪(6.18‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪2g γ‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪ : p2‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : v 2‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : pv‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : γ‬ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪.(6.22‬‬
‫‪Required NPSH Versus ] ‹Ïìn¾aë@ lìÜİ¾a@ Àb—Ûa@ kzÛa@ ÁÌš -6.3.4‬‬

‫‪:[Available NPSH‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﰲ )‪ (NPSH‬ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻫﻲ ﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﰲ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ‪ (NPSH)R‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻫﻮ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮ‬
‫‪.(NPSH)A‬‬
‫ﻳﻮ‪‬ﺻﻒ ﻣﺼﻨﻌﻮ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ‪ (NPSH)A‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻬﻒ )‪ (Cavitation‬ﻭﳛﺪﺩ‬
‫ﲡﺮﻳﺒﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻊ ﰲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﲡﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻭﲢﺪﺩ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ ‪ (NPSH)A‬ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﻮﺥ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ (6.20‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﲔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ )ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ (1‬ﻭﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ )ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪:(2‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪p1‬‬ ‫‪v12‬‬ ‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪v2‬‬

‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+ Z1 − H L = 2 + 2 + Z 2‬‬ ‫)‪(6.19‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪2g‬‬ ‫‪γ 2g‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﹼﻥ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪. patm (abs‬‬ ‫‪ : p1‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ‪،‬‬
‫‪ : v1 = 0‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : H L‬ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪p2‬‬ ‫) ‪v 22 pv (abs‬‬
‫= ‪(NPSH )A‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫)‪(6.20‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪2g‬‬ ‫‪γ‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬

‫) ‪patm (abs‬‬ ‫) ‪pv (abs‬‬
‫= ‪(NPSH )A‬‬ ‫‪− (Z 2 − Z1 ) − H L −‬‬ ‫)‪(6.21‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬ ‫‪γ‬‬
‫ﳑﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻬﻒ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪(NPSH )A ≥ (NPSH )R‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ‪ (NPSH)A‬ﺃﻥ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﲑ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﳉﻴﻮﺩﻳﺰﻱ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‬
‫) ‪ ( Z 2 − Z1‬ﻓﻤﻊ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺗﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ (NPSH)A‬ﻭﻻﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻬﻒ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﻓﺈ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺪﺧﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﲢﺖ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻥ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( Z 2 − Z1‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ (NPSH)A‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻛﺜﲑﹰﺍ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻬﻒ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬‬
‫‪:(Similarity Laws)@éib“nÛa@µãaìÓ -6.4‬‬

‫ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﺎﲡﺮﻯ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺩﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺸﺎ‪‬ﺔ ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﻭﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﻏﺰﺍﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻃﺎﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﲢﺎﻛﻲ ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻭﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺒﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﲢﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺩﻳﻞ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﳛﻘﻖ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬א‪ ‬א‪ :(Geometric Similarity) ‬ﻭﻳﻌﲏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ ﺿﺮﺑﺖ ﺑﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﲑ) ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ( ﻟﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬א‪‬א‪ :(Dynamic Similarity) ‬ﻭﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺩﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻼ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺩﻳﻞ‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻓﻤﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻮﺩﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﺼﻐﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﻗﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻭﻣﻊ ﺇﳘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻮﺩﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ )‪:(Pump Flow Rate Similarity Law‬‬
‫⎞ ‪⎛ Q ⎞ ⎛ Q‬‬
‫⎜‬ ‫⎟ ‪3‬‬
‫⎜=‬ ‫⎟ ‪3‬‬
‫)‪(6.22‬‬
‫‪⎝ ND ⎠1 ⎝ ND ⎠ 2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪Q1‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪ND 3‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪N1‬‬
‫‪Q2‬‬ ‫‪ND 3‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪N2‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺗﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺿﺎﻏﻂ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ )‪:(Pump Head Similarity Law‬‬

‫⎞ ‪⎛ gh ⎞ ⎛ gh‬‬
‫⎟ ‪⎜ 2 2 ⎟ =⎜ 2 2‬‬ ‫)‪(6.23‬‬
‫‪⎝ N D ⎠1 ⎝ N D ⎠ 2‬‬
‫‪‬א‪‬א‪ ‬א‪ ‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪h1‬‬ ‫‪N 2D2‬‬
‫‪= 2 2‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪N12‬‬
‫‪h2‬‬ ‫‪N D‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪N 22‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺗﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ) ‪Pump Input Shaft Power Similarity‬‬
‫‪:(Law‬‬
‫⎞ ‪⎛ Power ⎞ ⎛ Power‬‬
‫⎜⎜‬ ‫⎜⎜ = ⎟‬
‫⎟ ‪3 5‬‬
‫⎟‬
‫⎟ ‪3 5‬‬
‫)‪(6.24‬‬
‫‪⎝ ρN D ⎠1 ⎝ ρN D ⎠ 2‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫⎞ ‪⎛N‬‬ ‫⎞ ‪⎛ D2‬‬
‫‪(Power )2‬‬ ‫⎟⎟ ‪= (Power )1 ⎜⎜ 2‬‬ ‫⎜⎜‬ ‫⎟⎟‬
‫⎠ ‪⎝ N1‬‬ ‫⎠ ‪⎝ D1‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺗﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ) ‪Pump Overall Efficiency Similarity‬‬

‫‪:(Law‬‬
‫‪η 2 = η1‬‬ ‫)‪(6.25‬‬
‫‪ : Q‬ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : N‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : D‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﻭﻻﺏ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : h‬ﺿﺎﻏﻂ ﺍ ﳌﻀﺨﺔ )ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ : ρ‬ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﻮﺥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :η‬ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗ‪‬ﺸﻐ‪‬ﻞ ﻣﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﺄﻣﲔ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ )‪ (Pump Housing‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼﻨﻊ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳ‪‬ﺮﻛﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻟﻴﺐ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺗﺴﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻻﺏ‪.‬‬

 ‫א‬‫א‬
‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
A
Absolute pressure ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ‬
Absolute roughness ‫ﺍﳋﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ‬
Absolute temperature ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ‬
of air ‫ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﻮﺍﺀ‬
of common gases ‫ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ‬
Absolute viscosity
of common liquids ‫ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ‬
of water ‫ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ‬
Acceleration of gravity ‫ﺗﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‬
Adiabatic flow ‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺒﺎﰐ‬
American Society for ‫ﺍﳉﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ‬
Testing and Materials
(ASTM)
Angular speed ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‬
Apparent viscosity ‫ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻳﺔ‬
Apparent weight ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻱ‬
Archimedes' principle ‫ﺩﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺃﺭﲬﻴﺪﺱ‬
Atmosphere ‫ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ‬
Atmospheric pressure ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ‬
Average velocity ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ‬
Axial flow pumps ‫ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻮﺭﻳﺔ‬
B
Barometer ‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ‬
Bends ‫ﺍﻻﳓﻨﺎﺀﺍﺕ‬
Bernoulli's equation ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﱄ‬
[337] ‫ ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬
Boiling temperature ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﺎﻥ‬

Boundary layer ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ‬
Bourdon pressure ‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺭﺩﻭﻥ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ‬
gage
Brake horsepower ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺼﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺤﻴﺔ‬
Bulk modulus ‫ﻌﺎﻳﹺﺮ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ‬‫ﻣ‬
Buoyancy ‫ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮ‬
C
Capillary tube ‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬
viscometer ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﻱ‬
Cavitation ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻬﻒ‬
Celsius temperature ‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺳﻴﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ‬
scale
Center of buoyancy ‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮ‬
Center of pressure ‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
Centrifugal ‫ﺿﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﻃﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‬
compressors
Centrifugal pumps ‫ﻣﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﻃﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‬
Changing head ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ‬
Chezy coefficient ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻴﺰﻱ‬
Chezy equation ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺷﻴﺰﻱ‬
Colebrook equation ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻛﻮﻟﱪﻭﻙ‬
Compressed air ‫ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻀﻐﻮﻁ‬
Compressible flow ‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ‬
Conservation of energy ‫ﻣﺼﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
Conservation of mass ‫ﻣﺼﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ‬
Continuity equation ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‬
Contraction coefficient ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﺺ‬
Control volume ‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬
Converging-diverging ‫ﻣﻨﻔﺚ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻣﺒﺎﻋﺪ‬

nozzle
Converging nozzle ‫ﻣﻨﻔﺚ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﺏ‬
Conversion factors ‫ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ‬
Critical flow ‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺮﺝ‬
Critical pressure ratio ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳊﺮﺝ‬
D
Darcy-Weisbach ‫ﻓﻴﺴﺒﺎﺥ‬-‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺩﺍﺭﺳﻲ‬
equation
of air ‫ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ‬
of common gases ‫ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ‬
Density
of common liquids ‫ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ‬
of water ‫ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬
Discharge coefficient ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
Drag ‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‬
Drag coefficient ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‬
Dynamic head ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬
Dynamic pressure ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬
Dynamic pumps ‫ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
of air ‫ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﻮﺍﺀ‬
of common gases ‫ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ‬
Dynamic viscosity
of common liquids ‫ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ‬
of water ‫ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ‬
E
overall ‫ﺍﳌﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‬
Efficiency of pump ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬
of turbine ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺑﲔ‬

volumetric ‫ﺍﳌﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ‬
Elbow ‫ﻛﻮﻉ‬
flow ‫ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
Energy kinetic ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ‬
potential ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ‬
Energy equation ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
Energy line ‫ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
Energy losses ‫ﺿﻴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
Entrance pipe loss ‫ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬
Equivalent length ‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ‬
Exit pipe loss ‫ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﳐﺮﺝ‬
External flow ‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
F
Fahrenheit ‫ﺎﻳﺖ‬‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻓﻬﺮ‬
temperature scale
Falling ball ‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ‬
viscometer
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻄﺔ‬
Filters ‫ﺍﳌﺮﺷﺤﺎﺕ‬
Fittings ‫ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺔ‬
Floating body ‫ﻑ‬
 ‫ﺟﺴﻢ ﻃﺎ‬
Flow coefficient ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
Flow due to a ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ‬
changing head
Flow energy ‫ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
Flow rate mass ‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﻲ‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬
volume ‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ‬

weight ‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﱐ‬
Flow rate ‫ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ‬
measurement:
Fluid mechanics ‫ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ‬
Fluid power ‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻊ‬
Fluid properties ‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ‬
ideal ‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
Fluids Newtonian ‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
non-Newtonian ‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
Fluid statics ‫ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ‬
buoyancy (‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮ )ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‬
drag ‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ‬
gas ‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
gravity ‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ‬
hydrostatic on curved ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
surfaces
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻨﻴﺔ‬
Force hydrostatic on flat ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
surfaces
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‬
lift ‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ‬
pressure ‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
shear ‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ‬
thrust ‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ‬
viscous ‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ‬
Free surface (‫ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳊﺮ )ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺐ‬
laminar flow ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
Frictional losses (‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ )ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﻲ‬
turbulent flow ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬
‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ‬
Friction factor ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ‬
Frictionless flow ‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ‬
G
Gage fluid ‫ﻣﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
Gage pressure ‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
constant ‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
flow in pipes ‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
Gas flow through nozzle ‫ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺚ‬
forces ‫ﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
Gear pumps ‫ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﻨﻴﺔ‬
General energy ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬
equation
energy ‫ﺧﻂ ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
Grade line hydraulic ‫ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬
Gradual expansions ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﳚﻲ‬
Gradually varied flow ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﳚﻲ‬
Gravity ‫ﺍﳉﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ‬
H
Hagen-Poiseuille ‫ﺑﻮﺍﺯﻳﻞ‬-‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻫﺎﺟﲔ‬
equation
dynamic ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬
elevation ‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ‬
loss ‫ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ‬
Head piezometric ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ‬
pressure ‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ‬
pump ‫ﻣﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ‬
static ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬
total ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‬

turbine ‫ﺿﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺑﲔ‬
velocity ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺦ‬
in open channels ‫ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ‬
in pipe bends ‫ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺍﳓﻨﺎﺀﺍﺕ‬
in pipe entrance ‫ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬
Head loss in pipe exit ‫ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﳐﺮﺝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬
in pipes ‫ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
in sudden expansions ‫ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﺎﺕ‬
and contractions
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺟﺌﺔ‬
in valves and fittings ‫ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ‬
Horsepower ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺼﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
Hydraulic diameter ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬
Hydraulic grade line ‫ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬
Hydraulic motors ‫ﺍﶈﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
Hydraulic radius ‫ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬
on curved surface ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﻨﻴﺔ‬
Hydrostatic force on flat surface ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ‬
Hydrostatic pressure ‫ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‬

distribution
I
Ideal fluid ‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬
Ideal gas law ‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ‬

Incompressible flow ‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ‬
Isentropic exponent ‫ﺍﻷﺱ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﰊ‬
Isentropic flow ‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻭﺑﻴﺔ‬
Isothermal flow ‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
J
Jet engines ‫ﺍﶈﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﺛﺔ‬
Joule (‫ﺟﻮﻝ )ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
K
Kelvin temperature ‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻛﻠﻔﻦ‬
scale
Kilogram (‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻏﺮﺍﻡ )ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ‬
of air ‫ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﻮﺍﺀ‬
of common gases ‫ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ‬
Kinematic viscosity of common liquids ‫ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ‬
of water ‫ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ‬
Kinetic energy ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ‬
Kinetic pumps ‫ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ‬
L
Laminar flow ‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ‬
Liquids ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ‬
Lobe pump ‫ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻘﺎﺕ‬
Loss coefficient ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻉ‬
Losses major ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‬
minor ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‬
M
Mach number ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺎﺥ‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬
Major losses ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‬

differential ‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻲ‬
inclined tube ‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬
Manometers piezometer tube
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
U-tube
U ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺣﺮﻑ‬
Mass ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ‬
Mass flow rate ‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﻲ‬
Maximum velocity ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻤﻴﺔ‬
Metacentric height ‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ‬
Minor losses ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ‬
Moment of inertia of ‫ﻋﺰﻡ ﻋﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ‬
areas
Momentum ‫ﺍﻟﺰﺧﻢ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻲ‬
Momentum equation ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﻢ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻲ‬
Moody diagram ‫ﳐﻄﻂ ﻣﻮﺩﻱ‬
Multiple pipe systems ‫ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
N
Net positive suction available ‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮ‬
head
required ‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﰲ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬
Newton (‫ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ )ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
Newtonian fluids ‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
Newton's law of motion ‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
Newton's law of viscosity ‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ‬
Non-Newtonian fluids ‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﻊ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬
Nonuniform flow ‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻢ‬
Nozzle converging ‫ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺚ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﺏ‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬
converging-diverging ‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻋﺪ‬-‫ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺚ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﺏ‬

throat ‫ﻋﻨﻖ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺚ‬
O
Oil ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ‬
Open channel flow ‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ‬
Orifice meter ‫ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻫﻲ‬
P
Parallel piping ‫ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻮﻃﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
systems
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻉ‬
Pascal (‫ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ )ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
Pascal's law ‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ‬
Perfect gas law ‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ‬
Piezometric head ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺰﻭﻣﺘﺮﻱ‬
Pipes ‫ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
Piston pumps ‫ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﺒﺴﻴﺔ‬
Poise ‫ﺑﻮﺍﺯ )ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ‬
(‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ‬
Positive displacement ‫ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ‬
pumps
Pound ‫ﺑﺎﻭﻧﺪ )ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﰲ‬
(‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
Power ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
Pressure distribution ‫ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
Pressure drag ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
Pressure energy ‫ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
Pressure force ‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
Properties of air ‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ‬
of common gases ‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬
of common liquids ‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ‬

of water ‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬
Pumps ‫ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ‬
R
Rankine temperature ‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺭﺍﻧﻜﻠﻦ‬
scale
Rapid flow ‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‬
Rapidly varied flow ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‬
Relative roughness ‫ﺍﳋﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬
Relative velocity ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬
Reynolds number ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ‬
Reynolds's experiment ‫ﲡﺮﺑﺔ ﺭﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪﺯ‬
Rocket engines ‫ﳏﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺭﻭﺥ‬
Rotating drum ‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ‬
viscometer
Roughness factor, ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳋﺸﻮﻧﺔ‬
S
Screw compressors ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﻏﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻟﺒﻴﺔ‬
Screw pumps ‫ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻟﺒﻴﺔ‬
Series piping systems ‫ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻮﻃﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ‬
Shaft ‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬
Shear stress ‫ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ‬
SI units ‫ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬
Similarity laws ‫ﻗﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ‬
Siphon ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻔﻮﻥ‬
Sonic velocity ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
Specific energy ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ‬
Specific gravity ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬
Specific speed ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ‬

Specific weight ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ‬
of air ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ‬
Speed of sound of ideal gas ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﱄ‬
of water ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬
Stability of completely ‫ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻐﻤﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﻠﻴﹰﺎ‬
submerged bodies
of floating bodies ‫ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
Stagnation point ‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ‬
Stagnation pressure ‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺩ‬
Standard atmosphere ‫ﺍﳉﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬
Static fluid pressure ‫ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﱐ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺋﻊ‬
variation
Static head .‫ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‬
Static pressure ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﱐ‬
Steady flow ‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ‬
Stress ‫ﺍﻹﺟﻬﺎﺩ‬
Subcritical flow ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﲢﺖ ﺍﳊﺮﺝ‬
Submerged area ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮ‬
Submerged bodies ‫ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻐﻤﻮﺭﺓ‬
Suction pressure ‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‬
Supercritical flow ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﲢﺖ ﺍﳊﺮﺝ‬
Systems of units ‫ﲨﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬
T
Temperature ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
Terminal velocity ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺔ‬
Torque ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ‬
Total energy line ‫ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‬
Total head ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬
Total pressure ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‬

Turbine flow -meter ‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺑﻴﲏ‬
Turbine power ‫ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺑﲔ‬
Turbulent flow ‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺏ‬
U
Uniform flow ‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻈﻢ‬
Unsteady flow ‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ‬
U.S. Customary units ‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
V
Vacuum ‫ﺍﳋﻼﺀ‬
Valve ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ‬
check ‫ﺻﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ‬
Valves gate ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﻴﺔ‬
globe ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﻳﺔ‬
Vane pumps ‫ﺍﳌﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺋﺤﻴﺔ‬
Vapor pressure ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‬
Varied flow ‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ‬
Velocity ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
Velocity gradient ‫ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
Velocity measurement ‫ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
Velocity profile ‫ﺑﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
Venturi meter ‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻓﻴﻨﺘﻮﺭﻱ‬
Viscometers ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ‬
Viscosity ‫ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ‬
Viscosity index ‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ‬
Volume flow rate ‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ‬
 ‫א‬‫א‬
W
Wave speed ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ‬
Weight ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
Weight flow rate ‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﳊﺠﻤﻲ‬
Wind resistance ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ‬
Work ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫א‬‫א‬
‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
1) ANDERSON,
J. D. Fundamentals of Aerodynamics, 2nd ed.
New York: McGraw-Hill, 2005.
2) BENEDICT, R. P. Fundamentals of Pipe Flow. New York:
John Wiley & Sons, 2005.
3) BLEVINS, R. D. Applied Fluid Dynamics Handbook. New
York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 2005.
4) CURRIE, I. G. Fundamental Mechanics of Fluids, 2nd ed.
New York: McGraw-Hill, 1993
5) DAUGHERTY, R. L., and J. R. FRANZINI. Fluid Mechanics,
7th ed. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2001.
6) Fox, R. W., and A. T. MCDONALD. Introduction to Fluid
Mechanics, 3rd ed. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1985.
7) FRENCH, R. H. Open Channel Hydraulics. New York:
McGraw-Hill, 2002.
8) HANSEN, A. G. Fluid Mechanics. New York: John Wiley &
Sons, 1998.
9) INTRIC, B. W. Compressible Fluid Flow. New York:
Halsted Press, 2006.
10) JOHN, E. A., and W. L. HABERMAN. Introduction to Fluid
Mechanics, 3rd ed. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall,
1988.
11) JOHN, E. E. Gas Dynamics, 2nd ed. Boston: Allyn and
Bacon, 2004.
12) KARASSICK, I. J., et al. Pump Handbook. New York,
McGraw-Hill, 2005.
13) KRISTAL, F. A., and F. A. ANNETT. Pumps: Types,
Selection, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance. New
York, McGraw-Hill, 1953.
14) LYONS, J. L. Lyons' Valve Designers Handbook. New
York, Van Nostrand, 2003.
15) MILLER, J. L. The Reciprocating Pump: Theory, Design,
and Use. New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1987.
[351] ‫ ــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬
‫א‬‫א‬
16) MILLER, R. W. Flow Measurement Engineering

Handbook, 2nd ed. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1989.
17) MOODY, L. F. "Friction Factors for Pipe Flow."
Transactions of the AS ME 66, 1944.
18) MUNSON, B. R., D. F. YOUNG, and T. H. OKIISHI.
Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics, 2nd ed. New York:
John Wiley & Sons, 2005.
19) POTTER, M. C., and D. C. WIGGERT. Mechanics of
Fluids. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1991.
20) REID, R. C., J. M. PRAUSNITZ, and T. K. SHERWOOD. The
Properties of Gases and Liquids, 3rd ed. New York,
McGraw-Hill, 1977.
21) ROUSE, H., and S. INCE. History of Hydraulics. Iowa
City: Iowa Institute of Hydraulic Research, 1957. Reprint,
New York: Dover, 1963.
22) SAAD, M. A. Compressible Fluid Flow, 2nd ed.
Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice Hall, 1993.
23) SCHLICHTING, H. Boundary-Layer Theory, 7th ed. New
York: McGraw-Hill, 1979.
24) SHAMES, L. Mechanics of Fluids, 2nd ed. New York,
McGraw-Hill, 1982.
25) STREET, R. L., G. Z. WATTERS, and J. K. VENNARD.
Elementary Fluid Mechanics, 7th ed. New York: John
Wiley and Sons, 1996.
26) STREETER, V. L., and E. B. WYLIE. Fluid Mechanics, 8th
ed. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1985.
27) U.S. STANDARD ATMOSPHERE. Washington, D.C.: U.S.
Government Printing Office, 1976.
28) WALLIS, R. A. Axial Flow Fans and Ducts. New York,
John-Wiley & Sons, 1983.
29) WHITE, F. M. Fluid Mechanics, 3rd ed. New York,
McGraw-Hill, 1994.
[352] ‫ ــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ‬‫א‬‫א‬‫א‬

Fluids Mechanic Theoretical

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Fluids Mechanic Theoretical

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

‫‪@ @NHÙîmbnëŠ‡îçI@Éöaì¾a@æìØ‬‬ ‫א‪‬א‪-‬‬

‫‪ -2.6‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪80 ........................................ ....... .‬‬

‫‪ -3.7.1‬ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ‪143 ......................... ............ ...... .‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪@ @NHÂbÌ›ãýÛ@òÜibÔÛa@ÉöaìàÜÛ@‡ÈjÛa@ð†byc@æbí‹§a) paŒbÌÛa@òî×‹y -‬‬

‫‪199‬‬ ‫‪ -4.2.2‬ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﻳﺰﻧﺘﺮﻭﰊ‪............................ . .‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪@ @NÝöaìÛa@ò×‹y@‡äÇ@ÁÌ›Ûa@Êbîš -‬‬

‫‪ -5.6.1‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺷﻴﺰﻱ‪251 ......................... . .‬‬

‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪337 @NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN@ @NNNNNNNNNNNN@@NNNNNNNNNNNN@@‬‬

‫‪351 ......................... ............ ....................‬‬ ‫א‪‬א‪‬א‪‬‬

‫‪Dimension and Units of ) ‘bîÔÛa@ pa‡yaëë@ ‡ÈjÛa -1.1‬‬

s Second -T-(Time) ‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬

(M.K.S) ‫( ﺃﻭﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‬Meter-Kilogram-Second) òîrØ¾a@ òÜà§a (2

s Second -T-(Time) ‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬

:‫ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬:(M.Kf.S) òîØîäØnÛa@òÜà§a (3

s Second -T-(Time) ‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬

‫( ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‬International System of Units) òîÛë‡Ûa@ òÜà§a (4

s Second -T-(Time) ‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬

cd Candela (Luminous Intensity) ‫ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﺀﺓ‬

.‫ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ )ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬،(1.1) ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬

‫ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬:(U.S. Customary Units) HòíŠbvnÛaI@ òîØí‹ßþa@ òÜà§a (5

lb Pound -F-(Force) ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬

s Second -T-(Time) ‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬

Fo Fahrenheit (Temperature) ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬

Ro Rankine ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ‬

U.S. Customary (‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ‬

4.448 N 1 lbf (Force) ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬

‫‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻭ ‪ : L‬ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫‪t‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇ ﱠﻥ ‪ : v‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (1.3‬ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ ،(1.1‬ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﻨﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‪:‬‬

‫ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺩﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬

.‫ ﺒﺎﺩﺌﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﻜﻭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﻋﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺯﺌﻴﺔ‬،(1.2) ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬

( pa ) ‫ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ‬1 ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺻﻄﻠﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﻭﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻌﺾ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﳍﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬

3,6 ⋅ 10 6 J Kilowatt-Hour (Work) ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

‫‪:(Physical Properties of Fluid) ÉöaìàÜÛ@òîöbíîÐÛa@˜öb—©a -1.2‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(1.1‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ )‪ (Liquid‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻲ ﻳﺒﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ‪:‬‬

‫ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ )‪- (Gas‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ )‪ (Specific Mass‬ﳌﺎﺋﻊ ﺑﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1.2.2‬א‪‬א‪:(Specific Weight) ‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻮﻡ ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ﺑـ ) ‪ ،( γ‬ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬

‫] ‪ρ [Kg m 3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬ ‫] ‪ρ [Kg m 3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬

‫‪789,3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻳﺘﺎﻧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻲ‬ ‫‪999‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺑﺔ‬

‫‪ -1.2.3‬א‪‬א‪:(Specific Gravity) ‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ )‪ (Relative Density‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬

:‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(1.3‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺜﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺌﻡ‬

‫‪ (c‬ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ )ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪،‬‬

‫• †‪:(API degree) òîØí‹ßþa@òÏbrØÛa@òuŠ‬‬

‫) ‪.( 60 F o = 15.6 oC‬‬

‫‪ρ w, +4 C − ρ w, +94 C‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(1.4‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﺯﻭﺠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﰲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻟﻠﺰﻭﺟﺔ )‪ (Newton’s Viscosity Law‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬

:‫• ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻓﻮﺟﻞ‬

.‫ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁﻲ ﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺃﻨﻜﻠﺭ ﻟﻠﺯﻭﺠﺔ‬،(1.5) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

Ostwald ) ‫ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭﺳﺘﻔﻠﺪ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬

.‫ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺃﻭﺴﺘﻔﻠﺩ‬،(1.6) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

.‫ ﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻁﺔ‬،(1.7) ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

:‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬

weight force − bouyancy force − drag force = 0